Skip to main content

Full text of "Commercial fisheries review"

See other formats 


an Bacay 


£2 
r) 


pan 
“Ge fa iy 
praise, 


cs fea | 


AYY63X 


Fis Bes 


SH 
// 


wl 
in 


Wl 


ae) 


MAY 1958 


Vol.20, No.5 


FISH and WILDLIFE SERVICE 


United States Department of the Interior 


Washington ,D.C. 


UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES 
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR 


PRED Ain) SEATON SECRETARY DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH 


FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE AND SERVICES 
ARNIE J. SUOMELA, COMMISSIONER HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


A review of developments and news of the fishery industries 
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES. 


Joseph Pileggi, Editor 
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor 


Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries: Address correspondence and requests 
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior, 
Washington 25, D. C. 


Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not 
responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources. 


Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely, 
reference to the source is appreciated. 


The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget, 
May 21, 1957. 5/31/60 


CONTENTS 


COVER: Alewife trap, sluiceway, and processing plant located on Maine coast. 
The spawning run of alewives from the sea into fresh water streams along the 
United States east coast has been a source of food and revenue to many coast- 
al residents since the days of the first settlers. 


Page 
New England's Industrial Fishery, by Robert L, Edwards and Fred E, Lux .........-..-5 0+ eeeeerceeees dooag on 1 
Twenty-Five Years of Research and Service by the Seattle Technological Laboratory, by Maurice E. Stansby . coocn DDO 7 
Page Page 
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: .......-. 18 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.): 

Oxidation Research Shows Reasons for Quality De- Oysters: 
terioration of Certain Foods ..............-+: 18 Increased Starfish Population Threatens Long Is- 

Progress Report on Fish Meal Research....... > 18 land Industry ............0+0-5 pooonas eet 37 

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS:..............--. 20 Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations: 
Alaska: Tagged Skipjack Tuna Returns High ............- 38 
Fishery Regulations for 1958 Approved.......... 20 Salt Marshes: 
California: Conference on Importance to Fisheries........... 38 
Sardines and Mackerel Trucked from South to North Sardines: 
California for Canning ...............- 2 21 Spawning off Southern California Fairly Widespread 

Survey of Pelagic Fish Populations between Central invRlebruarys1'9 58 aetna steiaiei inci i en Rol Nei iems tant 39 
and Baja California by M/V N. B. Scofield ...... 23 Shrimp: 

Preseason Exploratory Albacore Survey (M/V N. B. Pacific Northwest Shrimp Industry Aided ......... 39 
scofieldiCrniselol=S-2) email siiceiciereie iene ener: 26 South Carolina: 

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January 1958 . 28 Fisheries Biological Research Progress, January - 

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: WERE GR ooo copoHooesaognuodouoeos 40 
Department of Defense Purchases, January-Febru- Sport Fishing License Sales Continue Upward Trend . 41 

We, GC cao oso OME ae omod ade co aso 28 Trout: 
Veterans Administration to Buy Canned Foods from United States Growers Association Adopts Identifying 

Hines TL: Depot sn .verencometcucueusyion niicie arenehercnete 5 29 Sealupvera onekcnckiokeneterocctar-ueaevistonslieie tenon etietchel aenenene 42 
Veterans Administration Requirements for Canned Unique Devices Being Developed for Fishery Research , 

IMeln ian NERVES Gaon aacacdessoonsas 29 and) Manapemientie ewe te =i <dcletell=)aiclolel=ian-ielens odo 43 

Great Lakes Fishery Investigations; United States.Fishing Fleet Additions ....... wee ee 44 
Operational Plans for M/V Cisco for 1958........ 30 U. S. Foreign Trade: 

Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program: Edible Fishery Products, January 1958 .........- 44 
Experimental Midwater Trawling Conducted off Mis- Groundfish Fillet Imports, February 1958 ......... 45 

sissippi Delta (M/V Oregon Cruise 48) ......... 31 Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Products, 

Lobsters: Hen@etay IEE oo ponaedoosaacssadoeoeonDoS 45 
Metal Container Used for Shipping Live Lobsters .. . 31 Imports of Canned Tuna in “Brine Under Quota Proviso. 47 
Wood Shavings as Packing Material Shows Promise .. 32 Virginia: 

Maine: Laboratory to Study Parasites on Fish from Antarctica 47 
Market Outlook for Canned Sardines Improves ..... 33 Survey of Salt-Water Sport Fishing Nearing Completion 47 

Market Development: Whaling: 

Initial Steps to Help the New England Fisheries .... 33 United States Catch in 1957..... a 48 

Marketing: Wholesale Prices, March 1958 ... 49 
Edible Fishery Products Marketing Prospects First ROREIGNE it erie aS 51 

REMEDY soe acadcanbadeaadatbogaduaA sha 34 International; 

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations: United Nations 

Observations on Haddock Made off Highland Light Conference on the Law of the Sea.............. 51 
(CMU WgSilversMink) eer i ie ieee een iene 34 Statement by U. S. Delegate to Committee Three on 

North Atlantic Herring Research: Fishing) 2. 01-6 oe = ae Goduo oo Oooo 51 
Winter Habitat and Life History of Maine Herring General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade: 

Populations Studied (M/V Delaware Cruise 57-9) .. 35 Report on Twelfth Session at Geneva ........... 54 

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program: Japanese-Russian Fisheries Negotiations Progress 
Survey of Shrimp Stocks off Southern Washington and Reporte ciraite) eitatois ober sicumyntniallaiaiiclel ails etsticvets see 57 


Northern Oregon Planned (M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 36) 36 
Contents Continued Page 97. 


NEW ENGLAND’S INDUSTRIAL FISHERY 


By Robert L. Edwards* and Fred E. Lux* 


BACKGROUND 


New England's industrial fishery began at the turn of the present decade as a 
result of at least two different fishery developments. The first of these was the 
failure of the sardine (pilchard) fishery on the West Coast, and the second, the ex- 
tension of the menhaden fishery into New England waters. At this same time, the 
yellowtail flounder was suffering a decline in southern New England which forced a 
sizable group of smaller draggers to turn to other species for part of their income. 
The failure of the sardine fishery meant an increased need of meal from other 
sources. The plants that process menhaden also process other fish with some mod- 
ifications, and fishermen in need of funds are willing to bring in less profitable spe- 
cies of fish. For these and other reasons, New England's industrial fishery now 
seems to be growing into a healthy and important part of the New England fishery 
economy. 


The term “industrial fishery" as used here refers to only that part of the fish- 
ing industry that takes fish for reduction to meal or to a liquid concentrate. Gen- 
erally speaking, there are two types of vessels that supply the bulk of this fish: 
those which specialize in 
the so-called "trash" or | 
industrial species only, 
and those which fish for 
both market and industri- 
al species. The bulk of 
the industrial catch is 
landed at New Bedford 
and Point Judith. Close- 
ly related to this fleet of 
vessels, but not included 
here as part of it, are the 
boats that specialize in 
catches (whiting pre- 
ferred) for mink food, 
and dog and cat food. 
Fish for reduction are given no special treatment other than some sorting that may 
be necessary to sell certain species separately. 


Table 


- Industria Landings at Point Judith, 
New Bedford, and Gloucester--1949-56 


Pt. ees nh, | New Bedford,| Gloucester, 
HS i ore ale a 


LANDINGS 


This industrial fishery really began in 1949 (Snow 1950 and Sayles 1951). 
landings for three ports are listedintable 1. The catchat Point Judith has continued 
to increase and since 1951 has been more than double the catch at all other New England 
ports combined. New Bedford and Gloucester figures include relatively small a- 
mounts of fish landed as animal food. The abrupt change in New Bedford production 


%* FISHERY RESEARCH BIOLOGISTS, NORTH ATLANTIC FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS, DIVIS1ON OF BIOLOGICAL RE- 
SEARCH, U. S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, WOODS HOLE, MASS. 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


(BASED 


re 
HIUITTES: 
mn 


se L 


Zz 
a 
{e) 
o 
= 
uu 
wn 


x= 
ip) 
L 
ig 
ud 
| 
re 
= 
a 
sy 
SQ 
ce 
a 
=) 
=) 
oO 
ip) 
=) 


EEL POUT [f° .4 


a5 
?p) 
res 
[o) 
fo) 
(a) 


YN YN 
IG YAW. GG 
RYRRV 


NF 
VR 


ANGLER fees 


FRGGYG Yryy 
AYYYWYY SY GYYR MY 
WR 


RO ee 
WWW ON 
 rrr———“_ss_S—Ss—_O___SS 

NUN 


BIGSKATE [3] 


Z, WIRY YY \ 
He _ 


Yj 
III ZN 


RED HAKE Kj LITTLE SKATE B=] ~SANDFLOR. GY 


BARNDOOR f= 


SILVER HAKE § 


FIG. 1 - SPECIES COMPOSITION OF INDUSTRIAL FISH IN PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT FROM NO MANS FISHING GROUND. 
ON SAMPLES TAKEN AT NEW BEDFORD AND POINT JUDITH DURING MAY 1955 THROUGH DECEMBER 1956.) 


LHOIGM Ad FOV LINGO d 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3 


after nearly two years of heavy landings was brought about by a considerable drop 
in the price paid for industrial fish. Not all of the fish landed at Point Judith is 
processed there. A large quantity is trucked to another plant near Gloucester. All 
of the industrial fish landed at New Bedford is trucked out. 


Aside from their value as a protein source, industrial fish products contain 
what are commonly referredtoas unidentified growth factors. Fish concentrates 
are widely used in poultry feeds, and because of these growth factors, poultry rais- 
ers are getting more pounds of chicken in less time. While these growth factors 
are not all found exclusively in fish products, fish are an inexpensive source. New 
processes are currently being developed for the production of fish flour for human 
use. As additives to basic foodstuffs, such as cereals or bread, these may wellbe- 
come important in the diets of people in countries where proteins are scarce. 


Capture and processing of the industrial species has become one of the impor- 
tant fishing industries of New England. As time goes on, the distinction between in- 
dustrial and food fishes will become less sharp. This will raise the all-important 
question of best utilization of various fishes and could conceivably alter all our 
views concerning the management of a general marine fishery. For this reason, 
the industrial fishery should be given a long, hard look by biologists and members 
of the fishing industry, especially with respect to the future of the industry and 
whether or not it offers the best utilization of fish not generally utilized for foodor 
the demand of which for food purposes is limited. 


BIOLOGICAL STUDY INITIATED 


A study 1/ of the industrial fishery was established at Wood Hole inearly 1955. 
An initial aim was to determine whether or not significant numbers of undersized 
yellowtail flounders were being 
landed in industrial trips. It was} 
soon apparent that this problem 
was not the most important one. 
The best utilization of fish of 
any species and the stability of 
the industrial fishery itself 
were more important problems. 
This project has collected in- 
formation for over 18 months 
now; it has answered many 
questions, and brought upeven 
more questions. We are now 
in a position to begin to exam- 
ine the entire problem of the 
utilization of a community of 
fish. Since most of the indus- 


ny 
° 


FISH DISPERSING 
OVER INSHORE AREA 


o 


MOVING INSHORE, 
IN LARGE SCHOOLS CONGREGATING AND 
MOVING OFFSHORE 


° 


SPAWNING 


THOUSANDS OF POUNDS PER HOUR 
on 


trial fish have come from TANI Fi mie Sar Se oT 

= a v 
southern New England waters, = ae 
the following discussion will FIG. 2 - THE CHANGES IN ABUNDANCE (POUNDS PER HOUR OF 


FISHING) OF THE RED HAKE ON SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND FISH- 


be based on that area. ING eeu. (BASED ON INTERVIEW DATA DURING 1955. AND 
1956. 


Regular sampling of in- 

dustrial landings was begun in Mayof1955. Samples were taken of trips from each of 
the more important fishing grounds frequently enough to provide a picture of the season- 
al and local variations in the distribution of various fishspecies. Fig. 1 summarizes 
data collected from trips sampled from the fishing area southwest of Martha's Vineyard 
known as the "No Mans" fishing ground. Because this ground provides so much of the 
fish, it maybe considered typical of the entire industrial fish landings from the southern 
NewEnglandarea. The differences observed in other areas are not sufficiently great 


to change the general picture presented inthe No Mans ground data. 
1/FINANCED WITH FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE BY THE SALTONSTALL-KENNEDY ACT OF 1954. 


4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


RED HAKE PRINCIPAL SPECIES 


The red hake (Urophycis chuss Walbaum) is the principal species landed. The 
seasonal movements o is fish dccount tor its variation in quantity throughout the 
year. Second in importance is the whiting or silver hake (Merluccius bilinearis 
Mitchill), a fish that is most abundant during the warmer months of the year. The 
red hake, whiting, and two species of skates--the common skate (Raja erinacea 
Mitchill) and the big skate (Raja ocellata Mitchill)--together account for all but a 
very small percentage of all of the industrial fish landed. During the colder months 
of the year, the catch is principally made up of the common skate, the big skate, the 
eel pout (Macrozoarces americanus Bloch and Schneider) and the sculpin (Myoxo- 
cephalus octodecimspinosus Mitchill). The commercially-important food fish are 
present in very small quantities. The butterfish (Poronotus triacanthus Peck), 
more than any other marketable food fish, is present in measurable amounts. At 
the present time there is no indication that the food fish are suffering from undue 
exploitation as industrial fish. 


e2- Quantities and Percentages of Various Species o 
Fish Landed by the Industrial Fleet at New Beene 
During 1956 from the No Mans’ Fishing Ground! 


Percentage || 
s. 


A breakdown by 
species based onsam- 
ples of the catches 
from the No Mans 
ground landed at New 


S 


a Manet Me@esnel es atera) Stews 68.1 Bedford during 1956 is 
Shyer MeN 6 Go oo oda OO O08 1340 presented intable 2. 
ILA SIM Soo aooonoudaoU 6.0 A total of 27.5 million 
hmARNaaIGIN. bo oo OG adn dc OKO : Lot pounds of industrial 
Aaa 5 5 0 CoD nod 0 N00G0 1.6 fish were landed there 
Tehle? SEW Go ooo Fb 0000000 G0 0 1.6 during 1956. The fig- 
Barndoor skate .......... one 1.2 ures are based on an 
SOA WENN og o65g0d00000008 66.000 262 iLgil estimated 25 million 
EL OWE So ooo doo GDC OS oo O° 260 1.0 ' pounds landed from 
Spiny dogfish........ soo0G8 259 1.0 the No Mans ground. 
HOWE FSM oo caoaaaoga06 dia one 185 0.7 
Long-horned sculpin......... 134 0.5 Without the red 
Sanden] Gund Crseewemeeiemenielomomaicie 102 0.4 hake there would beno 
White hake ..............-. 86 0.3 industrial fishery of 
IVE Witenes ators clateiel eheverieisicsse 63 0.3 importance, all other 
Yellowtail flounder........ 0.2 things being equal. It 
EdooDoOO6 0.1 is abundant and not in 
po000 0.1 great demand as food. 
Sysco 0.1 Should the abundance 
RE chick ets TanceLionemerehteisel te eure of this species mark- 
ANIL (UDO 6 Goo OO Oo Ob ood oie 0.4 edly decrease, the in- 


POUNDS LANDED FROM THE NO MANS dustry could not be 
maintained at its pres- 
ent level even if new 
fishing areas were exploited and some of the present food species were included in 


the industrial portion of the catch. 


1/BASED ON AN ESTIMATED 25 MILLION 
GROUND, 


ABUNDANCE 


It must be remembered that there is no stability in time for these communities 
of fish; they vary both seasonally and annually. Undoubtedly, some of the long-term 
changes are cyclic rather than irregular, but the fact remains that these communi- 
ties are always, in a state of change. The long-term changes, especially those re- 
lated to changes in the physical environment, may be deduced from the seasonal 
changes when enough information on both the fish and the environment has been gath- 
ered. The seasonal changes in abundance, measured in terms of catchper hour, can 
be dramatic. For example, in fig. 2, the changes in abundance throughout the year 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5 


for red hake from No Mans ground for the past two years show the effect of sea- 
sonal movements. The fish move inshore early in the spring. At this time of the 
year they apparently are in tight schools, since boats may catch as muchas 60,000 
pounds an hour at this time. Shortly after their arrival inshore they begin to dis- 
perse over the fishing grounds and peripheral areas and the catch drops to around 
5,000 pounds an hour. The red hake spawn from July to early September with the 
peak occurring in the middle of August. This period coincides with a lowered level 
of abundance. Following spawning, concentrations again appear and the catch rises 
for a short while before the fish move offshore. Early in December the catch on 
this ground has fallen to a small fraction of the spring abundance. 


THIRTY SPECIES INCLUDED 


There are approximately 30 species of significance involved in this industrial 
fishery, including those sold for the food market. Fig. 3 combines seasonal and an- 


1955 1956 
J ASONDJSFMAMJSJASON D 
SET a a a a a aa a a | 


BLACKBACK 


FIG. 3 - THE ABUNDANCE OF SCUP, BLACKBACK FLOUNDER, COD, AND FLUKE IN POUNDS PER HOUR FROM SOUTH- 
WEST GROUND (OFF POINT JUDITH BREAKWATER) FOR THE PERIOD JULY 1955 THROUGH DECEMBER 1956. 


nual change, illustrating the changes in density of four food species. The data used 
here were collected from trips from "Southwest ground," a fishing ground just soutn 


6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


of the breakwater at Point Judith. The blackback flounder (Pseudopleuronectes 
americanus Walbaum) is the most important in terms of poundage. It reaches its 
peak of abundance in the summer months in Southwest ground, after which it tends to 
move out into other areas. The blackback catch during the latter part of 1956 was 
almost double that of the same period in 1955. This increase in 1956 was not re- 
stricted to Southwest ground, but more or less typical of the entire area. Follow- 
ing the peak of blackback flounder, the fluke (Paralichthys dentatus Linnaeus) builds 
up in numbers. It is worthy of note that there were considerably fewer fluke caught 
in Southwest ground in 1956 than in 1955. The abundance pattern of the scup (Steno- 
tomus versicolor Mitchill) is similar to that of the fluke and indicates that both spe- 
cies are influenced by similar environmental factors. The cod (Gadus callarias 
Linnaeus) begin to move through the area on their way to the New Jersey spawning 
grounds at the time when the fluke are leaving for the winter. All of these species 
are migratory to a degree. All species as well tend to fall into one of the three 
general types illustrated in figure 3. These types are: the more-or-less perma- 
nent residents that may show considerable shifts in abundance, such as the black- 
back flounder; types that are present during the colder months of the year, such as 
the cod; and types that are present only during the warmer months of the year, such 
as the fluke and scup. As time goes on, this information, combined with the proper 
hydrographic information, should make it possible to predict shifts in the species 
community as they relate to hydrography and to evaluate the influence of one spe- 
cies upon another. 


LITERATURE CITED 


SNOW, GEORGE Ww. 
1950. DEVELOPMENT OF TRASH FISHERY AT NEW BEDFORD, MASS. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 
12, NO. 7 (uULY), PP. 8-10. (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 256) 


SAYLES, RICHARD E. 
1951. THE TRASH FISHERY OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND IN 1950. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 
13, NO. 7 (JULY), PP. 1-4. (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 286) 


FLATFISH HAVE EYES ON ONE SIDE 


Fish are said to be closely ''tied" to their environment, this is, in their 
evolution natural selection favors inheritance of features which adjust the fish 
better to its particular mode of life. Bottom-dwelling fishes usually become 
flattened withthe eyes ontopofthe head, andthe mouth below. The "flatfishes" 
(flounders and their kin) represent another group of free-swimming fishes that 
have taken up bottom life, but have accomplished it in a different manner. The 
flounder swims onits side, and duringits early development one eye migrates 
to the opposite side of the head, so that both eyes are on one side. 


In most instances, all color pattern is missing from the blind side, while 
the eyed side has a pattern adjustable to the type of bottom on which the fish 
finds itself at any moment. The larval flatfish has its eyes situated normally 
and swims freely, as do most other fishes. With the migration of the one eye, 
a bottom existence is adopted. Interestingly, there are left and right-eyed 
families of flounders and of soles, but a few species have both left and right 
sided individuals. 


--Sea Secrets, October 1957 
The International Oceanographic Foundation, 
Coral Gables, Fla. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7 


TWENTY-FIVE YEARS OF RESEARCH AND SERVICE 
BY THE SEATTLE TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY 


By Maurice E. Stansby* 
SUMMARY 


In connection with marking the twenty-fifth anniversary of the founding of the 
Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory in May 1958, the activities of the Labora- 
tory are reviewed. In the prewar period, programs dealt largely with fishery in- 
dustrial products. Many special activities were taken on during the war years in- 
cluding such work as finding substitutes for items in short supply that are used by 
the fisheries. Much work on vitamin A-containing fish oils also was carried out 
during this period. A diversified program resulted after discontinuation of wartime 
activities. In the current period, with Saltonstall-Kennedy funds available, the pro- 
gram has been broadened with somewhat greater emphasis on basic research. 


Outstanding accomplishments over the past 25 years have been reviewed. A 
total of 267 publications were released by the Seattle Laboratory, about half of them 
being concerned with analytical methods, frozen fish, and processing of fish meal 
andfishoil. One accomplishment alone saved the Government over $8 million, ana- 
mount several times the entire operating cost of the Laboratory over the 25-year period. 


Current activities of the laboratory are reviewed. The functions of the Labora- 
-tory--basie research, applied research, and services to the fishing industry--are 
described, and details of the current programs, organization of the Laboratory, and 
Laboratory facilities are outlined. 


INTRODUCTION 


On May 2, 1933, the Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory was opened at its 
present location on Montlake Boulevard. Thus 1958 marks the Laboratory's twen- 
ty-fifth anniversary. This 
report reviews the activi- 
ties and accomplishments 
during the 25 years of op- 
eration and describes the 
current organization and 
programs. 


ACTIVITIES 


The activities of the 
Seattle Laboratory canbe 
considered under four 
periods of time: the pre- 
war period (1933-1941), 
the war period (1942- 
1946), the postwar period 


(1947-1954), and the cur- 1, | _ BUILDING THAT HOUSES SEATTLE TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY , 
rent period (1955-1958). U. S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES. 


PREWAR PERIOD (1933-1941): At the inception of the program in 1933, with 
only two employees on the staff, the program had to be limited to a few narrow 
fields. During the first several years, the program dealt exclusively with utiliza- 
tion of salmon waste and fish livers for production of fishery industrial products. 


%*CHIEF, PACIFIC COAST AND ALASKA TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH, FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, DIVI - 
SION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES, U. S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, SEATTLE, WASH. 


8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


In 1937 the assignment of several W. P. A. chemists to the Laboratory and, later, 

in 1939 and 1940 the addition of two regular staff members made it possible to 
broaden the program some- 
what to include limited in- 
vestigations on composi- 
tion and preservation. 


Extensive programs 
were carried out on utiliza - 
tionof salmon waste. Tem- 
porary field laboratory op- 
erations were carried out 
both in Alaska and on the 
Columbia River. Rendering 
methods for producing an 

FIG.-2 - THE PILOT PLANT OF THE SEATTLE FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL edible salmon oil to be add- 
LABORATORY OCCUPIES THE FIRST SMALL BUILDING TO THE LEFT OF ed to canned salmon were 
UWE WAG OUD Es developed. Considerable 

basic information on chemical properties of salmon oils was obtained. Investiga- 
tions were carried out on the heating of fish meals that occurs after they leave the driers. 
Improvements were made in methods for rendering oils from fish livers, and collabora- 
tive work was carried out with the U. S. Food and Drug Administration in connection with 
preparation of standardized samples of halibut-liver oil. Research was begun to im- 
prove the analytical methods for determining the oil content of fish meals. 


Studies were carried out on the freezing and cold-storage life of commercially- 
important species of fish in the Pacific Northwest. It was shown that frozen fish 
can be stored in food lockers without damage to other frozen foods. Research was 
carried out on freshness tests for fish, including tests for oxidative rancidity. The 
proximate composition of some Pacific Northwest species of fish was determined. 


An investigation was carried out over a 2-year period on the utilization of king 
crab in Alaska. 


The early prewar period was important not only for the accomplishments of the 
research but also for development of the Laboratory and for setting up good rela- 
tionships with the fishing industry. 


WARTIME PERIOD (1942- 1946): In 1942, the emphasis of the program was di- 
rected toward solving special wartime problems. Six programs concerned with 
wartime problems were undertaken. In order that these programs could be carried 
out adequately, the activities of the Laboratory were expanded. Professional-grade 
personnel were increased from the maximum of 4 redched during ase to 15, and 
the budget was more than trebled. 


The war projects included work on dehydration of fish, substitute containers 
for tinplate, seaweed substitutes for agar, assistance to the Army Quartermaster 
Corps, assistance to other wartime agencies such as the War Production Board, and 
better utilization of certain species of fish. 


Much of the assistance to government agencies consisted of developing stand- 
ards and analytical methods to facilitate Government purchases of vitamin A oils 
and livers, and the vitamin A project became, during this period, the largest one in 
the Laboratory. Work was carried out on stability of vitamin A, analytical methods 
for vitamin A, vitamin A content of fish livers, and conservational aspects of the 
shark fishery. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9 


In connection with better utilization of certain species of fish, the Reconstruc- 
tion Finance Corporation was assisted in designing and outfitting the vessel Pacific 
Explorer, which was built 
for freezing fish fillets 
at sea. 


POSTWAR PERIOD 
(1947-1954): The begin- 
ning of the postwar peri- 
od was marked by adras- 
tic reduction in budget 
and personnel as wartime 
projects were terminated. 
In 1947, a 50-percent cut 
in operating funds neces- 
sitated dropping 8 em- 
ployees. 


Considerable emphasis 
during this period was 
placed on aiding industry 
to solve problems encount- 
ered in the freezing and 
cold storage of fish. Spe- 
cial emphasis was placed 
on cold storage of king 
crab, the output of which had been expanded markedly, and on rockfish, the pro- 
duction of which had increased greatly during the war and for which civilian demand 
had not kept pace. Efforts were made to increase markets for this fish. Work was 
carried out to demonstrate the feasibility of freezing fish at sea in the round, thaw- 
ing them ashore, and filleting and refreezing them. Work was also carried out on 
problems encountered in freezing salmon for later canning. 


- = = 


FIG. 3 - LABORATORY IN PILOT PLANT BUILDING. 


A large program sponsored in part by the Industrial Research and Develop- 
ment Department of the U. S. Department of Commerce was carried out toward bet- 
ter utilization of Alaskan salmon waste. As an extension of this work, Federal and 
State fish hatcheries were assisted in the utilization of fish waste for hatchery feeds. 


Considerable work was done to determine the content of vitamin B 2 and uni- 
dentified growth factors in fish meal. As an extension of a prewar projeet, a new 
method was developed for the determination of oil in fish meal. 


Certain problems involving the storage life of halibut and salmon steaks cut 
from the frozen, stored fish were worked on cooperatively with industry. A fellow- 
ship from Continental Can Company financed a study of the causes of discoloration 
in tuna cans. A study of the protein-water relationship in fish, including the devel- 
opment of methods for measuring drip, was carried out. 


An investigation was made of the composition and cold-storage life of fresh- 
water fish. Because no technological laboratory is located in the Central States, 
very little was known concerning the technology of fish taken in that area. Analyses 
and cold-storage examinations were carried out on a large number of species of 
fish from the Great Lakes and Mississippi River areas. 


Two projects dealing with fish meal and fish oil were started late in the post- 
war period. Results of investigation by research workers at the Poultry Husbandry 
Department of the University of California indicated a wide variation in nutritive 
value among different batches of fish meal. Work was started at Seattle to study 
the causes of this variation and to develop a chemical method of determining fish- 
meal nutritive value. In another project, work was started to investigate the pos- 
sibilities of preparing potentially valuable chemical derivatives from fish oils. 


10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


CURRENT PERIOD (1955-1958): The current period is featured by the increase 
of funds provided for technological research by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 
_ 1954. Initially, the main 
1B fami tee expansion in programs was 
a as in the form of contract re- 
search at various univer- 
sity laboratories andother 
laboratories. Later, some 
expansion in Bureau labor- 
atory programs took place. 
Programs carried out un- 
der Saltonstall-Kennedy 
funds, either at the Seattle 
laboratory or on contracts 
; elsewhere and coordinated 
= So ; from Seattle, have been in 
W - the following fields: fish 
“is Me .oE ae | es meal, fish oil, standards, 
a Wien cee i irradiation, tuna handling, 
ee . and rockfish utilization. 
a a ee } The first two on meal and 
— ll = oil were started as limited 


Fla. 4 - A MIXTURE OF FISH-OIL GLYCERIDES BEING HYDROLYZED BY Seattle Laboratory investi- 
OD1UM- ON REACTION TO PREPARE FATTY ALCOHOLS. f : 
SOD|UM-REDUCTION REACT! PREPARE FATTY ALCOHOLS gations. Now with Salton- 


stall-Kennedy funds they have been broadened into comprehensive nationwide pro- 
grams. At the express recommendation of fishery-industrial-products represen- 
tatives, a substantial portion of these investigations has been basic research. Pro- 
grams on contract with Hormel Institute, University of Minnesota, deal with the 
chemistry and nutrition of fish-oil fatty acids; other programs at the University of 
California, Food Technology Department, deal with oxidative deterioration in fish 
oils and in fish tissue. A programat the Seattle Laboratory carried out by organic 
chemists is concerned with the preparation of chemical derivatives of fish-oil fatty 
acids. This basic approach is producing the fundamental information needed for 
solving practical problems at an applied level. Some applied problems were under- 
taken simultaneously with the basic research. These deal, for example, with the 
use of fish oils in animal feeds and in ore flotation. 


Fish-meal programs are being carried out at the Seattle Laboratory and on 
contracts at the Poultry Husbandry Department of the Universities of California 
and Wisconsin. These programs are investigating causes of variation in nutritive 
value of different batches of fish meals. 


Other current programs at the Seattle Laboratory deal with the determination 
of chemical composition and with the freezing and storage of fish. These programs 
are supported, in part, by grants from The Refrigeration Research Foundation. 
Proximate composition and sodium content of both fresh-water and marine fishare 
being investigated. Cold-storage studies are being carried out on fresh-water fish, 
and marine fish, and Pacific oysters. 


Special emphasis is given to assisting the fishing industry in solving its prob- 
lems. Efforts are made to disseminate results of these research programs rapid- 
ly to the fishing industry both by the publishing of digest reports and by the giving 
of direct reports at meetings attended by members of industry. 


ACCOMPLISHMENTS OF SEATTLE LABORATORY 
PUBLICATIONS: One way of reviewing the accomplishments of the laboratory 


is to analyze the research reports that have been published. Table 1 lists by sub- 
ject the number of publications issued each year. Table 2 lists the total number of 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11 


Chief, Pacific Coast and Alaska Technological Research 


s2eetjmes SS = i 
Applied Research 
Programs 


Basic Research Programs Special Services Administrative Unit 
Supervisory Chemist Chemist-in-charge Admin, Assist. 


Supervisory Chemist 


Preparation of Reports and 
Chem steineahas Ama ares eeenatyes Clerical Pool Supervision, 
oe ee ge EES IS Personnel ; 
2 Chemists Fishery Products Srenderds & Ped 
Technologist provemen 


Organic Chemistry Programs 


2 Chemical Engineers 
Physical and Analytical Chemist 


Chemistry Programs 
E oe 8 Answering Inquiries Phys. Sci. Aid 
Chemist-in-charge Chemist 
2 Physical Science Aids € 
1 Chemist 


Programs on Nutritive Value 


of Fishery Products Preservation and 


Editing Manuscripts Service Unit Utilization 


University of Wisconsin a A 5 a 
5 Chemist Physical Science Aid Chemist 
kG, Gteniinea! CEE CHENG Editorial Clerk Maintenance Man 
University of California 
Biological Aid 


Processing 


Fishery Products 
Technologist 


Biochemistry and Bacteriology 


Seattle Laboratory 
Biochemist Fishery Products 


University of California Technologist 
3 Chemists 


2 Phys. Sci. Aids Ketchikan Laboratory 
Chemist-in-charge 


FIG, 5S - ORGANIZATION CHART OF SEATTLE FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, 


publications on each subject. A total of 267 papers has been published from the 
time the Laboratory was established through 1957. The number of papers rose from 
1 or 2 per year during the early prewar years to a maximum of 26 in 1945; the num- 
bers then declined during the postwar years when the size of the Laboratory staff 
diminished. Since the start of the Saltonstall-Kennedy programs, the number of 
papers has increased to 26 in 1957. Thus the number published last year is equal 


Tuna Program 


Table 1 - Seattle Laboratory 
‘| Fish Meal 


= 
Chemical Fish Oil and Oil 
Composition ea ecosesete Fish | Fish and Spoilage 


1 


Utilization 
of Fish 
and Waste 


Fish 


Te ee eC Ot mou 
Prev ptt bot t Come 1 oor 1 bw pN OO 


RRR RE RO RR | NONM NEE pO ww 1) ee 


eth ttt tei webmag 


RMR ONM woo Pp 


Ori yirei intrest treet ves 1 wwo 


PUN ti Nee Re wnNwors 


12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


to that of the wartime peak. As these programs get into full production, a further 
increase in the number of research reports is anticipated. 


Basic Research Programs 
Supervisory Chemist 


Sa 


= aes 
Physical and Analytical Organic Chemistry Biochemical and Bacteriological Programs on Nutritive 
Chemistry Programs Programs Program: Value 


Chemist Biochemist 


f Calif. Nutritional 
Composition of Fish New Uses from Fish Oils Protein Investigations ee Troe citer Effect of 
Chemist Fish Oils 


Chemist Univ. of Minn. 


Hormel Inst. 


Composition 
of Meal 


New Products 


Univ. of Wisconsin 
Dept. of Poultry 
Husbandry 


Univ. of Calif. 
Dept. of Poultry 
Husbandry 


Univ. of Minnesota 
Hormel Institute 
Austin 


Univ. of Minnesota 
School of Mines 
Ore Flotation 


Irradiation 
Effect on 
Protein 


Oxidative 
Deterioration 


=a | = 


Chemistry of 
‘whe Ee zh 
r 


FIG. 6 - DETAILS CONCERNING BASIC RESEARCH PROGRAMS CARRIED OUT AT OR COORDINATED FROM SEATTLE 
FISHERY TECHNOLOG! CAL LABORATORY . 


Papers on analytical methods outnumber those in any other single category (55 
papers). This field is one specially suitable for governmental research because it 
involves a type of study of vital importance to wide groups of people in the commer- 
cial fisheries; yet paradoxically, it is a field in which there is little or no direct 


Applied Research 
Supervisory Fishery Products 
Technologist 
| Ketchikan Laboratory 
| Chemist-in-charge 
Standards and Quality Preservation and Processing Tuna Program 
Improvement i Terminal Island, 
Utilization Seattle Laboratory California 


Seattle Laboratory Fishery Products Fishery Products 
Technologist Technologist 


[ 1 It L 
i : ‘Analytical 
Be Searac ensues IEPEGH OL Rockiieh Tuna Sample Freezing and 
i EROgr ann utiization Contracts with Thawing Research 
eee Chemist Univ. of Wash Commercial Labs. Philip R. Park: 
Chem. Engr. : : in Seattle and Foundation 
Los Angeles 


At Davis At Berkeley 


Reactions of 
Fish Oil Fatty 
Acids 


Unidentified |} 
Growth Factors 
Univ. of 
Wisconsin 
Dept. of Poultry 
Husbandry 


Development of 
Standards 


Chem. Engr. 


Research at OSC 
on Shellfish and 
Smoked Fish 


; Development Refrigerated 
ear tad of Objective Seawater 
Gila Methods ; 

Standards [Preservation 


Chemist 


TRRF Research at 
Program Seattle on Cod 


& Research Lab. 
Program 


1/ 
ORE Program 


Standards Grading a 
Seattle Lab. Ee Chemical 


T/A PANEL OF SIX STAFF MEMBERS, SPENDING ABOUT 10 PERCENT OF THEIR TIME. 


FIG. 7 - DETAILS CONCERNING APPLIED RESEARCH PROGRAMS CARRIED OUT AT OR COORDINATED FROM SEATTLE 
FISHERY TECHNOLOG| CAL LABORATORY. 

profit motive for private enterprise to undertake the work. Analytical methods are 
needed for use with a wide variety of fishery products for which special adaptations 
of standard analyses are required. Such methods are used by fishery technologists 
and chemists at all levels of the fishery industry, such as in processing fishery in- 
dustrial products, in preservation, and in quality control. Reports on frozen fishis 
the next largest category of papers, followed by fish-meal and oil processing, fish- 
oil chemistry, and composition of fish. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13 


A bibliography at the end of this report includes a listing of 75 of the 267 pub- 
lications of the Laboratory. This list was compiled to include the most significant 
papers of current interest. Many important reports that are now of little interest 
have been omitted, especially in the field of fish livers and vitamin A. 


This situation demonstrates how changing conditions require changing empha- 
sis in research. A continuing program of research is needed that is geared to the 
ever-varying problems of the industry. 


HIGHLIGHTS: I is difficult to compile a list of the most important achieve- 
ments of a Laboratory. Different accomplishments would be selected by different 
persons. Almost any list, however, would include the following: 


In the early prewar period, the aid given by the Seattle Laboratory in the de- 
velopment of methods for extracting oil from salmon trimmings for adding back to 
canned salmon was of great value. The practice of adding salmon oil to the canned 
salmon pack has been used both in Alaska and on the Columbia River, and it still is 
of major importance in the latter area. The more fundamental work carried out on 
chemical properties of salmon oils and published as the investigational report Pa- 
cific Salmon Oils (Harrison, Anderson, Pottinger, and Lee 1939) is still the standard 
reference in this field. 


During the war period, the project on vitamin A resulted in worthwhile accom- 
plishments. The development of a practical fish-liver sampler by the Seattle Lab- 
oratory changed themar- j; 
keting pattern for the 
vitamin A industry. Work 
carried out for the U. S. 
Customs Service saved : 
the Federal Government (Miscellaneous 


an estimated $8 million. rozen fish 
This saving alone re- ish meal and oil processing 
paid, several times o- Fish oil chemistry 

ver, the total cost of Composition of fish 


operating the Seattle tilization of fish and waste 


Laboratory during its 
entire past life. 


Handling fresh fish and spoilage 


In the postwar peri- 
od, several major achievements have resulted. The conception, setting up, and prep- 
aration on a continuing basis, by the Seattle Laboratory staff, of the monthly peri- 
odical Commercial Fisheries Abstracts have been of great value. This method of 
getting results of technological and scientific research to the fishing industry 
proved so successful that it served as an incentive to the Food and Agriculture Or- 
ganization to set up, for worldwide coverage, a parallel journal World Fisheries 
Abstracts, published in three languages and abstracting many foreign-language fish- 
ery articles not covered in Commercial Fisheries Abstracts. 


The work carried out by Seattle Laboratory staff members on utilization of A- 
laska cannery waste has resulted in commercial utilization of such waste in two 
Alaskan areas where, previously, all salmon waste had been discarded. The work 
carried out on fresh-water fish provides the first comprehensive information a- 
vailable on proximate composition and cold-storage life of these fish. The work, 
started in the prewar period and completed after the war, on determination of oil 
in fish meal resulted in adoption by the Association of Official Agricultural Chem- 
ists of a new official method for analyzing the oil content of fish meal. 


It is perhaps too early in the current period, which started in 1955, to appraise 
the relative importance of current accomplishments. It seems likely that the 


14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


setting upof programs tocarry out basic research, particularly in the field of fish- 
oil chemistry, will rank of highest importance. More basic information is needed 
by the Pacific Coast fisheries not only for use in processing fish oil but even more 
in connection with problems concerning oxidative rancidity and discoloration. Pa- 
cific Coast species of fish are more susceptible to this type of change than are 
principal species in other areas. Important limitations to the utilization of salmon, 
tuna, and halibut are caused by oxidative changes occurring during processing and 
storage. The principal New England species--haddock, cod, and ocean perch--are 
relatively immune to such deterioration. Already, important results have been ob- 
tained toward establishment of the chemical structure of fish-oil fatty acids. Much 
has been done to elucidate the mechanism of oxidation of fish oils. The structures 
of pigments in tuna have been identified, and means for controlling discoloration 
during the processing of this species have been worked out. Studies under way 
promise eventually to result in more complete knowledge of the role of enzymes in 
deterioration of fish oils and fish tissue. 


CURRENT ACTIVITIES OF LABORATORY 


FUNCTIONS: The Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory is primarily a re- 
search Laboratory. Unless the results of its research can be brought to the atten- 
tion of those who need them, its work will 
not be effective. A very important func- 
tion, therefore, is the dissemination of in- 
formation. This is done through prepara- 
tion of written bulletins and papers, an- 
swering written inquiries, consulting 
personally with individuals in the fishing 
industry, and holding occasional meet- 
ings to discuss research findings and 
problems of the industry. The Special 
Services Unit stationed at the Laboratory 
edits papers from the other Branch of 
Technology Laboratories onthe Atlantic, 
Gulf, and Pacific Coasts. 


ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL: 
The organization of the Seattle Labora- 
tory is showninfigure5. All staff mem- 
bers who are Bureau of Commercial 
Fisheries employees whose technologi- 
cal program is supervised or coordinated 
from Seattle are shown in this figure. 
Thus, employees stationed at the Uni- 
versity of California are included. The 
contract research programs are not 
shown in this figure. Such contracts are 
listed in figures 6 and 7. 


The personnel are divided among 


FIG. 8 - SCENE IN PILOT PLANT. HERRING BEING four sections: basic research, applied 
PREPARED TO PRODUCE A MEAL FOR USE IN ANTIOX-= o S a 
ih SHUI. research, special services unit, and ad 


ministrative unit. The basic research 
section is divided into subsections according to the field of scientific specialization: 
organic chemistry, physical and analytical chemistry, nutrition, and biochemistry 
and bacteriology. The applied research section also is divided into subsections. 
These are as follows: standards and quality improvement, preservation and utili- 
zation, processing, and tuna programs. The Ketchikan Laboratory program is co- 
ordinated with that of the Seattle Laboratory through the Applied Research Section. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15 


All staff members participate in performing services for the fishing industry. 
In addition, certain activities involving written material, including preparation of 
Commercial Fisheries Abstracts, are handled by the Special Services Unit. 


FACILITIES: The Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory operates its basic 
research and administrative functions in the main building of the Bureau of Com- 
mercial Fisheries Montlake Laboratory. Three chemical Laboratories and an in- 
strument room are available for this work. 


The applied research activities are carried out in an adjacent, smaller build- 
ing known as the Pilot Plant. A large room is available for processing fish meal 
and canned fish, another for handling fresh fish for filleting, packaging, and simi- 
lar activities. A cold-storage section provides rooms at three temperatures, and 
an icing room also is available. A general chemical laboratory, two offices, and 
an organoleptic examination room are located on the second floor of the pilot-plant 
building. 


The Special Services Unit occupies rented space in the basement of the Mont- 
lake Apartment Building located adjacent to the Montlake Laboratory property. 


CURRENT PROGRAM: The activities of the Laboratory are organized under 
the following general headings: (1) control of chemical alterations in fish and fish- 
ery products during storage and processing (includes all basic research projects), 
(2) preservation and processing of fish and shellfish, (3) development of voluntary 
standards of grade for fish and fishery products, (4) services of Special Services 
Unit, (5) direct assistance to industry, and (6) assistance to contract research. 


Details concerning basic and applied research programs are shown in figures 
6 and 7. Included in these figures are details concerning (1) programs carried out 
at the Seattle Laboratory, (2) programs carried out by Bureau employees of the 
Seattle Laboratory stationed at cooperating universities, and (3) programs carried 
out on contracts with the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and coordinated by the 
Seattle staff. 


PARTIAL SUBJECT BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CURRENTLY-IMPORTANT 
PAPERS OF SEATTLE LABORATORY 


This list contains 75 of the 267 papers of the Seattle Fishery Technological Laboratory. Selection 
was made on the basis of current importance. Under each subject heading, references are listed in 
chronological order. 


ANALYTICAL METHODS 


STANSBY, MAURICE E. AND ACCURACY. IND. ENG. CHEM., ANAL. ED., VOL. 
1941, DETERMINATION OF PEROXIDE FOR RANCIDITY IN FISH 18, PP. 269-271. 
OILS. IND. ENG. CHEM., ANAL. ED., VOL. 13, 
PP. 627-31. BUCHER, GLENN C., AND SANFORD, F. BRUCE 
1946. COMPARISON OF SEVERAL METHODS FOR RECORDING 
—____  —___sAND DASSOW, JOHN A. COLOR OF FISH LIVER OILS. OIL AND SOAP, VOL. 
1942. RECORDING COLOR OF OPAQUE OBJECTS. IND. ENG. 23, NO. 7 (JULY), PP. 212-3. 


CHEM., ANAL. ED., VOL. 14, PP. 13-14. 
SANFORD, F. Re; MIYAUCHI, D. T.; AND JONES, G. 1. 


STANSBY, MAURICE E. 1947, STUDIES ON DETERIORATION OF VITAMIN A IN FISH 
1943. JUDGING THE QUALITY AND FRESHNESS OF FISH BY OR- LIVERS AND LIVER OILS--PART | - LOSS OF VIT. 
GANOLEPTIC METHODS, FISHERY MARKET NEWS, VOL. A AND STABILITY IN GRAYFISH LIVERS IN STORAGE. 
5, NO. 8 (AUGUST), PP. 3-7. (ALSO FISHERY COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 9, NO. 2 
LEAFLET NO. 94.) TEERRUARY PP. 11-15. (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 
167). 
3 HARRISON, ROGER W.; DASSSOW, JOHN; AND 
SATAR, MARIE JONES, G. 1.3 SANFORD, F. B.; MCKEE, LYNNE G.; AND 
1644, DETERMINING VOLATILE BASES IN FISH. IND. ENG. MIYAUCHI, DAVID T. 
CHEM., ANAL. ED., VOL. 16, PP. 593-6. 1957, ADAPTATION OF THE BECKMAN QUARTZ SPECTROPHOTO- 
METER FOR MEASUREMENT OF VITAMIN A BY THE 
SHOCKEY, CHARLES F.; MCKEE, LYNNE G.; AND HAMM, WM. S. CARR-PRICE REACTION. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY, 
1944, INSTRUMENT FOR MEASURING CHANGES IN TEXTURE OF VOL. 19 (FEBRUARY), PP. 142-3. 
DEHYDRATED FISH. IND. ENG, CHEM., ANAL. ED., 
Welks Gs (R6 C36 TT a ELLIOTT, R. PAUL 
1947. EVALUATION OF SURFACE PH AS A FRESHNESS INDEX 
SANFORD, F. 8.; HARRISON, R. W.; AND STANSBY, M. E. FOR FISH FILLETS. £00D RESEARCH, VOL. 12, 
1946. RAPID TEST FOR VITAMIN A STABILITY. COMMERCIAL MARCH-APRIL, PP. 87-98. 
FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 8, NO. 3 (waRch], PP 
16-18. (ALSO FISHERY LEAFLET 212.) STANSBY, MAURICE E. 
1948, REPORT ON FAT IN FISH MEAL. J. ASSOC, OFFICIAL 
——— i AND BUCHER, GLENN AGR. CHEM., VOL. 31, PP. 606-10. 


1946. DRILL SAMPLING DEVICE FOR FISH LIVERS--PRECISION 


16 


PETURSSON, SIGURDUR H. 
1951. CYTOLOGICAL STUDIES ON LACTOBACILLUS LE|CHMANI | 


IN THE ASSAY OF VITAMIN B12, COMMERCIAL FISH- 
ERIES REVIEW, VOL. 13, NO. 11a, (NOVEMBER SUP- 
PLEMENT), PP. 20-5, (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 297.) 


STANSBY, M. E. 
1951. CONDUCTING ORGANOLEPTIC TESTS IN THE LABORA - 
TORY --TECHNOCAL NOTE #15, COMMERCIAL FISHERIES 


REVIEW, VOL, 13, NO. 11A, (NOVEMBER SUPPLEMENT ) 
PP. 44-6. (ALSO SEPARATE NO, 302.) 


CANNED FISH 


STANSBY, M. E., AND DASSOW, JOHN A. 
1951, USE OF FROZEN SALMON FOR CANNING. 


FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 13, NO, 4 
2025 ta ALSO SEPARATE NO.’ 279.) 


PIGOTT, GEORGE, AND STANSBY, M. E. 


COMMER: 
(APRIL), PP. 


1955. RON SULFIDE DISCOLORATION OF TUNA CANS. NO, 
1 - THEORY OF IRON-SULFIDE FORMATION IN CANS, 
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 17, NO. 10 
(ocrosER), PP. 34-39. [ALSO SEPARATE NO. 
418. 

1956. IRON SULFIDE DISCOLORATION OF TUNA CANS. NO. 
2 - ANALYTICAL METHODS. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES 
REVIEW, VOL. 18, NO. 2 (FEBRUARY), PP. 5-9. 
(ALSO SEPARATE NO. 429. z 

IRON SULFIDE D!SCOLORATION OF TUNA CANS. NO. 
3 - EFFECT OF VARIABLES INTRODUCED BY THE FISH. 
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 18, NO. 6 
(WUNE), PP. 8-12. [ALSO SEPARATE NO. 439.) 
IRON SULFIDE DISCOLORATION OF TUNA CANS. NO. 
4 - EFFECT OF RETORTING AND COOLING CANNED 
FISH. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 18, 
NO. 12 (DECEMBER), PP. 13-16. (ALSO SEPARATE 
NO. 461. 
COMPOS IT | ON 
BUCHER, GLENN C.; CLEGG, WM.; AND SANFORD, F. B. 
1845. DISTRIBUTION OF OIL AND VITAMIN A IN FISH LIV- 


(uan- 


ERS. FISHERY MARKET NEWS, VOL. 7, NO. 1 
ALSO FISHERY LEAFLET NO. 290.) 


UARY), PP. 6-8. 


STANSBY, M. E. 
1945, COMPOSITION OF FISH. FISHERY LEAFLET NO, 116 


U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, 16 PP, 2 


KARRICK, N. L. AND STANSBY, M. E. 
1954, VITAMIN CONTENT OF FISHERY BYPRODUCTS--PART 
1 - EFFECT OF PROCESSING METHODS ON RIBOFLAVIN, 
NICOTINIC ACID, AND VITAMIN By2 CONTENT OF SOL- 
UBLES AND MEAL, COMMERCJAL FISHERIES REVIEW, 
VOL. 16, NO. 2 (FEBRUARY), PP. 7-10. (ALSO 
SEPARATE NO. 366.) 


STANSBY, M. E. 
1954, COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER 
FISH, INTRODUCTION: THE DETERMINATION OF THE 
VARIATION OF COMPOSITION OF FISH. FOOD RE- 
SEARCH, VOL. 19, NO. 2, PP. 231-234, 


KARRICK, NEVA L. 
1955, A LITERATURE REVIEW ON FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT 
THE QUALITY OF PROCESSED FEEDS. 1SSUED AS A 
DITTOED REPORT, JULY. 


+ CLEGG, WM.; AND STANSBY, M. E. 

VITAMIN CONTENT OF FISHERY BYPRODUCTS. PART 
3 - RIBOFLAVIN, NICOTINIC ACID, VITAMIN By2, 
MOISTURE, OIL, ASH, AND PROTEIN CONTENT OF 
COMMERCIAL FISH MEALS, 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES 
REVIEW, VOL. 19, NO. SA (MAY SUPPLEMENT), PP, 
14-23, 


1957. 


BROWN, W. DUANE, AND TAPPEL, A. L. 
1057, IDENTIFICATION OF THE PINK PIGMENT OF CANNED 
TUNA. FOOD RESEARCH, VOL. 22, NO. 2, PP. 


214-221. 


FISH MEAL AND OIL PROCESS|NG 


HARRISON, R. We 
1940. SOME CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF THE 
MANUFACTURE AND DISTRIBUTION OF FISH MEAL, 
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SIXTH PACIFIC SCIENCE CON- 


GRESS OF THE PACIFIC SCIENCE ASSOCIATION, VOL. 
3, PP. 309-15, 


BUTLER, CHARLES 
1945, FISH REDUCTION PROCESSES, FISHERY LEAFLET NO. 
126, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, DEPART- 
MENT OF THE INTERIOR, JUNE, 16 PP. 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


THE FISH LIVER OIL INDUSTRY. FISHERY LEAFLET 
NO. 233, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, 
MARCH, 104 PP. 


1948, 


GRAU, C. Res BARNES, Re Neos AND KARRICK, NEVA Lo 


1956, EFFECT OF RAW MATERIAL ON TUNA-MEAL QUALITY. 
OMMERCIAL FISHERJES REVIEW, VOL. NO. 7 
aia PP. CER (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 3) 
FISH OJL CHEMISTRY 
LOWEN, LESLIE; ANDERSON, LYLE; AND HARRISON, ROGER W. 
1037. CEREAL FLOURS AS ANTIOXIDANTS FOR FISHERY PROD- 


UCTS--HALIBUT LIVER AND SALMON OILS. 
ENG, CHEM., VOL. 29, PP. 151-6. 


END. 


HARRISON, ROGER W.; ANDERSON, ANDREW We; HOLMES, ARTHUR Do; 
AND PIGOTT, MADELAINE Go 
1937. VITAMIN CONTENT OF OILS FROM CANNERY TRIMMINGS 
OF SALMON FROM THE COLUMBIA RIVER AND PUGET 
SOUND REGIONS, U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES, IN- 
VESTIGATIONAL REPORT, VOL. 36, PP. 1-8. 


> POTTINGER, Se Re; 


AND LEE, CHARLES F. 
1935. PACIFIC SALMON OILS. U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES, 
INVESTIGATIONAL REPORT, VOL. 40, PP. 1-216 


EVANS, ROBERT J.; RHIAN, MORRIS; CARVER, J. S.; HAMM, WM. S.j5 
AND HARRISON, ROGER W. 
1944, STABILITY OF VITAMIN D IN FORTIFIED FISH OIL. 
POULTRY SCIENCE, VOL, 23, PP. 91-3. 


DASSOW, JOHN A., AND STANSBY, MAURICE E. 
1949, STABILIZATION OF VITAMIN A IN HALIBUT LIVER OIL 
WITH NORDIHYDROGUATARSTIC ACID (NDGA). JOUR- 
NAL OF AMERICAN OIL CHEMISTS!’ SOCIETY, VOL. 26, 
NO. 9 (SEPTEMBER), PP. 475-9. 


DOMART, CLAUDE; MIYAUCHI, D. 1.3 AND SUMERWELL, We No 
1955. THE FRACTIONATION OF MARINE-OIL FATTY ACIDS WITH 
UREA. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN OIL CHEMISTS® So- 


CleTY, VOL. a2, NO. 9, PP, 401-3, 


STANSBY, M. E. 


1956, NEW PRODUCTS FROM FISHOILS, PART | - INTRODUC- 
TION. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 18, 
NO. 8 (AUGUST), PP. 1-3. (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 
444,) 
BROWN 


Wes TAPPEL, A» Le; AND STANSBY, M. Eq 
1956. OXIDATIVE DETERIORATION IN FISH AND FISHERY 


PRODUCTS~-NO. 1, COMMERCIAL F|SHERIES cae 
VOL. 18, NO. 2 (resnuare]) pp. 10-13. ALSO 


SEPARATE NO, 430, 


STANSBY, M, E, 
1987. OXIDATIVE DETERIORATION IN FISH AND FISHERY 
PRODUCTS. PART | - INTRODUCTION, COMMERCIAL 


FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 19, NO, 5a (MAY SUPPLE- 
MENT), PP. 24-26. 


BROWN, We Dos VENOLIA, Aco Wes TAPPEL, Ao Leg OLCOTT, He Se; 
AND STANSBY, M. Eo 
1957. OXIDATIVE DETERIORATION IN FISH AND FISHERY 
PRODUCTS. PART I| - PROGRESS ON STUDIES CON- 
CERNING MECHANISM OF OXIDATION OF OIL IN FISH 
TISSUE. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL, 19, 


NO. 5A (MAY SUPPLEMENT), PP. 27-310 


VENOLIA, A. Wo; TAPPEL, A. L.; AND STANSBY, M. E. 
1987, OXIDATIVE DETERIORATION IN FISH AND FISHERY 
PRODUCTS. PART II1 - PROGRESS ON INVESTIGA- 
TIONS CONCERNING REACTIONS RESULTING IN BROWN 


DISCOLORATION. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, 
VOL. 19, NO. SA (MAY SUPPLEMENT), PP. 32-34. 
EINSET, E.; OLCOTT, H. Se; AND STANSBY, M. Eo 
1657. OXIDATIVE DETERIORATION IN FISH AND FISHERY 
PRODUCTS. PART IV - PROGRESS ON STUDIES CON- 
CERNING OXIDATION OF EXTRACTED OILS, COMMER- 


CIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 19, NO. SA (MAY 
SUPPLEMENT), PP, 35-37. ‘ 


GRUGER, EDWARD H., JR. 
1857, LABORATORY METHOD OF OBTAINING UNSATURATED FAT - 


TY ALCOHOLS FROM FISH OILS. COMMERCJAL FISH- 
RIES REVIEW, VOL, 19, NO. 8 tauauenie PP. 1-5. 
ALSO SEPARATE NO. 483.) 


SUMERWELL, W. No 


1957. LIQUID-SOLID COUNTERCURRENT DISTRIBUTION OF FAT- 
TY ACIDS WITH UREA. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN 
CHEMICAL SOCIETY, VOL. 79, JULY, PP. 3411-3415. 
GRUGER, EDWARD H., JR. 


1857, NEW PRODUCTS FROM FISH O{LS. PART III - PREP- 


May 1958 


1957, 


COOKE 
1957. 


ARATION AND SEPARATION OF FATTY ALCOHOLS MADE 
FROM FISH OILS--A PRELIMINARY STUDY. O Geet 
CIAL FISHERIES REV ae VOL. 19, NO. 4A (APRIL 
SUPPLE EMENT) , PP. 13- 

NEW PRODUCTS FROM FISH OILS. 


PART 1V - PRELHM- 


INARY INVESTIGATIONS ON ALKYL HALIDES, SILI - 
CONES, AND QUATERNARY AMMONIUM SALTS. COM- 
19, NO. 4A 


MERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 
(APRIL SUPPLEMENT), PP. 18-23. 


S. Re. Be; AND STANSBY, M. Eq 


UTILIZATION OF FISH OILS IN ORE FLOTATION. 


StS FISHERJES REVIEW, VOL. 19,.NO, 4A 
APRIL SUPPLEMENT PP. 24-29, 


FROZEN FISH 


STANSBY, MAURICE E., AND HARRISON , ROGER Ww. 


1942, 


PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF METHODS FOR FREEZ- 
ING FILLETS OF SOME PACIFIC NORTHWEST FISH. 
SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORT NO. 15, U. S. FISH 
AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, 25 PP, 


HEERDT, MARTIN, JR. 


1646, 


1947, 


BUCHER 
1847. 


STANSBY, M. 
1948, 


1949, 


MIYAUCHI 


1953. 


HEEROT, MA 
1952. 


1954, 


STANSBY, M. 
1955, 


1956. 


BUTLER, CHARLES; SLAVIN, 
SANFORD, F. 


1956. 


DASSOW, JOHN A.; 


1 56. 


DORRIS; 


FISH CAN BE STORED IN REFRIGERATED 
OTHER FOODS, FISHERY LEAFLET NO, 
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, MARCH, 


LOCKERS WITH 
181, U. So 
3 PP. 


TOUGHEN ING OF FROZEN CRAB MEAT CAN BE RETARDED, 
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 9, NO. 2 
(FEBRUARY), PP. 7-10. (ALsO” 0 SEPARATE NO. 166. ) 

HEERDT, MARTIN, JR«i; AND OSTERHAUG, KATHRYN 

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PRESERVATION OF FISHERY 
PRODUCTS BY FREEZING. FISHERY LEAFLET NO, 265, 
U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, SEPTEMBER, 


139 PP. WITH SUPPLEMENT BY JOHN DASSOW, 24” PP. 
ISSUED SEPTEMBER 1949. 


E., AND DASSOW, JOHN A. 

CAN FISH BE FROZEN ABOARD VESSEL, THAWED, FIL- 
LETED, AND REFROZEN ASHORE? PACIFIC FISHERMAN, 
VOL. 46, NO, 4 (MARCH), P. 65. 


STORAGE LIFE OF WHOLE AND SPLIT ROCKFISH FILLETS. 
COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 11, NO. 7 
(suty) , PP. 1-8. [ALSO SEPARATE NO. 233.) 

D. T., AND STANSBY, M. E. 

FREEZING AND COLD STORAGE OF PACIFIC NORTHWEST 
FISH AND SHELLFISH. PART | ~ STORAGE LIFE OF 
VARIGUS ROCKFISH FILLETS. COMMERCIAL FISHER- 


IES REVIEW, VOL. 14, NO. 12A (DECEMBER SUPPLE- 
MENT), PP. 24-28. (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 329.) 


RTIN, JR., AND DASSOW, JOHN A. 

FREEZING AND COLD STORAGE OF PACIFIC NORTHWEST 
FISH AND SHELLFISH. PART || - KING CRAB, COM- 
MERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 14, NO. 12A (DE- 
CEMBER SUPPLEMENT), PP. 29-35. (ALSO SEPARATE 
NO. 330). 


AND STANSBY, M. E. 
FREEZING AND COLD STORAGE OF PACIFIC NORTHWEST 
FISH AND SHELLFISH. PART II! - STORAGE CHAR- 
ACTERISTICS OF SIX SPECIES OF OILY FISH. COM- 
MERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 16, NO. 6 (JUNE), 
PP. 1-5. (ALSO SEPARATE "NO. 372. 5 


E. 

PACKAGING FROZEN FISH IN TIN RESULTS IN SUPERIOR 
STORAGE LIFE. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 
17, NO. 5 (aunsas PP. 17-20. (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 
407.) 


} POTTINGER, S. Res AND MIYAUCHI, DAVID T. 
REFRIGERATION OF FISH - PART 3. FACTORS TO BE 
CONSIDERED JN THE FREEZING AND COLD STORAGE OF 
FISHERY PRODUCTS. FISHERY LEAFLET NO. 429. 
U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, JANUARY, 65 PP. 


JOSEPH W.; PATASHNIK, MAX; AND 
BRUCE 

REFRIGERATION OF FISH - PART 1. COLD STORAGE 
DESIGN AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT. FISHERY 
LEAFLET NO. 427, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV- 
ICE, JUNE, 146 PP. 


POTTINGER, S. R.; AND HOLSTON, JOHN 
REFRIGERATION OF FISH - PART 4. PREPARATION, 
FREEZING AND COLD STORAGE OF FISH, SHELLFISH, 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


17 


AND PRECOOKED FISHERY PRODUCTS. FISHERY LEAF~- 
LET NO. 430, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, 


124 PP. 
SLAVIN, JOSEPH., AND HEERDT, MARTIN, JR« 
1956, REFRIGERATION Of FISH - PART 5. DISTRIBUTION 


ANB MARKETING OF FROZEN FISHERY PRODUCTS. 
FISHERY LEAFLET NO. 431, U. S. FISH AND WiLD- 
LIFE SERVICE, OCTOBER, 48 PP. 


BUTLER, CHARLES; DASSOW, JOHN Ao} EARLSON) C. Je; CARVER, 
JOSEPH; AND HEERDT , MARTIN, JR. 
1956. REFRIGERAT |ON OF FISH = PART 2. HANDLING FRESH 
FISH. FISHERY LEAFLET NO. 428, U. S. FISH AND 
WILDLIFE SERVICE, DECEMBER, 84" PP. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


EVANS, ROBERT Je; CARVER, Je Se; AND HAMM, WM. S. 
foaa, INFLUENCE OF ” STORAGE ON THE SUPPLEMENTARY PROTEIN 
NUTRITIVE VALUE OF CERTAIN FISH MEALS. POULTRY 
SCIENCE, VOL, 23, PP. 491-4, 


SENN, VINCENT J. 
’1946. AGAR-WEED, A FISHERY RESOURCE, COMMERCIAL FISH- 
ERIES REVIEW, VOL. 8, NO. 8 (august), PP.1-4. 
TALSO SEPARATE NO. 144.) 


STANSBY, M. Ee, AND OSTERHAUG, K. Le 
1947. FISHERY TECHNOLOGY ABSTRACT CARD SYSTEM. FISH- 
ERY LEAFLET NO. 232, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE 
SERVICE, MAY, 18 PP. 


KARRICK, NEVA Le 
1948, THE NUTRITION OF FISH IN HATCHERIES; A LITERA- 
TURE REVIEW. FISHERY LEAFLET NO. 325, U. S. 
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, NOVEMBER, 23 PP. 


BONHAM, K., AND SANFORD, F. BRUCE 
1949, BIOLOGICAL AND VITAMIN A STUDIES OF DOGFISH 
LANDED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, STATE OF 
WASHINGTON DEPT. OF FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL BUL- 


LETIN 49-A, APRIL, PP. 64- 
STANSBY, M. E. 
1954. THIRTY-FIVE YEAR INDEX OF TECHNOLOGICAL PUBLI - 
CATIONS OF THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE 1916- 
1953. DITTOED MANUSCRIPT REPORT IN 3 PARTS: 
PART 1 - PUBLICATION LIST, 86 PAGES; PART || ~ 
SUBJECT INDEX, 384 PAGES; PART 111 - AUTHOR 
INDEX, 51 PAGES, JANUARY. 
1955, TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH ON THE FRESH-WATER FISH- 
ERIES OF THE U. S. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES RE- 
VIEW, VOL. 17, NO. OCTOBER), PP. 31-34, 
ALSO SEPARATE NO. 418, 
SANFORD, F. BRUCE 
1957. PLANNING YOUR RESEARCH PAPER. COMMERCIAL FISH- 
ERIES TL 10, DITTOED MANUSCRIPT, NOVEMBER, 
67 PP. 
UTILIZATION OF FISH AND WASTE 
HARRISON, ROGER W., AND INVESTIGATIONAL STAFF 


1942. REPORT OF THE ALASKA CRAB INVESTIGATION. FISH- 
ERY MARKET NEWS, VOL. 4, NO. SA (MAY SUPPLE - 
RENTS CPES dete 107. 
RHIAN a CARVER, J.» S.3 HARRISON, R. We; AND HAMM, WM. S. 


{o42 VALUE OF DOGFISH MEAL AS A PROTEIN SUPPLEMENT. 
WASHINGTON AGR. EXPT. STA. BULL. 416, PP. 3-24, 


LANDGRAF, R. G., JRes MIYAUCHI, D. T.3 AND STANSBY, M. E. 
1954. UTILIZATION OF ALASKA SALMON CANNERY WASTE AS 

A SOURCE OF FEED FOR HATCHERY FISH. COMMER 

CiAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL, 13, NO. 11A {No- 


VEMBER SUPPLEMENT), PP. 26-33. (aso SEPARATE 


NO. 298.) 


STANSBY, Mo E. AND STAFF 
1953. UTILIZATION OF ALASKA SALMON CANNERY WASTE. 
SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORT - FISHERIES NO. 
109, U. S. FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, SEP- 
TEMBER, 107 PAGES. 


BURROWS, ROBER W. AND STAFF 
USE OF FISH PRODUCTS IN ” BLUEBACK SALMON DIETS. 
SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORT - FISHERIES NO. 106, 
U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, NOVEMBER, 

S59 PP. 


> AND 
1953. 


rae 


18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


AZ, YO Ga Pod xN 


RESEARCH 


Z IN SERVICE LABORATORIES 


oii 


OXIDATION RESEARCH SHOWS REASONS FOR QUALITY 
DETERIORATION OF CERTAIN FOODS 


Fundamental research on the effect of oxidation on fishery products has shown 
that the same basic mechanism involved in the discoloration of canned tuna is also 
involved in some forms of rancidity of fishery products as well as in the deterio- 
ration of some forms of fish meal. The commercial fishing industry is already 
testing many of its processing practices to take advantage of these recent discoveries. 


Technologists of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries believe also that 
the findings may have application in the meat industry and possibly in other food 
industries. The studies, which began in 1955, are being financed through funds 
made available by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954. The work is being done at 
the Bureau's Fishery Technological Laboratory, Seattle, Wash.; and at the Food 
Technology Department and the Institute of Marine Resources, both at the Univer- 
sity of California. 


A number of significant findings have resulted from the basic research ap- 
proach to the problem of oxidative deterioration. It has been proved that some 
forms of oxidative rancidity in the tissue of fish are acceleratedby the presence of 
hematin. Hematin is the hydroxide form of the iron-bearing protein which com- 
prises a portion of the respiratory protein, hemoglobin, commonly found in the red 
blood cells. The dark meat of fish which contains most of the hematin compound 
absorbs oxygen to a much greater extent than does the light meat. A series oftests 
amply demonstrated that the content of hematin is a major factor in determining 
the rate at which fish meals deteriorate. 


Research conducted on the catalytic effects of hematin compounds on oxidation 
of fish oils has helped to clarify the process-induced problem of discoloration dur- 
ing the precooking of tuna. Previous to this work the chemical changes that result- 
ed in "green" tuna were completely unknown. Preventive steps can now be taken 
prior to processing to inhibit its development. 


Similarly, it was demonstrated that fish meals which deteriorated most rapid- 


ly were highest in their content of hematin compounds. Corrective measures now 
cut this rapid oxidation down to a fraction of its original rate. 


ay, GAnig ot 


PROGRESS REPORT ON FISH-MEAL RESEARCH 


Approximately 265,000 tons of fish meal worth almost $35 million is produced 
annually in the United States and its territories. Of this amount, approximately 80 
percent is used by chicken farmers in feed formulations. To be of greatest value 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19 


for this use, fish meal should,as far as is commercially feasible, be a standardized 
product. This standardization is difficult to achieve, however, as the tremendous 
variation inherent in the raw material as well as the differences in methods of man- 
ufacture are difficult to overcome. 


The initial approach to the problem by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisher- 
ies has been to discover those factors that adversely affect the nutritive value of the fish 
meal. The study was begun in 1955 when funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy 
Act of 1954 were made available. A joint investigation of the nutritional value of 
fish-meal protein is being carried out by workers at the Universities of California 
and Delaware and in the Bureau's Branch of Technology. The objectives of this re- 
search are (1) to survey the variability of protein quality in commercially-prepared 
fish meals and (2) to discover the causes of these variations. 


The investigation of the causes of variability in protein quality includes studies 
on the effects of (1) raw material, (2) storage, and (3) processing conditions. In 
conjunction with these studies, a chick assay was developed for the measurement of 
"available" amino acids. 


Although final conclusions have not been reached on the relative importance of 
any of the factors studied, it has been found that the condition of the material used 
to prepare the meal can affect nutritive value. Meal made from cooked tuna waste 
that had subsequently been allowed to spoil did not permit growth of chicks, where- 
as meal prepared from cooked fish that was unspoiled or from raw fish--whether 
unspoiled or spoiled--permitted good growth. 


An important result of these investigations has been the development of an as- 
say to measure, in the meal, the amounts of individual amino acids that are ina 
form available for use by the chicks. The assay has now been found to be apparent- 
ly successful for lysine, methionine, arginine, threonine, and combined methionine 
and cystine. The assay also shows promise for histidine, phenylalanine, tryptophane, 
and combined phenylalanine and tyrosine. 


<a 


THIS CROAKER A THREE-TIME LOSER, BIOLOGIST FINDS 


People are said to be accident-prone when they continuously suffer mis- 
haps. But some fish are accident-prone too, says Frank J. Wojcik, biologist 
at the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester Point. 


Fishingfrom a pierhere recently, Wojcik caught a croaker bearing a Vir- 
ginia Fisheries Laboratory tag. Much to his astonishment, he found that this 
was the same fish he had caught three weeks before at the same place. 


The croaker was caught originally by Wojcik on June 27, and was tagged 
and released by Tony Pacheco of the Laboratory staff. Exactly one month later 
the fish was caught again at the same place by the same fisherman. He noted 
the number on the tag and released it again, never dreaming that it would take 
his hook once more. But bite it did, almost exactly three weeks later. 


Wojcik believes that hehas solved the age-old problem of the sport fisher- 
man. By releasing the fish he catches, he ensures good fishing for himself and 
his friends in the future. 


20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 5 


Ea , —— SS 


ees RENDS Soe 


= AND 


EDEVELO PMENTS & 


in southeastern Alaska should be ene better this year than in the previous 
comparable period are reflected in some relaxation in the 1958 commercial fishing 
regulations approved April 3 by Secretary of the Interior Fred A. Seaton. 


The Department's action, which will permit a small increase in fishing effort 
by the principal forms of gear used in the fishery, represents the first relaxation 
of the substantial curtailments which were instituted in 1954 in an effort to haltthe 
decline of the salmon fishery. 


"Rehabilitation of the pink salmon runs in Southeastern Alaska was started in 
1954,"" McKernanreported to the Secretary. ''The program consisted principally 
of a reduction in trap fishing effort and on increases in closed’ areas where purse 
seines are normally used. This resulted in increased escapements, particularly in 
the even-year cycle. Pink salmon have a two-year cycle, and since our data indi- 
cate that the 1958 runs should be a great deal better than the parent year of 1956, 
some relaxation is warranted." 


Secretary Seaton stated that he has directed the Bureau of Commercial Fish- 
eries to maintain a close watch on the fish runs in Southeastern Alaska. "If this 
prediction of a better run of pink salmon does not materialize,'' the Secretary de- 
clared, ''immediate steps will be taken to assure proper conservation.' 


Assistant Secretary Leffler assured Secretary Seaton that the Bureau of Com- 
mercial Fisheries will, if necessary, exercise the authority contained in the 1958 
regulations providing for the immediate reduction in the use of fish traps and oth- 
er gear or further restrictions to conserve the fish runs. 


The Secretary requested Leffler to report to him periodically on the progress 
of this year's salmon run. 


The use of drum seines and power blocks on purse-seine boats in Southeastern 
Alaska, restricted as a part of the restoration program in 1954, will be permitted 
this year. The use of this more efficient gear has been permitted in previous sea- 
sons elsewhere in Alaska. 


The regulations approved today will permit utilization of a maximum of 246 of 
the 406 available fish trap sites for all of Alaska. This compares with 247 fish 
trap sites used in 1956, which is a comparable year because of the two-year life 
cycle of pink salmon, the major species involved. 


The pink salmon fishery in Prince William Sound in 1958 will be controlled by 
a gear timetable in which the closing date is automatically adjusted according to 
the number of units of gear fished. 


There are no substantial changes in the commercial regulations concerning 
Cook Inlet, Kodiak, and Chignik. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21 


The closing date for the pink salmon fishery on the south side of the Alaska 
Peninsula has been tentatively set for August 5, but with the prospect that it may 
have to be closed earlier if expected runs do not materialize. The fall season opens 
August 18. 


A few gill-net boats fished in 1957 in the Unimak District, and in line with pol- 
icy established in other areas, such fishing is being prohibited since the runs of red 
salmon taken there are known to be destined for Bristol Bay and are fully utilized 
by existing gear. 


The runs of red salmon in Bristol Bay are ex- 
pected to be smaller than in 1957 and greater pro- 
tection will be given the runs during the coming 
year. 


The interest shown last year by Assistant 
Secretary Leffler in the problem of reducing 
materially the unsporting practice of salmon 
snagging in Alaska has led to an amendment 
which will control the size of hooks that may be 
used in personal-use fishing. This problem of 
snagging salmon on the spawning grounds has become serious in the vicinity of a 
number of population centers, and was particularly bad last year in the Salcha Riv- 
er near Fairbanks where numbers of king salmon of such poor quality as to be unfit 
for human consumption were snagged off the spawning grounds. 


The Assistant Secretary personally observed the practice and declared: ''The 
unpleasant byproducts of this snagging practice are a step backward rather than 
forward in conservation education.'' He stated further: "If this regulation is not 
sufficiently effective to control the practice, it may be necessary to close certain 
rivers to sport fishing for salmon entirely." 


The regulations as issued this year have been completely recodified for the 
first time since 1949. The opportunity was taken while recodifying to remove rep- 
etitous language and to adopt the use of abbreviaticns and symbols throughout the 
regulations. The resulting document should be more readable and useful to the public. 
** 


x 


California 


SARDINES AND MACKEREL TRUCKED FROM SOUTH TO NORTH CALIFOR- 


during the last decade, processors of sardines in Monterey and San Francisco have 
had to depend on sardines transported to their plants by truck from Southern Cali- 
fornia ports. At several points facilities have been installed for loading sardines 
onto trucks for transport to the plants. The principal port where these facilities 
are available is Port Hueneme, which is 70 miles north of Los Angeles. At Port 
Hueneme there is a good harbor, with excellent unloading facilities. Additional 
ports are Morro Bay, Avila, and Santa Barbara. 


The vessels unload directly into a hopper, either by means of a suction pump 
or the old-style winch-operated brailer. From the hopper the fish are carried on 
a conveyor to a chute, and then dropped into a truck. The trucks are various types 
of flatbed semi or double truck-trailers. On the flatbed, watertight rectangular 
tanks, open at the top, are installed. These tanks are of various sizes, mostly rec- 
tangular, capable of carrying between 18 and 22 tons of fish. The open tops are 
covered, when on the road, by canvas tarpaulins which are lashed down to cleats on 


22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol 20, No. 5 


the flatbed. At the rear of the tank is an opening over which a metal plate is bolted 
to the tank. This plate is removed when the truck is being unloaded, and the fish 
are washed out of the opening ontoa flume 
which leads into the cannery. The openings 
at the top of the tank is such that it permits 
the truck to move back and forth and be 
properly loaded with fish and crushed ice. 


Atpresent, the only southern California 
port out of which sardines, mackerel, or an- 
chovies are being trucked to northern Cali- 
fornia is Port Hueneme, and between 50-70 
trucks are availableona standby basis. Most 
of the trucks are independent contractors, 
working for brokers, who contract for the 
hauls. There isno open bidding by the brokers; 
their ability to provide good service is the 
controlling factor. At present three brokers 
are operating. The trucks that haul the fish 
also engage in the fruit and vegetable har- 
vest in the area, and the fish hauls provide a 
very good off-season business. Afewhaulers 
work year-around, but the greater part of the Glee 1 - SUCTION PUMP HOOK-UP UNLOADING SAR- 
trucks only operate during the sardine season, jyrneme Pe | CONVEYOR BELT AT PORT 
from September 1 through December 31. Min- 
imum hauling rates are set by the Public Utilities Commission, and the rates paid 
are generally at, or near, this minimum. The haul from Port Hueneme to Monterey 


pte 


FIG. 2 - END OF CONVEYOR FROM VESSEL TO 

TRUCK, FISH POURING INTO TANK ON TRUCK, 

is a distance of approximately 300 miles, 
and to San Francisco approximately 360 
miles. To the basic trucking rates are FIG. 3 - A TRUCKLOAD OF JACK MACKEREL--ABOUT 
added charges for use of unloading con- te ROMS CRUSHED ICE FS BLOWN ACROSS THE 
veyors, harbor department rates foruse EEE eaees 

of the dock, and cost of ice. In someinstances truckers absorb the costs of some 
items, in others canners do. The Fishermen's Unionhas contracts with vessel own- 
ers, who in turn have contracts with canners, for flat rates to either Monterey or 
San Francisco. For fish bought by canners this charge is deducted from the gross 
return to the vessel. The canner pays the truck broker for transporting the fish, 


and th« other charges are split up in any manner that can be negotiated between the 
canner and truck broker. 


As sardine landings are irregular as to time of the day they are unloaded, due 
to distance from port, moonphase, weather, etc., the trucks are on a standby basis. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23 


Round-trip driving and unloading time to Monterey averages 17-19 hours, to San 
Francisco 21-23 hours. For a great part of the run the trucks travel through the 
Salinas Valley, where daytime temperatures in September and October average a- 
round 90 F., and if the trip is during the daylight hours at least 2 tons of crushed 
ice are carried. If it is a night trip about 1 
ton of ice is used. One of the canners also 
requires salt, using 200 to 400 one-pound 
sacks per load. When loading, ice is blown 
along the base of the truck about 2-4 inches 
thick, the fish are then loaded in the tankfor 
a depth of about three feet, more ice is blown 
on top of the fish, the canvas is lashed on, 
and the truck is ready to roll. The fish ar- 
rive at the cannery in excellent condition, 
and there is very little loss due to the long 
trip by truck. 


During the 1957 sardine season 10,377 
tons of sardines and 5,586 tons of mackerel 
f were transported by truck to Monterey and 
Feet SUL TIEAE UAE eM ia San Francisco, and if fish had been available 

A ANK. NG ; : : 

WEIGHED. WEIGHING OF TRUCK TAKES PLACE the quantity would certainly have beenhigher. 


BEFORE AND AFTER ICE IS ADDED. 


This trucking operation, which repre- 
sents a 25-percent deduction from the sar- 
dine ex-vessel price to the vessel-owner 
and crews, has nevertheless enabled the 
Monterey canners and vessel owners to 
survive. It has made little difference to 
the canners since the price they pay for 
the fish is competitive with that paid by 
San Pedro packers. The vessel owners 
and crew members although operating out 
of Port Hueneme, although bearing most 
of the cost of trucking, make out as well 
as those operating out of Southern Califor- 
nia ports because they handle a larger vol- 
ume. The greatest benefit, however, is 
probably derived from the fact that the 
trucking of fish has permitted a few Mon- 
terey and San Francisco canneries to sur- 


; A FIG. 5 - A TYPICAL CONVEYOR OR FLUME USED 
vive, where they would have otherwise TO CARRY FISH FROM TRUCKS TO CANNERY. 


gone out of business because of lack of 
fish. This is especially important in the event sardines return to California waters 
in their former abundance as then all available will be needed to process the harvest. 


--BY A. D. SOKOLICH, MARKET NEWS REPORTER, 
BRANCH OF MARKET NEWS, 
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES, 
U. S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, 
SAN PEDRO, CALIF. 


HOOK OK OK OK 


SURVEY OF PELAGIC FISH POPULATIONS BETWEEN CENTRAL AND BAJA 
CALIFORNIA BY M/vV "N. B. Scofield:” Cruise 57-S-3, September 16-October 4, 
1957: The coastal waters off Baja California, Mexico, from Ballenas Bay to San 
Quintin Bay were surveyed by the California Department of Fish and Game Re- 
search vessel N. B. Scofield. 


24 


The objectives were: (1) To assess the relative 
abundance of Pacific sardines, Pacific mackerel 
Tr | 


[ 


nis" 


and jack mackerel 
with the aid of a 
1,500-watt light 
and the blanket 
net. (2) To col- 

| lect study speci- 
mens of Califor- 
nia black sea 
bass, Stereolepis 

igas. To tag 
miscellaneous 
specimens witha 
new type dart tag 
and to retain the 
tagged specimens 
alive for observa- 
tions. (4) To ac- 
quaint newly as- 
signed personnel 
with the techniques 
and various prob- 
lems of a blanket 
net-night light 
survey. 


Asuncion Bay 


M/V N. B. SCOFIELD, CRUISE 57-S-3(SEP- 
TEMBER 16 TO OCTOBER 4, 1957). 


A total of 51 light stations were occupied, of which, 
42 were negative. Of the 9 positive stations, 6 yield- 
ed sardines, 1 sardine and Pacific mackerel, 1 Pa- 
cific mackerel, and 1 jack mackerel. At manyof the 
stations weather conditions were such that the 
blanket net could not be used. The sardines in the 
7 samples taken ranged in standard length from 32 
to 227 mm. (1.3 to 9.1 inches). 


or Observed 
ps Cruise 57-S-3 


Number of Stations 


Table 1 - List of the Species Captured 
at the Light Stations durin 


an 
PRE eERwod 


Sardines appeared to be particularly abundant in 
the area from Point San Eugenia to Ballenas Bay; 
they were also abundant in the area between Lagoon 
Head and Canoas Point. Although schools were not 
sighted nor recorded on the fathometer, these fish 
appeared to be evenly distributed over the entire 
area. Weather conditions became too extreme for 
sampling north of Canoas Point, but some traces of 
schools were observed on the fathometer in the San 
Quintin Bay area. 


[Table 2 - Results of Fishing During 
Cruise 57-S-3 


Number of Stations 


e Day During 


It appears that the distribution of sardines below 
Point San Eugenia was similar to that found during 
the 1956 survey. However, a striking difference was 
noted in the dispersed behavior of the sardine schools 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


during the 1957 survey. In no instance was a trace 
on the fathometer recorded before turning on the 
night light. Then, if sardines were around traces 
would begin to show on the fathometer a few min- 
utes after the light was turned on--indicating that 
sardines were beginning to accumulate under the 
light and vessel. 


The N. B. Scofield traveled 360 nautical miles 
scouting fish, during which 8 fish schools of un- 
known species were observed. 


Surface water temperatures, bathythermograph 
casts, and reversing thermometer casts were tak- 
en at all stations. Surface water temperatures in 
the surveyed area ranged from 17.3" C. (63.1 F.) 
at San Quintin to 21.8 C. (71.2 F.) at Point Santo 
Domingo. Sardines taken et the light stations were 
in watersof 18.5 C. (65.3 F.) minimum to 21.8" C. 
(71.2- F.) maximum. 


Twelve California black sea bass, Stereolepis 
gigas, were brought back for study purposes. A 
number of yellowtail, Seriola dorsalis, sandbass, 
Paralabrax nebulifer, and kelp bass, Paralabrax 
clathratus, were tagged with a new experimental 
dart tag and transferred from the tanks of theN. B. 
Scofield to an aquarium for further observation. _ 


Cruise 57-S-4, October 14-November 2, 1957: 
The coastal waters from San Quintin, Baja Cali- 
fornia, to Point Conception, Calif., including por- 
tions of areas around San Clemente, Santa Cata- 
lina, Anacapa, Santa Cruz, San Rosa, and San 
Miguel Islands were surveyed. The objectives 
were: (1) To ie 
census the pop- 
ulations of sar- 
dines, jack 
mackerel, Pa- 
cific mackerel, 
northern an- 
chovies. (2) 
To obtain adult 
sardines for 
sereological 
work being con- 
ducted by the 
U. S. Bureau of 
Commercial 
Fisheries. (3) 
To collect spe- 
cimens for 1lab- 


inception 
Santa Barbara 


oratory study. aa 

Ae 

Observations ° 
and other data : 
included 71 M 


jz 


2 VN. B. SCOFIELD CRUISE 57-S-4 (OC- 
light stations, of TOBER 14-NOVEMBER 2, 1957), 


which 63 were 

negative. Of the7 positive stations, 3-yieldedsar- 
dines, 5 Pacific mackerel, 5 jack mackerel, and 

1 northern anchovy. One station yielded only sar- 
dines while another yielded only jack mackerel. 
The other 5 stations were a mixture of fish. All 
the sardines from the first successful station were 
transported to San Diego and transferred to the 
holding tanks used by the Bureau of Commercial 
Fisheries for their sereological work. Sardines 
in the other two samples ranged in length from 
136 to 158 mm. standard length (5.3 to 6.2 inches). 
Throughout the area surveyed, sardines appeared 


May 1958 


most abundant in the area from Point Dume to Santa 
Barbara and around the northern Channel Islands. A 
moderate concentration of sardines was observed in 
the San Quintin region in northern Baja California. 
Northern anchovies, jack mackerel, and Pacific 
mackerel were observed in greatest abundance in 
the Point Dume to Port Hueneme area and around 
the Channel Islands. Jack mackerel were very 
evident around all the islands. More schools of all 
species of fish were observed north of the Califor - 
nia-Mexico border than between the border and 

San Quintin. 


The N. B. Scofield scouted a total of 548 miles 
and sighted 444 fish schools. Of the schools sight- 
ed, it was determined that 16 contained sardines, 


vaptured 
ht Light Stations During 


Cruise 57-S-4 


20 anchovies, and 30 mackerel, while 114 probably 
contained anchovies or sardines or a mixture of the 
two, and 260 were of undetermined contents. In ad- 
dition, 4 schools of bonito were sighted in the Santa 
Monica Bay area. Sauries were very prominent a- 
round the islands. In some areas a thin layer of 
sauries would be visible on either side of the ves- 
sel for 10 or 12 miles along the vessel's course. 


Surface water temperatures, bathythermograph 
casts, and reversing thermometer casts were taken 
at all stations. Surface temperatures throughou} the 
cruise ranged from a minimum of 15.9 C.(60.6 F. 
at Smugglers Cove, Santa Cruz Island, to a maxi- 
mum of 19.3" C. (66.7 F.) at Abalone Point near 
Laguna Beach, Sardines taken at the night light sta- 
tions were in waters gf 16.5 C, (61.7 F.) minimum 
to a maximum of 18.4 C. (66.1 F.). 


Cruise 57-S-5, November 9-November 23, 1957: 
The third in this series of cruises was made tothe 
waters off central California from Point Reyes 
south to Point Conception. The objectives were: 
(1) To assess the relative abundance of sardines, 
Pacific mackerel, jack mackerel, and anchovies 
using 1,500-watt light above the surface of the wa- 
ter and a blanket net as the standard samplingtool. 
(2) To fish with a lampara net on schools of fish ob- 
served from the air in an effort to assist the aerial 
observers in identifying schools of fish and to ex- 
plore the technique as a possible sampling method. 
(3) To deliver live sardines to Steinhart Aquarium, 
San Francisco. 


The occurrence of young sardines in Monterey 
Bay was one of the most significant facts observed 
during this cruise, the last of the 1957 survey cruises. 
This was the first indication of sardines less than 
a year old in the waters north of Point Buchon 
since the current series of pelagic fish surveys be- 
gan in 1949. The finding and collection of these fish, 
size range 99 to 230 mm. (3.9 to 9.1 inches), was 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


29 


consistent with and amplified reports received 
earlier in the year; eggs and larvae had been re- 
ported by the Hopkins Marine Station personnel 
and in mid-summer commercial fishermen re- 
ported small sardines mixed with anchovies, while 
mixed schools were sighted on several occasions 
during aerial surveys by Department of Fish and 
Game personnel. 


A small sample of adult sardines was also taken 
in San Luis Obispo Bay along with a mixed school 
of fish, composed predominantly of jack smelt, a 
few mackerel and anchovies. 


This is the first year in recent history in which 
Pacific mackerel were taken in waters north of 
Point Conception. However, the one sample of 2 
fish, collected in San Simeon Bay, does not indicate 
a great abundance of Pacific mackerel in waters 
off Central California. 


Twenty-six one-hour night light stations were 
occupied in the survey area. Pelagic fish species 
were taken in three general localities, principally 
in bays; Monterey, San Simeon, and San Luis Obis- 
po. The remainder of the stations (23) were either 
blank or contained such species as jack smelt, 
sauries, or squid. 


A major portion of the 240 miles scouted between 
few unknown schools of 
fish were sighted 
in the vicinity of 
Point Arguello 
and Cape San 
Martin. Schools 
of very small an- 
chovies, no more 
than several 
weeks old, were 
observed in San 
Simeon Bay and 
off Point Sal. 


A fairly heavy 
eoncentration of 
large jellyfish, 
Chrysarora a 
berti, was ob- 
served on two 
adjacent stations 
in the area be- 
tween the town of 
Santa Cruz and 
Ano Nuevo Point 
to the northwest. 
The area of concentration appeared to cover a10- 
to 15-mile stretch of coastal water, which is in 
sharp contrast to the aerial observations of a week 
previous and to last year's findings when a very 
heavy and more extensive (50- to 60-mile) concen- 
tration was noted. Also, pointing up the marked 
changes found this year over last was the absence 
of tunicates and salps, none was seen in 1957, 
whereas during the November 1956 survey large 


concentrations of Pyrosoma and salps were fre- 
quently seen along te route. 


The syrface water temperaturg ranged from ADE 
C. (50.0- F.) off Point Sur to15.2° C. (59.4 F.) just 
south of Point Arguello. However, the major portion 
of the surveyed water mass was Gelatively uniform, 
varying only 0.8 C.(range 13.0 to13.8 C.). There 
was nothing unusual about the water temperatures 


W/V N. B. SCOFIELD CRUISE 57-S-5 (NO= — 


VEMBER 9-23 1957). 


26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


where sardines were found and taken, Monterey the school was seen to escape the net despite the 
Bay registered 14.3" C. and San Luis Obispo 13.1° | fact that it was completely surrounded. Eachhaul 
C. Station routine included bathythermograph yielded only a scoop or two of fish; the shallow wa- 
casts to allowable depths and 10-meter reversing ter set contained primari*y anchovies and white 
thermometer casts. croakers, while the deep water sets caught jack 


smelt and sardines. Because the schools of fish 
Aerial Scouting--Lampara Net Fishing: Work- were seen to escape the net, it was felt that the 
ing in San Luis Obispo Bay, five sets of a100-fath-| catch was of scattered fish and not a portion of the 


om lampara net were made during daylight hours school. Therefore the last set was deliberately 
under the direction of an observer flying in the made on a blank area; no school of fish was visible 
State Cessna 170. Four sets were made around from the air and no traces were obtained on the 
schools of fish visible from the air but not from fathometer. The resulting catch of this set was 
the boats. These schools were traced on a small one large jack smelt. Thus, it appeared that the 
recording fathometer prior to setting the net in an | first 4 hauls did catch a portion of the encircled 
attempt to measure their mass. In each instance, school. 
KOK OK OK OK 


PRESEASON EXPLORATORY ALBACORE SURVEY (M/V N. B. Scofield 
Cruise 57-S-2): An exploratory survey to determine the preseason occurrence of 
albacore and to delineate the migration route taken by albacore tuna as they ap- 
proach the west coast of Lower California was made by the California Department 
of Fish and Game's research vessel N. B. Scofield from June 3-July 15, 1957. Oth- 
er objectives of the cruise were: (1) to obtain oceanographic and biological data 
that may be related to the occurrence of albacore; (2) locate and report banks and 
seamounts within the survey area; and (3) tag albacore as a part of the population, 
growth, and migration study. 


LEGEND: 
EXPLORATORY FISHING 


TRACK. 

@ - ALeacore catcHes. 

Bag - INITIAL COMMERCIAL 
CATCHES. 


ADALUPE IS. 


N.B. SCOFIELD CRUISE 57-S-2 (JUNE 3- 
JULY 14, 1957) PRESEASON EXPLORATORY ALBA- JULY 14, 1957) ALBACORE TAGGING AREAS. 
CORE SCOUTING. 


M/V N.B. SCOFIELD CRUISE 57-S-2 (JUNE 3- M/V 


Surface trolling with commercial gear was conducted during daylight hours in 
the survey area. Sets of 20 baskets each of Japanese type long-line gear were made 
in the survey area where conditions appeared favorable for albacore. Fishing with 
live bait and trolling gear was conducted in the inshore areas. 


All viable albacore were tagged and released. All remaining were preserved 
for shoreside examination in an attempt to discover physical evidence of recent 
prolonged migration. The location of albacore and other incidental catches were 
recorded. Locations of reported commercial catches were recorded. Marine lite 
sightings were noted. Night light stations were occupied. Routine observations 
(size range of fish, stomach regurgitations, etc.) were recorded. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27 


Surface sea temperatures were recorded every two hours while the vessel was 
under way. Bathythermograph casts were made at each long-line station and at var- 
ious positions elong the vessel's track. Daily weather observations were recorded. 
The vessel's 6,000-fathom recording fathometer was operated continuously while 
under way. Reported shoal areas within the survey area were investigated for validity. 


Table 1 - Albacore Troll Catch Fishing Activities from 
P ; Water Temp.| June 3 to June 22 yielded a total 
T 
Patitude (Fahrenheit) | of 48 albacore captured ontroll- 
; : : 
119° 55| Ww. 64.8° ing gear. Long line failed to 
© ag’ fe) 


Oran! 
29 30 N. produce any albacore, 


50 N.|118° 52 crabs (Pleuroncodes planipes). 


Marine life sightings were 
sparse during this part of the 
cruise, Albatross were the most 
numerous of the birds sighted. 
The offshore tracks covered by 
the vessel were especially de- 
void of marine life, while tracks 
to the north and inshore revealed a variety of marine life. Storm petrels, flying 
fish, seals, and porpoise were observed in these areas. Albacore ''jumpers'’ were 
observed June 16, at lat. 31949' N., long. 117913' W. andon June 17, at lat. 31929' N., 
long. 117956' W. The predominate species obtained from night-lighting activities 
were Pacific saury (Cololabis saira) and lanternfish. 


W. 
W. 

ol A total of 27 albacore was 
ats ao We tagged with both ''G''-type ''spa- 
119 46 W. ghetti'' tags and experimental 
117° 13. W dart-tag. Weights of the alba- 

o nae ate core taken ranged from 114 to 
116° 54 W. 20 pounds. There was no appar- 
116° 58. Ww ent physical evidence of recent 

Sans prolonged migration. Stomach 

49 N.[ 117 13 W. analysis revealed that all were 
d | Ove! empty or contained only digested 
4 ze) le i Bie ae We material with the exception of 
01 N. | 118° 51 W. one stomach which contained red 
' ! 
r. W. 
W. 
W. 


= 3 


gurface sea temperatures in the survey area ranged from 15.9° C.(60.6° F.)to 
19.4” C. (66.9° F.). Bathythermograph casts indicated shallow thermoclines for in- 
shore areas and deeper thermoclines for offshore areas. The best catches of alba- 
core occurred in the inshore areas. Investigation of reported shoal areas failed to 
confirm these reports. 


During the tagging phase June 26-July 14, live-bait fishing produced good catch- 
es of albacore in the area located between San Martin and Todos Santos Island, Low- 
er California, and 35 to 50 miles offshore. Trolling catches were heaviest between 
the Sixtymile Bank and the Dumping Grounds. A few fish were taken while trolling 
60 to 65 miles southwest of San Nicolas Island. A total of 761 albacore was captured 
during this part of the cruise. 


A total of 604 albacore was tagged and released. Of this total, 58 were double= 
tagged with type "'G" ''spaghetti'' tags and experimental dart tags. The remainder 
were tagged with ''spaghetti'' tags only. Stomachs of injured fish contained Pacific 
saury, red crabs, and squid remains. The majority of the stomachs examined were 
empty. Large fish, up to 41 pounds, were encountered from San Martin Island to 
Todos Santos Islands. These fish were schooled thickly and reacted well to live bait 
fishing. Trolling in this area was relatively unproductive as compared to live-bait 
fishing. 


28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


Trolling was more productive in the vicinity of the Sixtymile Bank and the area 
southwest of San Nicolas Island. The catch in these areas was composed of small 
fish, usually less than 20 pounds. Marine life sightings consisted mainly of storm 
petrels, small unidentified white birds, and albacore jumpers.'' Porpoise were 
observed throughout this part of the cruise. 'Nightlighting' produced Pacific saury, 
flyingfish, and squid. 


o ourface sea temperatures in the fishing areas ranged from GAS CQ towilo>G- 
(61° -69.8 F.), Optimum catches occurred in temperatures ranging from 18.0 to 
19.4° C. (64.4°-66.4° F.). Bathythermograph casts indicated shallow thermoclines 
in the areas fished. 


Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January 1958 


Total shipments of metal cans during January 1958 amounted 
to 5,841 short tons of steel (based on the amount of Ree consumed 
in the manufacture of cans) as compared with 6,947—"tons in the 
same month a year ago. Canning of fishery products in January 
this year was confined largely to tuna, jack and Pacific mackerel, 
and Gulf oysters. 

NOTE: STATISTICS COVER ALL COMMERCIAL AND CAPTIVE PLANTS KNOWN TO BE PRODUCING METAL CANS. RE- 
PORTED IN BASE BOXES OF STEEL CONSUMED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF CANS, THE DATA FOR FISHERY PRODUCTS 
ARE CONVERTED TO TONS OF STEEL BY USING THE FACTOR: 23.0 BASE BOXES OF STEEL EQUAL ONE SHORT TON 


OF STEEL. 
1/REVISED. 


CORRECTION 


In the article ''Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, 1957" which appeared 
in the April 1958 (p. 24) issue of the Commercial Fisheries Review, the 1957 ship- 
ments of 144,560 short tons is incorrect. The total should read 114,560 short tons. 


Federal Purchases of Fishery Products 


DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-FEBRUARY 1958: 
Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products: A total of 1.6 million pounds (value $1.0 mil- 
lion) of fresh and frozen fishery products were purchased in February by the Mili- 
tary Subsistence Market Centers for the use of the Armed Forces under the De- 
partment of Defense. The quantity of these purchases were lower than those in 
January by 3.4 percent and below those in February 1957 by 2.4 percent. The value 
of the purchases this February was 6.2 percent higher than in the previous month 
and 23.9 percent greater than in the same month a year ago. 


Table 1 - Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased by Military 
Subsistence Market Centers, February 1958 with Comparisons 


QUAL TT? a UF 


February Jan.=Feb: ebruary an.-Feb. 
958 1957 1958 1957 1958 1957 
5 $1,0 


,000 
1,001 808 


a) s)\ie) @: 1 fe) (=; eV is 


For the first two months of 1958 purchases totaled 3.3 million pounds, valued 
at $1.9 million--a decrease of 14.5 percent in quantity and 1.7 percent in value as 
compared with the same period of 1957. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29 


Prices paid for fresh and frozen fishery products by the Department of Defense 
in February averaged 61.3 cents a pound--the highest since January 1956 when the 
average reached 68.7 cents a pound. The average price for February was 5.6 cents 
a pound more than the previous month and 13.1 cents a pound more than in the same 
month in 1957. Short supplies of frozen fillets and some other frozen fishery prod- 
ucts caused prices in February to rise to the highest they have been for several 
years, 


Canned Fishery Products: Sardines was the only canned fishery product pur- 
chased for the use of the Armed Forces during February. 


ishery Products Purchased by Military Subsistence Market 
Centers, February 1958 with Comparisons 


Species | February | Jan.-Feb. | February 
1958] 1957 | 1958) 1957 1958 1958 
a0 4 ,000 Lbs.)... Seo 


164 
378 
7 


VETERANS ADMINISTRATION TO BUY CANNED FOODS FROM HINES, ILL., 
DEPOT: The Veterans Administration started to buy canned foods from its supply 
depot at Hines, Ill., instead of from Washington, D. C., beginning April 7. 


Thereafter the new office at the Hines depot will issue all invitations for bids 
and will make awards on all of the VA's subsistence requirements, except frozen 
foods, which will be bought from the Washington office. 


The VA's Washington office, which set up the agency's postwar buying program 
and also handled the contracting, will continue to fix policy and general buying pro- 
cedures. 


The Hines depot is located 12 miles west of Chicago and is addressed: Market- 
ing Division for Subsistence Veterans Administration Supply Depot, P. O. Box 27, 
Hines, I11. 


OK OK OK OO 


VETERANS ADMINISTRATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CANNED FISH FROM 
1958 PACK: Recently the Veterans Administration issued its estimated require- 
ments for canned fruits, vegetables, and fish to be procured from the 1958 pack. 
Its requirements for canned fish are: 


Can Dozen 
size Cans 
Salmon ered sOmsoOckeyie ns esis oe rene oie #1 25,260 
Salmon, red or sockeye--sodium content restricted 
to not more than 60 mg. per 100 grams ....... 4 4,760 
Tuna, light meat, chunk style in vegetable oil .... 4-lb. 5,820 
Tuna, light meat, chunk style--sodium content re- 
stricted to not more than 50 mg. per 100 grams. . $ 8,500 


S 


30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


Great Lakes Fishery Investigations 


OPERATIONAL PLANS FOR M/V CISCO FOR 1958: During the 1958 season, 


signed to operate on Lake Erie. The vessel will participate in a cooperative re- 
search program developed jointly by the states bordering Lake Erie, the province 
of Ontario, and the Bureau. 


The Cisco was scheduled to depart from Bay City for Lake Erie on March 24, 


Operational Two-Week Schedule of M/V Cisco, 1958 


Some work with the ves- 


sel may be continued after Cruise j Period 
Cruise11 to fill special re- March 25-April 8 
quirements. The operation April 15-29 

of the Cisco during the 1958 May 6-20 


May 27-June 10 

June 17-July 1 

July 8-22 

July 29-August 12 
August 19-September 2 
September 9-23 
September 30-October 14 
October 21-November 4 


season will, for the most 
part, be confined to that part 
of Lake Erie lying west of 
Pelee Point, Ontario, and 
Lorain, Ohio. 


Major objective of the 
work by the Cisco during 
1958 will be to help gather 
as much information as possible concerning the life history of 15 important species 
of fish in western Lake Erie. Special emphasis will be on spawning habits, egg sur- 
vival, hatching, fry survival, and early life history. 


FPOOWMNODOP wh 


a 


Approximately half of each cruise will be spent in trawling at a number of loca- 
tions scattered over the entire western end of Lake Erie. Information and experi- 
ence gained during the 1957 operation of the Cisco will be extremely valuable in 
this portion of the 1958 work. Length, weight, stomachs, and scale samples forage 
determination will be taken from fish samples, 


The remainder of each cruise will be devoted to collection of detailed informa- 
tion on the spawning habits, survival and growth of the larvae and fry, horizontal 
and vertical distribution, movements, and food habits of each species. Most of this 
work will require small nets with fine mesh to be towed at various levels. Electric- 
ity will be usedin connection with some of these tow nets and a small beam trawl 
with chafing gear will be fished on rough bottom. 


Three times during the operating season the Cisco will join with a number of 
other vessels from Ontario and the State of Ohio and the Bureau's research vessel 
Musky in a synoptic survey of western Lake Erie, This operation is designed to 
produce, largely by means of chemical analysis of water samples, information con- 
cerning the currents and movements of water masses in western Lake Erie. During 
these surveys each of the participating vessels will run predetermined courses on 
three consecutive days. Water samples will be taken at close intervals by each ves- 
sel during each of three days, For comparison with the chemical-analysis method 
of current determination, several drift bottles will also be released at each point 
water samples are taken. 


A certain amount of flexibility in the Cisco schedule has been provided to allow 
for work on other problems that may arise. 


Some use will be made of gill nets set obliquely and horizontally at various 
depths to collect larger members of certain species of fish and to determine their 


vertical distribution. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31 


Gulf Exploratory Fishery Program 


EXPERIMENTAL MIDWATER TRAWLING CONDUCTED OFF MISSISSIPPI 
DELTA (M/V Oregon Cruise 48): Midwater trawling between the Mississippi Delta 
and Cape San Blas was conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries ex- 
ploratory fishing vessel a 
January 27-March 14, 1958. e 
objectives of the cruise were to 
count, sample, and identify mid- 
water schools in that area, and 
to test midwater trawls of vary- 
ing mesh sizes. 


A total of 52 midwater- 
trawl sets (see chart) were made 
on depth-recorder indications of 
midwater schools. Catches of 
10 to 1,369 pounds were obtained 
in 36 tows, and indicated concen- 
trations of many species of her- 
ringlike species. Eighteen ofthe » 
schools sampled were predomi- 
nantly razor bellies (Harengula 
pensacolae) and nine were 5- to 
6-inch anchovies (Anchoa hep- 
setus). Scattered schools sam- 
pled contained mixtures of thread 
herring, chub mackerel, round ~ anchovies 
herring, anchovies, scad, gizzard ret = RAZOR BELLIES 
shad, and alewives. Menhaden i SRUIED 
(Brevoortia patronus) made up o 
the bulk of the catch in two drags | |-—~ | 
off Pass-a-Loutre. One drag (Jan- =I5 
uary 30,1958) contained1,290pounds = wy opecon cRUISE 48 ( ae 
of menhaden in ripe spawning condition. 


@ - SUCCESSFUL MIOWATER 


TRAWL STATION. 
© - NO CATCH. 
- APPROXIMATE AREA 
COVERED BY SCHOOLS. 


PREDOMINANT SPECIES 


JANUARY 27-MARCH 14, 1958). 


Two 40-foot square midwater trawls with mesh sizes tapering from 3" to 14" 
and 2" to 13"' were used for school sampling. A single set on three dense school 
indications with an 88-foot nylon trawl resulted in the loss of all the netting. 


Recorder indications of subsurface schools were numerous both preceding and 
following the cold wave during the middle of February. Schools were noticeably 
diminished during the cold wave. 


of a Gloucester man for successfully developing a method of packing and shipping 
live lobsters in a large metal container won a citation from the Massachusetts De- 
partment of Commerce. For years attempts have been made to find a new way and 
more satisfactory methods of shipping lobsters. The customary ways of packing 
them for shipment is in wooden barrels, wooden boxes, or cartons. 


Joseph Mellow, widely known Cape Ann dealer, was commended early this 
year for his achievement by the Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of 
Commerce who said: "this is another in a long line of 'Firsts' for Massachusetts." 


32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


The old method used was to place the lobsters in a specially-constructed wood- 
en barrel so that they could be iced on four sides and on top and bottom. It proved 
successful but there was always danger of the barrel being smashed in shipment. 
Then Mellow thought: ''Why not try a galvanized barrel--the same kind used for 
for trash?'' He had the interior constructed the same as in the wooden barrels with 
the addition of a plastic lining and a special ring for the top so that the cover would 
be sealed tightly and nailed. 


Mellow has shipped lobsters to every State in the Union and as far away as 
Guatemala and Honolulu. His nationwide customers were delighted with this innova- 
tion. Not only does it deliver their lobsters in absolute safety but after they are 
eaten, they are the possessors of a brand new trash can. Mellow says the difference 
in cost is practically negligible, a matter of only a few pennies more and he guaran- 
tees that the live lobsters will arrive at their destination as lively as the day they 
were packed, providing the shipping period is no longer than 4 days. The lobsters 
will survive just as well and as long in the tightly sealed can as in wooden barrels 
or cartons. By using air-freight, deliveries to the Far West are made within a 
period of 24 hours. Up to now the container has been used for shipping directly to 
consumers rather than to dealers, according to reports. 


3K OK OK 7K 


WOOD SHAVINGS AS PACKING MATERIAL SHOWS importance of proper packing. ‘‘While the container and 


PROMISE: Encouraging results have been obtained in 

the first of a long series of tests planned by research 
personnel of the Maine Department of Sea and Shore 
Fisheries on the use of wood shavings and other materials 
for the packing and shipping of lobsters. 

“So far, the results are strictly tentative,’’ says the 
Commissioner of the Department. ‘‘Far more extensive 
tests willhave to be made before we canmake specific re- 
commendations to the industry.”’ 


Experimental packs and test shipments tried to date in- 
dicate that the use of dry softwood shavings in cardboard 
packing cases, as proposed recently by the president of the 
Belgian Shellfish Importers Association, may be an impor- 
tant new way of shipping lobsters considerable distances. 
Raoul Halewyck of Ostend, Belgium, demonstrated the prac~ 
ticality of this method to a group of Maine lobster dealers 
at Rockland recently. 


At the Department’s McKown Point research station, 
Boothbay Harbor, marine iologists have kicked off their 
investigation by putting various lobster packs through tests 
under three separate conditions. The Director of Research 
said that containers had been shipped by truck to New York 
City and back, while a second group was kept at the labora- 
tory atroom temperatures, and athird group was subjected 
to high temperatures in an incubator. 


Packages used included discarded liquor cartons, special 
cartons designed for a Maine lobster dealer, and the con- 
ventional barrel in which lobsters are packed in rockweed 
and surrounded by ice. 


The first test shipment consisted of five containers, each 
with 10 pounds of live lobsters. One liquor carton had wood 
shavings and no ice. A second liquor carton had shavings 
and ice. The special cartons were also packed with and with- 
out ice, and the barrelhad its usual quota of rockweed andice. 


When the test shipment was returned to the laboratory, the 
lobsters had been in their various containers for 68 hours. 
An immediate check disclosed the following: 


The liquor carton with shavings and no ice had seven 
lobsters in good condition. Two appeared dead and two 
were weak. The liquor carton with ice had seven lobsters 
in good condition. Four near the top, which had been 
shaken out of the shavings, appeared lifeless--98 percent 
of the ice still remained, suggesting that the method of 
packing had insulated the ice even more effectively than 
the lobsters. 


On this point, one of the Department's research staff at 
work on this project said that initial tests had proved the 


the packing materials are key factors, the way in which 
the materials are used can make a considerable difference 
in the survival rate.”’ 


The special cartons gave quite favorable results, biolo- 
gists found. One packed with wood shavings but without 
ice hadten lobsters in good condition, and only one which 
appeared lifeless. The shavings had settled about six 
inches in the box. The same container with ice packed 
in polyethylene bags had nine lobsters ingood condition, 
and two which were weak. Both had throwntheir crusher 
claws. Again, about 98 percent of the ice remained. 


In the standard barrel, which had been subjected to the 
Same conditions as the cartons, seven lobsters were in 
good condition, while four appeared lifeless--three on 
bottom of the pack and one in the middle. 


Much closer checks are being kept onthe containers 
which remainat the laboratory. As pointed out, shipping 
tests give a picture of how lobsters will survive under 
actual conditions. But there is no way of knowing what 
has been happening to the packages in transit, the tem- 
perature ranges to which they have been subjected, not 
how they have been handled. 


The containers tested in the laboratory, on the other 
hand, are under constant observation. Hourly tempera- 
ture checks are made with an instrument called a po- 
tentiometer. Each box or barrel is wired and thermo- 
couple units are placed inside when it is packed. Thus 
technicians are able to record the exact temperatures 
inside each container as well as those of the surrounding 
atmosphere. 


Groups of containers have been tested at room tem- 
peratures ranging from 52 to 66degrees. One group 
tested out slightly better than the containers sent in the 
test shipment. One hundred percent survived in good 
condition in the special carton packed with shavings and 
ice, while the conventional barrel pack had seven in good 
condition, and four which appeared lifeless. 


_Perhaps the most rugged test so far conducted was 
given a series of containers placed in an incubator at 
temperatures ranging from 95 to 101 degrees. Prelimi- 
nary findings were too limited to be conclusive. Biolo- 
gists did find, however, that under these conditions con- 
tainers needed ice in order for the lobsters to survive 20 
or more hours. 


Once temperatures inside the containers started to 
climb, the lobsters were likely to die quickly. Thus, 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33 


while the wood shavings are excellent insulation, once various types of containers and insulating materials. 

the heat begins to get through to the lobsters, their min- Additional test shipments will be made regularly. All 

utes of life are numbered. Ice slows down this process. legal sizes of lobsters will be used in the experiments. 

In one wooden fish box, for example, using wood shay- 

ings and ice, survival was 100 percent after over 30 A nationally-known paper box manufacturer has 

hours of high temperatures. The box was removed just agreed to make information available to the Department 

as the interior temperatures began to climb. on its most recent container research. Sample boxes 

will be supplied the Department which, the firm believes, 

As a result of the knowledge gained in these prelimi- will be suitable for lobster shipping. (Maine Coast 

nary tests, additional research will be conducted on Fisherman, January 1958.) 


BS 
Maine 


MARKET OUTLOOK FOR CANNED SARDINES IMPROVES: A major increase 
in Maine sardine sales at the consumer level during the past three months, and a 
sizable gain for the eight-month period, June 1957 through January 1958, was re- 
ported by Maine Sardine Council on March 20, 1958. The sales data regularly col- 
lected by the Council's market research services showed the gains to run 20 per- 
cent and 14 percent, respectively, over the same periods a year ago. 


The increases represent many, many thousands of cases and has helped to 
bring the industry's inventory position down to a very favorable level, the Council's 
Executive Secretary stated. He also said that movement of stocks from packers' 
hands during January and February 1958 was the largest for a like period since the 
Council started keeping records six years ago and totaled nearly 500,000 cases. 


Although the Council has no definite explanation of this increased business 
activity, it could involve a number of factors such as greater demand for low cost, 
high protein foods during a period of recession, the high price of meats, improved 
quality, more meals being eaten at home, and the Council's promotional programs. 


The Council stated that imported sardine sales remained about the same during 
the eight-month period while California sardines showed a huge loss due to a short 
pack. 


From an inventory standpoint the Maine sardine industry should be in a very 
good position by the start of the 1958 packing season, the Council reported. 


Market Development 


INITIAL STEPS TAKEN IN PLAN FOR NEW ENGLAND FISHERIES: Initial 
steps to help the New England groundfish industry establish a comprehensive mar- 
ket development plan have been taken by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. 


The objective of this initial program is to determine those fields in which the 
industry's sales promotion efforts can best be directed. This phase of the program 
is being conducted through a contract awarded to a New York City firm. The study 
is financed from funds provided by the Saltonstall-Kennedy Act of 1954 for the bet- 
terment of the domestic fishing industry. This organization will point up problem 
areas in the field of marketing the cod, haddock, ocean perch, and other groundfish 
produced by the New England industry. A general plan of approach was included in 
the report submitted to the Bureau by April 1, 1958. 


The Bureau in turn will submit the findings to the New England Committee for 
the Aid of the Groundfish Industry for industry consideration and action. 


34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries has already completed or has under way 
several studies on the New England fisherman's production and processing prob- 


lems. 


Marketing 


fishery products per person through early spring this year 
was expected to be about the same as a year earlier. Total 
supplies were a little larger than in early 1957 because of 
somewhat heavier stocks of canned items. Retail prices of 
fishery products during the first quarter of 1958 were pre- 
dicted to average somewhat above the year-earlier record 
level, with increases likely to be greatest for the fresh 

and frozen items. 


Civilians had almost as much fishery products per per- 
son in 1957 as in 1956, There was a slight reduction in 
the quantity of canned products consumed, but the rate for 
the fresh and frozen and the cured items remained about 
unchanged, Retail prices of fishery products in 1957 
averaged above those in the preceding year and were at 
a record high. 


The total commercial catch of edible fish and shellfish 
in 1957 was about 5 percent smaller than a year earlier. 
The reduction was least for the species marketed mainly 
as fresh or frozen products and greatest for those used 
primarily in canning. To some extent the latter was re- 
flected in a reduced pack of canned fishery products in 
1957. The output of canned tuna was almost equal to the 
record volume packed in 1956, but this was a result of sub- 
stantially increased use of imported frozen tuna, Commer~ 
cial landings of tuna by the domestic fleet were much 
smaller than in 1956. The salmon pack was much smaller 


in 1957, with the substantial reduction in Alaska only 
partly offset by the considerable increase in the Oregon 
and Washington packs. Production of Maine sardines was 
somewhat smaller than in 1956 and the pack of California 
sardines (pilchards) was the fourth smallest since 1921. 
The estimated heavier stocks of canned fishery products 
at the end of 1957 than a year earlier to some extent re- 
flect the reported slower movement of supplies of some 
iterns into distribution channels than in the same part of 
the 1956-pack marketing season, 


Commercial freezings of edible fish and shellfish in the 
continental United States (excluding Alaska) during 1957 
were almost 4 percent smaller than in the preceding year. 
Stocks -of frozen edible fishery products were more than 4 
percent smaller at the end of 1957 than at the beginning. 


Preliminary figures for 1957 indicated that imports of 
fresh and frozen fishery products were higher than in 
1956 and those of the canned commodities were up notice- 
ably. Exports of canned salmon were much larger in 
1957, while those of sardines were down substantially. 


This analysis appeared in a report prepared by the 
Agricultural Marketing Service, U. S, Department of Agri- 
culture, in cooperation with the Bureau of Commercial 
Fisheries, U. S, Department of Interior, and published in 
the former agency’s February 25, 1958, release of The 
National Food Situation (NFS-83). 


WHE 


——— | 


North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations 


OBSERVATIONS ON HADDOCK MADE OFF HIGHLAND LIGHT (M/V Silver 
Mink): The Highland Grounds, located a few miles NNE. of Highland Light off Cape 
Cod, Mass., were surveyed for data on haddock by the M/V Silver Mink (under char- 
ter to the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries) during a one-day cruise on Feb- 


ruary 12, 1958. 


Four otter-trawl tows were made with an otter trawl containing a 15-inch mesh 
end liner in the cod end over a two by seven mile (east and west) course. The tows 
yielded 1,056 haddock which were measured for length. Additional data collected 
included scale samples from 265 male fish and 244 fish. From a sample contain- 
ing 53 male and 53 female fish, round weights and gonad weights and state of develop- 
ment were recorded. The drumming muscle length and weight were also recorded. 
In addition, fin rays and stomach contents were collected and preserved for later 
analysis for this group of 106 fish. A total of 296 haddock were tagged and released 


during the cruise. 


All species were identified and enumerated in one sample tow, and the impor- 


tant species were measured. 


Haddock gonads were ripening but contained very few translucent fully mature 
eggs and probably will not be spawning on the Highland Ground until March. Pol- 
lock ovaries were fully ripe and in a running condition. Haddock preponderated in 
the catches followed by dabs and longhorn sculpin. The community appeared to be 
consistent in species composition and abundance within the area. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 35 


North Atlantic Herring Research 


WINTER HABITAT AND LIFE HISTORY OF MAINE HERRING POPULATIONS 
STUDIED (M/V Delaware Cruise 57-9): Otter trawl tows for herring were made by 
the U. S. Bureau of Commercial 
Fisheries exploratory fishing ves- 
sel M/V Delaware along the coast 
of Maine and on Georges Bank 
during thiscruise. The cruise was 
planned to learn more of the win- 
ter habitat and general history of 
the common herring (Clupea ha- 
rengus). There were three phases 
with periods at sea from Decem- 
ber 12-22, 1957; January 6-17, 
1958, and from January 27-Feb- 
ruary 6, 1958. 


Small catches of sardine her- 
ring were made in Casco Bay, 
Sheepscot Bay, Penobscot Bay, 
Bluehill Bay, 3 miles northwest 
of Monhegan Island, andin the area 
south by east of Monhegan Island at 
distances of approximately 20-42 
miles offshore. Larger mature 
herring were caught in Passama- 
quoddy Bay, on Georges Bank, on 
Fippennis Ledge, and in the area o 
15-33 miles south of Portland, Me. FIG. 1 - THE SERVICE'S RESEARCH VESSEL DELAWARE. 


The first tows were made in Passamaquoddy Bay using a #-inch mesh No, 31 
trawl and Danish herring trawls. Four tows were made along the Perry Shore; a- 
long the northwest shore of Deer Island near Western Passage, and at the center of 
Passamaquoddy Bay. A total of only 48 large herring of approximately 8 to 10 inch- 
es total length was taken in Passa- 
maquoddy Bay, all of which were 
taken in the tows near the inside 
(northern) end of Western Passage. 
Rough and hard bottom prevented 
towing in other parts of Passama- 
quoddy Bay. 


Thirteen tows were made on 
the northern edge of Georges Bank 
with a No. 41 trawl equipped with 
rollers and a small mesh cod end. 
Some herring were taken in near- 
ly every tow, the largest catch 
being about 350 pounds and aver- 
aging 100 to 150 pounds per ton. 
These herring were large and 
mature, many showing evidence 
of having spawned and recovered. 


FIG. 2 - M/V DELAWARE CRUISE 57-9 (DECEMBER 12, 1957- Two days of plankton collec - 
FEBRUARY 6, 1958). : = ; 
tion and oceanographic field work 
was done during this first phase of the cruise in the area between Cape Sable, Nova 
Scotia, and Georges Bank. 


36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


During Phases 2 and 3 tows were made along the Gulf of Maine coast from 
Cape Ann, Mass., to Mt. Desert Rock, Me., ranging offshore to Jeffreys Ledge and 
to 40 miles south of Monhegan Island (see chart). Small catches (up to 75 pounds 
per tow) of 4- to 6-inch small herring, were made in Luckse Sound of Casco Bay; 
in East Penobscot and West Penobscot Bays; and in Bluehill Bay. Catches of from 
a few to 25 small herring measuring 5-6 inches in length were taken in severaltows 
made in positions 12 to 36 miles south by east of Monhegan Island. Small catches of 
large (sea) herring were made on Fippennies Ledge and 6 miles east of Jeffreys 
Ledge. Samples of all catches were returned to Boothbay Harbor for biological 
studies of parasites and racial composition. 


Areas of trawlable bottom are uncommon and hard to find along this coast and 
many inside locations were too restricted for operating a vessel the size of the 
Delaware, However, where suitable bottom was found, most of the inside tows and 
a good percentage of the outside tows yielded small quantities of herring. The in- 
dications are that many of the fish in their second year of life remain in inside areas 
or relatively near shore in the Gulf, not schooled, but scattered over a wide area, 
The fact that these fish were taken with bottom trawls is evidence that at least part 
of the herring populations remain near the bottom during this season. Larger her- 
ring, in their third year or older, were taken in Passamaquoddy Bay; in the ''trough" 
between Jeffreys Ledge and the Mainland; on Fippennies Ledge; and on Georges 
Bank. 


All catches made during this cruise were small and in most cases can be con- 
sidered no more than ''trace'' catches. Nevertheless, these add considerably to the 
knowledge of the winter habitat of the sardine herring. 


North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program 


SURVEY OF SHRIMP STOCKS OFF SOUTHERN WASHINGTON AND NORTH- 
ERN OREGON PLANNED (M/V John N. Cobb Cruise 36): Shrimp exploration off 
a the coasts of southern Washington 
and northern Oregon were planned 
for the Bureau of Commercial Fish- 
t eries exploratory fishing vessel 
John N. Cobb from March 17 to 
April 11, 1958. 


The explorations were to be 
conducted in cooperation with the 
State of Washington Department 
of Fisheries and the Fish Com- 
mission of Oregon. It was planned 
that biologists from these agencies 
were to accompany the vessel to 
collect shrimp samples and other 
data on the fishery. 


The main objectives of this 
cruise were to gain additional 
knowledge concerning the distribu- 
tion of shrimp and the commercial 
shrimp potential of the area cen- 
tered off the mouth of the Columbia 


THE BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES EXPLORATORY FisHinc iver, and to test the efficiency of 
VESSEL JOHN N. COBB. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 37 


various types and sizes of shrimp trawls. A 40-foot Gulf of Mexico flat-type shrimp 
trawl and two styles of larger Gulf semi-balloon trawls were to be used during the 
initial stage of the exploration. 


Explorations for shrimp off the Washington coast were conducted by the Bureau 
in cooperation with the State of Washington Department of Fisheries during the fall 
of 1955 and spring of 1956. Major fishing effort during these cruises extended from 
Willapa Bay to Destruction Island at depths of 50 to 100 fathoms. During the 1956 
cruise the John N. Cobb, using Gulf shrimp trawls for the first time in this region, 
located good commercial pink or ''cocktail'' shrimp grounds off Grays Harbor and 
off Copalis Head. Shrimp production from these grounds totaled over 2 million 
pounds in 1957, and at present there are at least three shrimp plants equipped with 
shrimp peeling machines in the Grays Harbor-Willapa Bay area actively engaged in 
canning shrimp. 


Preliminary shrimp explorations by the Fish Commission of Oregon in 1951, 
utilizing a small beam trawl, showed that pink shrimp were widely distributed be- 
tween the Columbia River and Yaquina Head. Although there has been only limited 
production of shrimp from these grounds to date, the recent establishment of two 
shrimp plants in the Astoria area has created a need for additional data on the 
shrimp potential of the area. . 


It was planned to spend a considerable amount of time fishing in waters deeper 
than 100 fathoms to determine if larger species of shrimp are present at these 
depths in significant quantities. 


Oysters 

INCREASED STARFISH POPULATION THREATENS in Long Island Sound when invading starfish wreaked havoc 
LONG ISLAND INDUSTRY: The starfish has suddenly upon oyster beds up and down the Connecticut coast. 
developed into a threat to the Long Island Sound oyster 
industry, the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries The 1958 starfish invasion, which has ruined from 60 to 
reported on March 27, 1958. 90 percent of the oyster crop in some beds, is the latest 

of a series of problems which have beset the oystermen of 

The crisis developed because of a ‘‘bumber crop’’ of the area. Lack of seed oysters necessary to maintain the 

starfish which increased that population about 10 times fishery, an excess of the ever-present oyster drill, and 


normal size, Eight years ago another such crisis occurred the action of destructive storms are among the troubles of 
this unit of the industry. 


The Bureau and the oyster industry have joined forces 
to attack these many problems. One policy upon which the 
scientists and the industry agree is the establishment of 
refuges in certain estuaries on Long Island Sound where 
oysters could be placed during these invasions, since 
neither the drill nor the starfish can tolerate brackish 
water. Such a move would not only offer a haven against 
predators but wouldprobably increase the setting of oysters 
to provide badly needed seed for the continuation of the 
industry. 


The Bureau, through its biological laboratory at Milford, 
Conn., has done considerable work on oyster problems of 
Long Island Sound, One Bureau project which has been 
carried to a successful conclusioninthe laboratory stage 
is a method of artificial propagation of oysters. Another 
problem which the Oyster Institute, acting under contract 
with the Bureau, has been probing, relates to the use of 
natural ponds and estuaries in the seed oyster program. 
Other projects which are contemplated include expanded 
research on oyster larvae, their food, diseases and pre- 
dators to determine the cause of good and bad setting years. 


38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 5 


Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations 


TAGGED SKIPJACK TUNA RETURNS HIGH: The recovery of skipjack tuna 
tagged by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Pacific Oceanic Fishery In- 
vestigations in 1957 has continued at a high rate. By February 25, 1958, some 736 
recoveries had been made, or 9 percent of the total released. This high percentage 
of tag recoveries has some rather interesting implications. These are: (1) the 
high rate of returns may indicate little tagging mortality, which means that the 
plastic dart tag is a good tag for pelagic fish such as skipjack, and (2) also indicates 
that the Hawaiian aku or skipjack fishery took a suprisingly high proportion of the 
stock of fish in which the tagged fish were mingled. 


The 1957 skipjack season in Hawaii was an unusual one in that the large skip- 
jack of 18-22 pounds in weight, which normally occur during the summer months 
and are the backbone of the landings during that period, failed to appear. In addi- 
tion, the annual catch for 1957 was the lowest on record, about half that of a normal 
year. The large skipjack are considered by the fishermen to be migratory and are 
called season fish. Their absence likely caused a concentration of fishing pressure 
on the smaller sizes which the fishermen regarded as being in part resident fish, 
at least when taken in inshore localities. The pattern of tag recoveries in relation 
to the areas of release of tagged fish was highest from those same inshore localities. 


While itis obvious that additional tagging will be necessary before the migratory 
pattern of Hawaiian skipjack will be at all well understood, the present large num- 
ber of recoveries--far larger than ever before attained in tuna tagging--may rep- 
resent a breakthrough both as a technique and in understanding the movements and 


growth of Hawaiian skipjack. 


Salt Marshes 
CONFERENCE ON IMPORTANCE TO FISHERIES: A conference was held in 


Georgia the last week of March 1958 where scientists considered the importance 
of salt marshes in relation to abundance of oysters and other valuable fisheries. 


Marshes form an important part of the coastline of the Chesapeake Bay and 
many South Atlantic States. Virginia biologists have found that they play an essen- 
tial part in the lives of seafood animals. Accumulated plant and animal material 
on salt marshes is washed off by high tides and heavy rains, causing important 
changes on oyster grounds, and in the nursery grounds of crabs and migratory fish- 
es. These materials can cause damage by using up the oxygen supply of the water 
and are believed to lead to such catastrophes as the 1955 kill of oysters in the Rap- 
pahannock River. Discussions at the conference brought to light many important 
facts that will help Virginia reap maximum benefit from her marine resources, re- 
ports a news release from the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory at Gloucester Point, 
Va. 


Held at the Marine Laboratory of the University of Georgia at Sapelo Island, 
off the Georgia coast, the conference brought together biologists, geologists, ocean- 
ographers, and other scientists interested in the origin and role of salt marshes 
in the economy of the sea. 


Among the guests were authorities from New Zealand, Great Britian, Germany, 
Holland, and Canada. Selected participants from the United States came from as 
far afield as California, Colorado, Louisiana, Texas, and Massachusetts. Limited 
accommodations held the attendance down to about 50 participants, all experts in 
their particular specialties. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39 


Theme of the conference was the importance of salt marshes as land forms, 
producers of vegetation, shelter, and feeding grounds for animals, and as historical 
records of past changes in topography of sea coasts. 


Sardines 


SPAWNING OFF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA FAIRLY WIDESPREAD IN FEB- 
RUARY 1958: Sardine spawning is fairly widespread around and below Point Con- 
ception, Calif., according to a preliminary examination by the U. S. Bureau of Com- 
mercial Fisheries biologists of plankton collected in a February 1958 cruise in 
waters off the coast of southern California. The spawning, which appears to be light 
to moderate, is much earlier in the year than is normal for that area and undoubt- 
edly is related to the ''warm"' water conditions still occurring off southern Califor- 
nia, From 1951 through 1957 there were only six occurrences of sardine eggs off 
southern California in January and February, i.e., less than one occurrence per 
year, on the average, for these two months. In February 1958 eggs and larvae were 
taken at 10 stations. 


Plankton samples are examined as soon as they are brought into the Bureau's 
La Jolla, Calif., laboratory so that events taking place during the prevailing unusual 
water conditions may be known. 


PACIFIC NORTHWEST SHRIMP INDUSTRY AIDED: Federal activities design- 
ed to help the recently established "cocktail" shrimp industry of the Pacific Coast 
are being conducted on the producer, processor, and consumer levels, the Depart- 
ment of the Interior reported April 8, 1958. 


Involved in the program are the exploratory fishing, technological, and market 
development branches of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, United States 
Fish and Wildlife Service. Previously, Bureau activities have helped establish the 
industry by probing the locations and extent of the fishing grounds and by demon- 
strating the value of shrimp peeling machinery in the processing. 


The present program consists of additional exploratory work and gear research, 
technological research on ways to maintain shrimp in prime condition until they are 
processed, and in extending the market for the finished product. The "cocktail" 
shrimp is usually canned and is a popular article with those who know it. 


The Bureau's exploratory vessel John N. Cobb is scheduled to concentrate on 
shrimp fishing during the coming season. Approximately 12 weeks will be spent 
between Cape Flattery in Washington and Cape Blanco in Oregon. The vessel will 
also spend eight weeks in the vicinity of Kodiak Island and Cook Inlet in Alaska. 


The Washington-Oregon portions of the exploratory work will be done in cooper- 
ation with the Washington Department of Fisheries and the Oregon Fish Commission; 
the Alaska portion in collaboration with the Alaska Department of Fisheries. The 
first cruise started March 17 and will end on April1l. Biologists from the State 
agencies will accompany the vessel on the cruise to collect shrimp samples and 
other data on the fishery. 


40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


The main objective of the first cruise will be to gain additional knowledge about 
the commercial shrimp potential of the area centered off the mouth of the Columbia 
River and to test the efficiency of various types and sizes of shrimp trawls. Among 


trawls to be tested is a 40-foot Gulf of Mexico flat-type vessel and two styles of 
larger semi-balloon trawls. A special exploratory effort to find stocks of larger 


shrimp will be made off the Alaska coast. 


As in other fishery products the key to maintaining quality and flavor is care- 
ful handling which begins as soon as the shrimp is taken from the water. The pink 
shrimp is delicate and easily bruised. Bruising sets up a chemical process which 


adversely affects the color and flavor. 


At a recent meeting in Seattle with 30 


representatives of the Pacific Northwest 


shrimp industry, Bureau representatives outlined the results of previous technolog- 
ical research, showing the various points at which the bruising and crushing is more 
apt to occur, and demonstrating the preferred techniques for handling, storing and 
icing. Industry spokesmen have transmitted summaries of the Bureau's recommen- 
dations to the various segments of the fishery. 


The ''cocktail'' shrimp has gained many followers in the Midwest. At the re- 
quest of members of the industry, the Bureau's Market Development personnel is 
scanning the Midwest and other areas for possible additional markets to absorb 


this expected new production. 


South Carolina 


FISHERIES BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH PROG- 
RESS, JANUARY-MARCH 1958: Oyster Research: 
A continuing study on growth and mortality of oys- 
ters, both in their natural environment and in the 
experimental ponds, at the Bears Bluff Laboratories, 
Wadmalaw Island, showed that none grew during the 
first quarter of 1958. Ordinarily oyster growth dur- 
ing this period of the year is good, andit must be as- 
sumed that the extreme temperatures of this winter 
is the primary cause for the lack of growth. 


Despite the cold, only from 3 to 5 percent of the 
experimental oysters in the pond and in We Creek 
died. This is not an alarming mortality, and many 
of those killed were destroyed by blue crabs. (Prog- 
ress Report No. 35, January-March 1958, of the 
Bears Blut Laboratories.) 


In addition to studies at the Laboratory proper, 
natural oyster reefs in the vicinity were examined 
in mid-March. Several square-yard samples were 
taken at low water upward to the limit of oyster 
growth. The 11-percent mortality found is not un- 
usually high for South Carolina. The percentage 
of marketable oysters in these samples is low, 
only 6 percent are over 3 inches, with an additional 
25 percent barely large enough to be used for can- 
ning purposes. A detailed study of the reproductive 
organs indicated that their development had been 
retarded, and that only a minute percentage showed 
any sexual development. Apparently spawning will 
be delayed this year. 


The subnormal winter temperature has given 
impetus to a study, now under way, on the extremes 
of temperatures to which South Carolina oysters 
are subjected, Unlike oysters in the Chesapeake 


Bay, for example, South Carolina oysters are ex- 
posed to air temperatures for several hours dur- 
ing the time of low water. The air temperatures 
to which they are subjected then are a great deal 
more extreme than the temperature of the water in 
which they are submerged in other areas, 


Shrimp Research: Low-water temperatures in 
this quarter quite apparently caused most shrimp 
and fish to leave their usual habitat. This is shown 
by their scarcity in the 105 experimental trawl 
hauls made during the quarter at the 17 regular 
shrimp survey stations. No white shrimp were 
taken in 74 experimental trawls during February 
and March. The availability of white shrimp in 
January was, quite low, being about one-third of 
what it was in January 1957. 


Likewise, commercial fish--that is sea trout, 
whiting, croaker, and spot--were scarce during 
this quarter. Excluding an abnormally large catch 
of spot taken in one drag off Kiawah Island in Feb- 
ruary, the catch per unit of effort of commercial 
fishes is 8 times less this year compared to last. 


Several times slush ice was noted along the 
edge of the marsh and shore. Fish kills were re- 
ported and recorded in both inshore and offshore 
waters. The most drastic kill was reported by 
Wm. North who found 26 small (2-4 in.) channel 
bass per lineal foot frozen and dead along the edge 
of Wando River. 


Although subnormal temperatures have resulted 
in a definite reduction in the productivity of ex- 
perimental trawls, only continued sampling can de- 
termine what the final effects of the extreme cold 


May 1958 


will be. Toward the endof the quarter, young croak- 
er and spot, and other fishes began to reappear in 
the experimental catches. 


On February 21, Bears Bluff Laboratories ves- 
sel T-19 made a run southeastward 135 from the 
North Edisto sea puoy. In 11 fathoms of water at 
approximately 32°-17' N. and 79 52' W. a few dead 
fish were noted floating on the surface. These 
proved to be angelfish (Angelichthys isabelita, 
Jordan & Rutter). On the same day the trawler 
Hope, a few miles to the southward and a few miles 
further offshore than the T-19, reported running 
through about 15 miles of scattered dead fish. 
Most of the fish were angelfish, but a few dead 
porgy and vermilion snapper were also reported. 


On February 24 and 25, the T-19 again resur- 
veyed the general area, taking water temperatures 
and making occasional sample trawls. The pres- 
ence of several species of live fishes in the trawls, 
with the observation that the dead fish found on the 
surface were mostly of one species (angelfish) 
eliminates manmade devices such as depthcharges 
as the cause of this fish kill. The survey indicated 
that there was a mass of cold water ranging from 
40 to 50 F. lying along the shore out to approxi- 
mately 15 fathoms. Beyond the 15-fathom curve, 
the temperature rose rapidly, at 23 fathoms 
had reached a temperature of 64 F. The angel- 
fish, being largely a tropical fish, could not sur- 
vive the low temperatures of this mass of cold 
water. 


Pond Cultivation: This winter, the coldest on 
record since 1918, the 5 salt-water experimental 
ponds at Bears Bluff were frozen over, and the 
water temperature under the ice dropped to 32.5 F. 
Most of the experimental fishes in the ponds had 
already been killed by a previous cold spell, so 
that this temperature was of more theoretical than 
practical importance. The freeze-over did not 
kill the blue crabs in the ponds, however, and as 
soon as the water temperatures warmed again, the 
crab population became active. When one of the 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


41 


ponds was drained on March 11, the crab popula- 
tion was reported as being about normal, Oysters 
in the ponds were not killed. 


All the experimental ponds are now being pre- 
pared for stocking with shrimp and fish for a con- 
tinued study of the productivity of these salt-water 
ponds. 


Crab Research: In mid-January a crab tagging 
program was begun in cooperation with the U. S. 
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. This program, 
planned several years previously, is an attempt to 
determine whether or not South Carolina crabs 
migrate from one river system to another, Through 
the combined efforts of 3 biologists of the Bureau 
at Beaufort, N. C., and 3 members of the Staff of 
Bears Bluff Laboratories, some 1,600 crabs were 
tagged and released in the North Edisto River, 


There is no trawl fishery for crabs in the North 
Edisto River, nor at sea in the vicinity of the riv- 
er mouth, There is normally an intense trawlfish- 
ery a few miles to the northward in the vicinity of 
Charleston and to the southward in the vicinity of 
St. Helena Sound. Through these tagged crabs it 
was hoped to determine whether or not the crab 
industry could recruit its catch from other geo- 
graphical areas. To date, tag returns have been 
few--2 from the area of release, one upriver 24 
miles, and one 5 miles southward along the coast. 


Bears Bluff Laboratories has recommended to 
the General Assembly that the crab trawling sea- 
son be extended by two weeks. This was done 
after an examination of the catch records of the 
Laboratories' two research vessels; fishermen's 
catches; and the reports of landings of the Branch 
of Statistics of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial 
Fisheries. Monthly landings indicated that the 
commercial crab catch is off by at least 650,000 
pounds during this quarter, coincident with cold 
weather. Extension of the season for two weeks 
would not put an undue strain on South Carolina's 


crab resources, 


ean 


Sport Fishing License Sales Continue Upward Trend 


The popularity of sport fishing and wild-game hunting in the United States soar - 
ed to new heights during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1957, when a record total of 
34,195,183 licenses was sold to devotees of these 


outdoor sports, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv- 
ice reported on March 16, 1958. 


This represents an increase of 1,031,352 over 
the preyious high total attained in fiscal year end- 
ing June 30, 1956, when 33,163,831 paid fishing and 
hunting license holders were recorded. The 1957 
total was divided between 19,276,767 for fishing 
and 14,918,416 for hunting. Fishing licenses ac- 
counted for the largest proportion of the increase-- 
574,784 against 456,568 for hunting licenses. 


Total cost to hunter and anglers for all licenses, permits, tags, and stamps 
(not including the Federal ''duck stamp") was $90,617,039--an increase of $829,145 


42 


over the previous year's totalof 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


tate Fishing Licenses Issued in 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


e United States, July 1, 19 


Total Cost tol 


$89,787,894. Hunting licenses Paid Fishing License Holders pee 
amounted to $47,847,456 of the Resident Grea alaent Licenses, Permits, 

1957 total while fishing licenses aa ss = ee 

cost $42,769,58 3. PEED 506 Oe sengiae 27, 847 464,979 746,876.80 

rizona....... 161, 671 17, 340 179, 011 452, 288. 30 

P re f Arkansas»... +s 373, 261 25,581 398, 842 704, 252.2 

Resident fishing licenses Galifornia...... 1, 391, 619 19, 645 1, 411, 264 4,158; 271,00 

accounted for 16,645,394 of the Comic 2222! ORE eo 107,969 Sun 

19,276,767 total; nonresident pelavace gaaga0 9,651 1, 406 11, 057 23, 740. 65 
Sridal Wise cusiac 290,553 195,925 486, 478 84, 718. 

licenses numbered 2,631,37 Bo Georgia .-....- 408, 620 7,761 416, 381 B55 oreo 

MS iiidabowen treme tyadavs 158, 498 54,195 212,693 666, 167. 00 

The states to attract the great WME oooooeo 807, 442 18, 984 826, 426 959, 236.20 

estnumber of nonresident an- inden BUSA re Bee 42,072 846,742 882, 189, 40 
5 : wal cee tAtere alee 7,837 14, 474 382,311 , 452, 

glers were Wisconsin (354,897), Kansas... 2 +--+ 204, 428 5,799 210, 227 Frncetied 

: meet Kentucky... ..-- 337, 042 75, 932 412,974 874, 209.00 

Minnesota (303,339), Michigan Louisiana .....- 186, 106 32, 651 218, 757 Ss RG 

(267,217), Florida (195,925), hesasaapen se. reeyo | EAA) iaeia7 254" 229, 50 

Tennessee (169,047), and Col- Massachusetts 218, 157 5, 446 223, 603 644, 928.37 

2, v Michigan 852,440 267,217 1, 119, 657 2,452, 974.0 

orado (119,288). Almost one- Mucosa soos 939, 763 303, 339 1, 243, 102 AGE Coe 20 
ae nad 1 Mississippi ..... 140, 804 52,975 193, , 309. 

half--or 24,773--of Nevada's Mites ocae 516, 634 61, 645 ano 1 ee ees 

ae d F ; , 486, 167.55 

total of 54,259 fishing license Montene isu: 199 60 77806 238, 415 e613} 478.50 
- ebras eon 186, 253 10, 034 190, 287 1343, 

holders were nonresidents. Nevada........ 29, 486 24,773 54,259 193, 134/50 

noe Hampshire, . 82, 744 53,926 136, 670 457, 851,25 

In the category of hunting ew Jersey... 145, 365 10, 485 155, 850 613, 467.25 

New Mexico. .... 67, 286 33,326 100, 612 377,819.90 

license sales, the total of Sour Saat wont To Se 828, 636 1,890, 198.75 
a lor! jarolina 4 372 84, I. 

14,918,416 was divided between north Daxcta . +. 70, 342 2,157 aes poeta 

4 OhionsPayeusesustel ais 884, 163 27,5 ‘ 

14,508,469 resident and 409,947 [Ouinsne 22122! Sacco || Na aaa ea ee a 

nonresident. Pennsylvania had |Oregn ....... 326, 329 29, 032 355,361 1, 280,512.50 

Pennsylvania... . 688, 362 30,501 718, 363 1, 839, 772. 00 

the greatest number of non- Rhode lelene cee 16,879 689 17, 568 54,107.63 
i outh Carolina ... 243, 485 16, 098 259,583 500, 312. 

resident hunters-- 35,503. SADT soo c 84,076 39, 682 123, 758 SO a 

Tennesseo------ 485,372 169, 047 654, 419 799, 775.00 

Under the Federal aid Mesaaponeu.1 Secu 417,620 9, 416 427, 036 708, 583, 85 

: : : Utah« sss see ee 155, 884 10, 387 166, 271 492, 160, 40 

formulas for the distribution Warmest ada5qn¢ 72,089 36, 135 108, 224 257,260.50 

3 irginia---+--++- 371, 072 5, 606 ‘ 

of Pittman-Robertson funds Washington +--+ 373, 438 poeat Beenie ny eeece ey 

for the restoration of game West Virginia... 211, 102 9, 885 220, 987 441, 764,05 

i Wisconsin. ..... 787, 829 354, 897 1, 142, 726 2,478, 486.50 

and the Dingell-Johnson funds Wyoming ...... 108, 191 62, 083 170, 274 599, 663.50 

for the restoration of sport TOTALS. .... 16,645,394 | 2,631,373 19, 276, 767 _ 42, 769, 583. 38 


V/THIS 


fishes, the number of license 


TS THE GROSS COST TO THE FISHERMEN FOR VARIOUS TYPES AND CATEGORIES OF LICENSES ISSUED 
BY THE RESPECTIVE STATES FOR THE PRIVILEGE OF FISHING AND/OR POSSESSING FISH. 


holders (not the amount paid 


for licenses) is one of the factors considered for apportionment purposes. 


NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL 


UNITED STATES GROWERS ASSOCIATION ADOPTS 
IDENTIFYING SEAL: A new seal identifying high-quality 
United States-grown mountain trout has been adopted by 
the U. S. Trout Farmers Association for use with adver- 
tising, package labels, stationary, and identification tags, 
according to the President of the Association. 


The seal, depicting two mountain trout, one following the 
other in oval design, will be used by the Association and in- 
dividual members of the Association. Its primary purpose 
is to readily identify United States-grown trout and mini- 
mize confusion created by some foreign trout importers 
who use a United States address. 


The President said the seal was adopted by the Associ- 
ation and its individual members as a part of a newly- 
formed advertising program wherein they will feature the 
high quality of mountain trout produced in United States 
streams. 


FISHERIES REVIEW, APRIL 1957, P. 25 


Trout 


There are approximately 360 producers of trout in the 
United States, of which about 75 - 100 raise trout to com- 
mercial sizes for the institutional restaurant and hotel 
trade, and for wholesale and retail food outlets. Among 
the other producers are state hatcheries, private fishing 
clubs, public fishing clubs, Federal hatcheries, fish-out 
fishing ponds, and others. Rainbow, eastern brook, brown, 
cutthroat and miscellaneous kinds of trout are grown by 
these producers. 


“‘One of the greatest problems in placing trout on the 
menu is to be assured a top-quality product,’’ said the 
President, ‘‘The U.S, Trout Farmers Association has top- 
quality production as one of its primary objectives, and it 
intends to identify such top quality with a seal. Top qual- 
ity can be maintained on trout produced within the United 
States because there is little time lapse from the cold 
streams where the trout are produced to the customer’s 
table.”’ 


we 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43 


Unique Devices Being Developed for 
Fishery Research and Management 


The haddock, which has been a popular northwest Atlantic food fish for four 
centuries, is about to join the ''do-it-yourself'' club--that is if a device which tech- 
nicians and biologists of the Department of the Interior now have in process of in- 
vention proves successful. The device is an instrument with which a haddock will 
automatically attach a metal tag to its own body, a Department news release of 
April 13 reports. 


Two methods for tagging haddock are being explored. Common to both will be 
a fish weir or trap with an escape opening. One plan is to have an electronic tag- 
ging device which the fish will trigger as it goes through the opening. Another is to 
have both a tagging device and an underwater television camera at the point of es- 
cape. A man on shipboard would watch the fish as it goes through the opening, 
press a button and put the tagging apparatus in action. 


The second method would permit the accumulation of biological data as well as 
providing a means for tagging. This device is being developed for use on haddock 
research but can be used quite generally in tagging work. 


Other aids to fishery research and management which the Bureau of Commer- 
cial Fisheries, United States Fish and Wildlife Service, is developing include: an 
electric 'sentry'' to keep carp and other undesirable fish out of river basin impound- 
ments; a detector which will ''put the finger'' on a herring carrying a metal tag even 
though that particular herring may be covered by a whole netful of other herring; a 
pocket-size underwater television camera for use in streams; and a temperature 
regulator which will permit testing the reaction of fish to changes in water tempera- 
ture. 


The Bureau of Commercial Fisheries has already created or developed such 
things as the electrical fence to kill sea lamprey or to guide adult salmon away 
from danger areas; an electric fish counter and an automatic camera by which a 
fish takes its own picture as it passes a research point; a transmitter which can 
be attached to the back of salmon and which will inform on the whereabouts of the 
salmon for as long as eight hours; a telemeter to indicate the location of a mid- 
water trawl; and a ''carriage'' which permits proper mobility of underwater televi- 
sion cameras in fishery research. 


One of the tasks of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries is to develop data and 
to effect practices which will help commercial fishermen catch fish at a rate to as- 
sure maximum sustained harvest. One of the items essential to carrying out this 
responsibility is knowledge of the migration pattern of a species. 


Considerable research is being done on haddock because of its importance to 
the consumer and the fisherman, and because the annual harvest which once exceed- 
ed 260 million pounds now approximates 135 million pounds. Haddock is one of the 
species of fish which spawn in the sea and which put their fertilized eggs at the 
mercy of the winds and the waves. Even the young fish are at the mercy of the cur- 
rents for some three months before they flip their tails skyward and head for the 
bottom. 


The electric "sentry" will be especially valuable to the sport fisheries since 
this technique offers what appears to be an excellent opportunity to keep rough fish 
out of sportfish waters. This device will be largely an adaptation of the electric 
fence already being used. It will be located at points through which the rough fish 
enter the impoundment and will carry an electric charge heavy enough to kill any 
fish entering the field. It will operate at places and times to prevent or minimize 
destruction of the wanted species. 


44 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


The herring tag detector is being developed for use on Alaska herring research. 
These small fish are taken in such great quantities that tagged individuals are too 
often ''lost in the crowd.'' The detector will help locate these fish when they are 
harvested and permit notation of pertinent migration data. 


Underwater television is being used in biological studies in coastal waters but 
present equipment is too large for effective use in smaller streams. Since many 
species of fish spend part of their life in inland streams, a small television camera 
would prove valuable in studies of these fish or any fish which spend all or part of 
their life in rivers or creeks. The temperature regulator would permit laboratory 
simulation of natural water temperature conditions. 


Several of the devices mentioned above have been developed at the Fisheries 
Instrumentation Laboratory, a unit of the Pacific Salmon Investigations at Seattle, 
Wash. This unit has a staff of experts--electrical engineers, electronic engineers, 
and instrument makers--who are qualified to develop new devices that will improve 
the efficiency and effectiveness of fishery research and management. The services 
of this unit have been made available over a wide geographical area and the demands 
for its services are constantly increasing. The development of specialized units of 
this type to serve the needs of research workers is one of the means adopted in re- 
cent years to improve the effectiveness of the Bureau's operations. 

os 


ot j 


United States Fishing Fleet+/ Additions 


JANUARY 1958: Forty-six vessels, of 5 net tons and over, were issued first 
documents as fishing craft during January 1958--20 more than in January 1957. The 


fable 2 - U. S. Vessels Issued First 
Documents as Fishing Craft, 
ce, Janua 


Table 1 - U.S. Vessels Issued First 
IDocuments as Fishing Craft, by Areas 
January 1958 with Comparisons 


Januar UNetions! er eel eao Number, 
1958 | 1957 9 


New England... 
Middle Atlantic 
Chesapeake... 
South Atlantic . 


2 2 © © © © 


Gulf area led with 16 vessels, followed 
by the South Atlantic with 15, the Ches- 
apeake 7, the Pacific 6, and the New Eng- 
land and Middle Atlantic areas with 1 
vessel each. 

1/\NCLUDES BOTH COMMERCIAL AND SPORT FISHING CRAFT. 


U. S. Foreign Trade 


EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, JANUARY 1958: Imports of edible fresh, fro- 
zen, and processed fish and shellfish into the United States during January 1958 were 
up about 4.2 percent in quantity, but were 3.5 percent lower in value as compared 
with December 1957, Compared with January 1957, the imports this January were 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45 


lower by 7.3 percent in quantity and 5.3 percent in value. The imports for January 
1958 were higher than in December 1957 for groundfish fillets, frozen tuna, canned 
salmon, and canned sardines. These increases more than offset lower imports of 
lobster and spiny lobster tails, shrimp, and canned tuna. Imports of edible fishery 
products in January this year were down substantially from the same month in 1957 
for groundfish fillets (40 percent), canned salmon, and lobster and spiny lobster 
tails. These decreases in January 1958 were partially offset by moderate increases 
in the imports of other fillets, canned sardines, and frozen tuna. 


January 1958 with Comparisons 
MMT MGS ir vices, Glan Gl ere Quanity iec wieaunns Se elucmrn ma 


Millions of $). 
Fish & Shellfish: 
Fresh, frozen & proesesodel Wheat e108 3 Hoke 
Exports: 
Fish & Shellfish: 
Processed only (excluding fresh and 
ERO ZET) Lene ie tee ene Ne oie rao Var D8 |r O28 || COs) O48: || A) es 


INCLUDES PASTES, SAUCES, CLAM CHOWDER AND JUICE, AND OTHER SPECIALTIES. 


United States exports of processed fish and shellfish in January 1958 were low- 
er by 49.2 percent in quantity and 40.0 percent in value as compared with December 
1957. Compared with the same month in 1957, the exports in January 1958 were 
down by 82.3 percent in quantity and 66.7 percent in value. The sharp decreases in 
both quantity and value this January as compared with a month ago and the same © 
month in 1957 were due, primarily, to a shortage of the usual types of canned fish 
available for export, chiefly California sardines and Pacific mackerel. 


OK OK OK OK 


GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS, FEBRUARY 1958: During February 1958, 
imports of groundfish fillets (including ocean perch) and fish fillet blocks amounted 
to 11.2 million pounds. Compared with the corresponding month of last year, this 
was an increase of 4.2 million pounds (60 percent). Imports of 4.5 million pounds 
of groundfish and ocean perch fillets from Iceland were primarily responsible for 
the over-all increase. There were no imports from Iceland during February 1957. 


Canada continued to lead all other countries exporting these fillets to the United 
States with 5.9 million pounds during February 1958. Iceland was next with 4.5 mil- 
lion pounds. Imports from Norway, Denmark, the Netherlands, and Miquelon and St. 
Pierre accounted for the remaining 804,000 pounds. 


Imports of groundfish and ocean perch fillets and blocks into the United States 
during the first two months of 1958 totaled 21.9 million pounds. Compared with the 
same period of last year, this was a decrease of 4.1 million pounds or 16 percent. 
Canada accounted for 70 percent of these imports during the 1958 period, followed 
by Iceland with 24 percent. Norway, Denmark, the Netherlands, West Germany, and 
Miquelon and St. Pierre accounted for the remaining 6 percent. 

NOTE: SEE CHART 7 IN THIS ISSUE. 


Kk ok KOK 


IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS, JANUARY 1958: 
Summ, : Imports of many of the major fishery products into the United States during 
January 1958 were less than in January 1957. Groundfish fillets and blocks were down 


40 percent, canned tuna 23 percent, canned bonito 44 percent, canned salmon 40 per- 


46 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


cent, and lobsters 37 percent. Increases were noted in fillets other than groundfish 
(up 18 percent), frozen tuna (6 percent), canned sardines (93 percent), canned crab- 
meat (53 percent), and fish meal (82 percent). There was little change in shrimp 
and swordfish imports in January 1958 as compared to January 1957. 


Exports of the major fishery products in January 1958 were substantially less 
than during that month in 1957, due primarily to the shortage of exportable supplies 
of canned California sardines, cannéd mackerel, and fish oils. 


Imports: FROZEN TUNA: Imports of 13.2 million pounds during January 1958 
were up 6 percent from January 1957. Frozen albacore imports were 5.2 million 
pounds, an increase of 184 percent as compared to January 1957; other frozen tuna 
declined by 25 percent. 


TUNA LOINS AND DISCS: Imports of frozen cooked tuna in the form of loins 
and discs has been increasing. In January 1958, 1.4 million pounds were imported, 
66 percent more than in January 1957. Japan was the largest supplier. Initial ship- 
ments reported from Cuba during January 1958 totaled 154,000 pounds. 


CANNED TUNA: In January 1958, 1.5 million pounds of canned tuna were im- 
ported, 23 percent less than in January 1957. Imports of canned tuna, other than 
albacore, amounted to 1.3 million pounds, an increase of 24 percent; imports of can- 
ned albacore this January were 76 percent less than in January 1957. 


GROUNDFISH: Imports of groundfish and ocean perch fillets and blocks in Jan- 
uary 1958 totaled 11.0 million pounds, a decline of 40 percent from the same month 
a year ago. Imports of groundfish fillets (cod, ocean perch, and haddock) decreased 
an average of 50 percent; blocks decreased 24 percent. Imports from Iceland during 
January were 80 percent less than for that month in 1957. 


SHRIMP: Imports in January were 5.7 million pounds, only slightly below the 
imports in January of last year. Imports from Mexico amounted to 3.9 million 
pounds. 


CANNED SALMON: Imports of 2.7 million pounds were 40 percent less than 
the same month a year ago. Japan was the principal supplier with 2.3 million pounds. 


FRESH AND FROZEN LOBSTER: Imports during January 1958 were 3.0 mil- 
lion pounds or 37 percent less than during January 1957. Canada supplied about 
half of the January 1958 imports. 


CANNED SARDINES: Imports during January 1958 amounted to 3.5 million 
pounds, nearly double that of the same month of 1957. The increase was mostly 
sardines, not in oil, from the Union of South Africa. 


CANNED BONITO: Total January 1958 imports of 910,000 pounds decreased 
44 percent from the same period last year due to a decline in imports from Peru. 


SWORDFISH: Imports in January of 1.5 million pounds were about the same 
as during January 1957. These imports were almost entirely from Japan. 


CANNED CRABMEAT: Imports totaling 467,000 pounds were 53 percent more 
in January 1958 than in January 1957 due to higher imports from Japan. 


FISHMEAL: Imports of fishmeal totaled 7,696 tons, an increase of 82 percent 
over January 1957. Gains were reported in the imports from Peru and Norway. 


Exports: CANNED SARDINES: Exports of canned California sardines to all 
countries declined to 592,000 pounds in January 1958, a decrease of 77 percent over 
the same period last year. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 47 


CANNED MACKEREL: Exports of 648,000 pounds indicate a decrease of 67 
percent in January 1958, as compared with the same month last year. The principal 
decline was reported in exports to the Philippines. 


CANNED SALMON: Canned salmon exports were 81,000 pounds, 76 percent 
less than in January 1957. 


FISH OIL: January exports of fish oil totaled 6.1 million pounds, down 63 per- 
cent from the same month last year. Most of the decrease was in shipments to West 
Germany; exports to Canada increased. 


ok kk OK 


tity of tuna canned in brine which may be imported into the United States during the 
calendar year 1958 at the 124-percent rate of duty has not been established as yet. 
Any imports in excess of the established quota will be dutiable at 25 percent ad va- 
lorem. 


Imports from January 1-March 1, 1958, amounted to 4,341,824 pounds, accord- 
ing to data compiled by the Bureau of Customs. 


=e, 
Virginia 


LABORATORY TO STUDY PARASITES ON FISH FROM ANTARCTICA: Word 
has just reached Dr. William J. Hargis, Jr., of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory 
that members of the International Geophysical Year Expedition to Antarctica will 
collect and ship fishes to him for use in his study of fish parasites. Dr. Hargis is 
one of the country's leading experts on certain parasites found on the gills of fishes, 
Two years ago he received gills from South African coelacanths, a strange fish whose 
ancestors were once thought to have been extinct for at least 20 million years. 


For years the biologist has been gathering information about these parasites 
and from his studies has theorized that it is possible to learn about the relationships 
and travels of fishes from studies of the parasites living on them. ''Fish parasites 
have evolved in ways which enable them to survive year after year on the fishes to 
which they are attached. Over long periods of time, fishes themselves have changed 
to meet changing environmental conditions. Parasites have largely become adapted 
to specific fishes and will not normally develop unless those particular fish are avail- 
able to them," he states. ''But this work also has tremendous potential importance to 
to our eventual understanding of the phenomenon of parasitism itself,'' he further de- 
clared. 


Since transportation from the Antarctic to the continental United States has 
ceased because of the approaching winter in the southern hemisphere, it is not likely 
that any fish will reach the Virginia Laboratory before next December or January. 


mK OK OK XK OK 


SURVEY OF SALT-WATER SPORT FISHING NEARING COMPLETION: Salt- 
water sport fishermen in Virginia catch at least 3.5 million pounds of fish eachyear, 
according to a biologist of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory at Gloucester Point, 
Va. 


In 1955 a survey of sport fishing in Tidewater was initiated, to estimate the 
catch by sports fishermen in the bottom fishery, which takes principally croaker, 


48 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


spot, gray sea trout (weakfish), and flounder or fluke. Selected party-boat operators 
and private fishermen were given record books in which they were asked to write 
down their catches and the length of time spent fishing each day. Other sport fish- 
ermen were interviewed on the fishing grounds, or on piers, and at boat liveries. 
Counts of fishermen also were made from piers and bridges, and by air. The sur- 
vey continued through 1956 and 1957, and a detailed report will be released soon. 


Sport fishing usually reached a peak about the middle of the morning and the 
numbers of fishermen decreased steadily after 11 a.m. The amount of fishing in- 
creased seasonally also, reaching a peak in July. Heaviest fishing was on weekends 
and holidays, when at least three times as many fishermen tried their luck. The 
Fourth of July was the busiest day. It was estimated that on the lower York River 
alone, 1,141 sport fishermen were out on that date in 1957. Growthof the salt-water 
sport fishery is illustrated by the increase from 825 on July 4, 1955, and 1,034 on 
July 4, 1956. 


Croaker catches were best in late June or early July but most spot and trout 
were caught in September. The flounder catch remained fairly steady throughout 
the season. 


Best croaker catches were made in the lower part of the Bay, at Ocean View, 
Hampton Roads, and the York River. Spot fishing was best in the Rappahannock and 
at Ocean View. 


The total annual catch of croakers was about 6.5 million fish weighing nearly 
3 million pounds; spot almost 2 million fish weighing half a million pounds; trout 
0.5 million fish weighing 150,00 pounds, and flounder 70,000 fish weighing about 
70,000 pounds. 


Records published by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries for 1956 in- 
dicate that commercial fishermen landed 9.5 million pounds of croakers, 3.25 mil- 
lion pounds of spot, 3.25 million pounds of gray sea trout, and 2 million pounds of 
flounders or fluke in Virginia in 1956. The sport fishery took almost as many 
croakers and spot as pound nets did. 


ey 


Whaling 


UNITED STATES CATCH IN 1957: America's only active whaling fleet--the 
Dennis Gayle, the Allen Cody and the Donna Mae--brought in 237 whales during the 
1957 season, the Department of the In- WHALE HARPOON GUN 
terior reported on March 28. Most of 
the whales were taken inthe vicinity of 
the FarallonIslands which are about 30 
miles west of the Golden Gate. 


Whale oil is no longer essential 
for lamps, nor is whalebone so im- 
portant to a lady's wardrobe, but the eS 
mink farms, the cosmetic industry, SSS es 
the soap and washing powder business, the pet food plants, the paint factories, and 
dozens of other modern industries offer a market for whale products and their de- 
rivatives. 


The 1957 harvest consisted primarily of humpback whales--199 were taken. 
There were 22 finbacks, 14 sperm whales, one sei, and one bottlenose. The season 
on humpbacks and finbacks was from May 1 to October 31, but the sperm whales 


Dn — a ne 


May 1958 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


49 


were taken from April 1 to November 30. Processing these whales resulted in 
3,277,350 pounds of whale oil, 2,494,000 pounds of whale meal, and 1,797,000 pounds 


of whale meat. 


The largest whale taken was a 68-foot finback, but two other finbacks measured 


67 feet each, and others were in excess of 60 feet. 


12 and 15 tons of meat. 


The finback produces between 


The humpback whale averages between 40 and 43 feet in 


length and yields between 6 and 8 tons of meat and 1,800 gallons of oil. 


There were 145 whales taken in 1956 when the United States industry was re- 
activated after a five-year lapse. Whalers first operated off the California coast 


in the early 1800's. 


The first shore installation was in 1841 and the whaling indus- 
try on the Pacific Coast has continued intermittently ever since. 


American whaling 


activities in the Atlantic were once an important marine operation, but no whales 
have been taken off the East Coast for many years. 


The Secretary of the Interior is responsible for the issuance of licenses and 
for the collection of statistical and biological data on whales. Reports are made 
through the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, on 
all operations, number of men employed, and size and species of whales as required 
by the whaling treaty. These data are transmitted to the International Bureau for 
Whaling Statistics, Sandefjord, Norway, for compilation and publication. 

~ 


Wholesale Prices, March 1958 


Seasonal declines in fresh drawn haddock, fresh had- 
dock fillets, and frozen shrimp wholesale market prices 
were primarily responsible for the slight decline in the 
March index as compared with the preceding month. In 
March 1958 the edible fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, 
and canned) wholesale price index (124.5 of the 1947-49 
average) declined 1.9 percent as compared with February, 
but was 4.3 percent higher than in the same month a year 
ago. 


Wholesale prices for drawn, dressed, and whole fin- 
fish from February to March 1958 decreased about 8.7 
percent due mostly to a 39.1-percent drop inthe price for 


FULTON FISH MARKET, NEW YORK CITY, SHRIMP ON 
DISPLAY AT ONE OF THE STANDS. 


fresh drawn haddock at Boston. Declines in haddock and 
other groundfish prices at New England ports are to be 
expected in late winter and early spring as the catches im- 
prove at this period of the year. The lower fresh haddock 
prices nrore than offset increases in fresh-water white- 
fish. Due to the continued scarcity of fresh-water lake 
trout, this product has been dropped from the index be- 
ginning with January 1958. Inaddition, all sub- 
group indexes have been reweighted beginning with Janu- 
ary 1958 (see footnote). The wholesale price index this 
March for the subgroup was higher by 1.4 percent than in 
the same month in 1957, due to higher frozen dressed 
halibut and salmon prices. All other items in this sub- 
group were lower in March 1958 thanin March 1957. 


The fresh processed fish and shellfish subgroup whole- 
Sale prices in March this year were unchanged from the 
preceding month. A rather sharp decrease in small had- 
dock fillet prices was compensated for by the higher 
fresh shrimp and shucked oyster prices. Compared with 
March 1957, the index for this subgroup this March was 
higher by 1.3 percent because of higher fresh haddock fil- 
let prices (up 1.6 percent) and fresh shrimp (up 5.5 per- 
cent) prices. These increases offset a 6.3-percent drop 
in shucked oyster prices at Norfolk. 


Frozen processed fish and shellfish prices in March 
1958 were about as in the preceding month since the in- 
crease in the frozen flounder fillet price wasabout bal- 
anced out by a slight drop in the frozen shrimp price at 
Chicago. From March a year ago to March this year the 
frozen processed fish and shellfish subgroup advanced 
17.3 percent due to higher wholesale prices for all fro- 
zen fillet items and frozen shrimp. 


The canned fishery products subgroup index in March 
1958 was up about 0.5 percent from the preceding month 
due to a 1.3-percent increase in canned tuna prices; other 
canned fish prices were unchanged. This March as com- 
pared with March a year ago wholesale canned fish prices 
were about unchanged. Higher canned tuna and California 
sardine prices were offset by lower (12.2 percent) canned 
Maine sardine prices. 


50 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


Table 1 = Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, March 1958 With Comparisons 


Point of Avg. Prices1/ Indexes 
Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification Pricing Unit $ (1947-49=100) 


(3) 
Mar, Feb, Mar, Feb.| Jan. | Mar. 
1958 1958} 1958 | 1957 
ALL FISH & SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Canned), . ...-+.- 2/126.9 2/123.1| 119.4 


Fresh & Frozen Fishery Products: .......+2s0.+ 2/sses}n/ss0.3| 12.0 
Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish:. . . . 2 0 ees es es | 125,1| 2/137.0)2/133.5| 123,4| 
Haddock, Ige., offshore, drawn, fresh . . . » 
Halibut, West., 20/80 Ibs., drsd., fresh or froz, 
Salmon, king, Ige, & med., drsd,, fresh or froz, 
Whitefish,L, Superior, drawn, fresh . . . » 
Whitefish,L, Erie pound or gill net, rnd,, fresh 
Yellow pike, L. Michigan&Huron, rnd,,fresh , 


Processed,Fresh (Fish & Shellfish); . ....ce 
Fillets, haddock, sml,, skins on, 20-ib, tins. . 


Shrimp, Ige, (26-30 count), headless, fresh . . 
Oysters, shucked, standards . . .. «ec o e 


Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish):, . . . » © 
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-Ib. pkg. ... 
Haddock, sml,,skins on, 1-Ib, pkg... . 
Ocean perch, skins on, 1-Ib, pkg. . . 
Shrimp, Ige. (26-30 count), 5-Ib. pkg. . 2. © 


Ganned}Pishery/Products:) 75 os 2» ols + © © 
Salmon, pink, No, 1 tall (16 0z.), 48cans/cs. . . 
Tuna, It, meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 02z,), 

Adlcans/CSajaueveueiele. siiene isaccenclclen 
Sardines, Calif., tom. pack,No. 1 oval (15 02.), 
ASicans/(CSaiemeW enon omsechicn mem iene © 
Sardines, Maine, keyless oil, No. 1/4 drawn 
(3=1/4/0z,),, 100/cans| css) 5 Sis 6 6 6 © co 


1/ Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs, 
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level, Daily Market News Sery- 
ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports’* should be referred to for actual prices, 
2/Revised due to new weighting structure reflecting 1954 values. 
NOTE: REVISION OF WEIGHTING STRUCTURE: THE BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS HAS COMPLETED A REVISION OF THE WEIGHTING STRUCTURE OF THE WHOLE- 


SALE PRICE INDEX, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS POLICY TO REVISE THE INDEX WEIGHTS WHENEVER COMPREHENSIVE DATA FROM THE INDUSTRIAL CENSUSES BE- 
COME AVAILABLE. 


FIGURES FOR JANUARY, FERRUARY, AND MARCH 1958, CONSTRUCTED WITH THE NEW WEIGHTS, ARE PRESENTED FOR THE FIRST TIME IN THIS RELEASE. 
THESE INDEXES CONSTITUTE THE OFFICIAL JANUARY AND FEBRUARY INDEXES. THE INDEXES FOR THESE 3 MONTHS ARE DIRECTLY COMPARABLE WITH THE 
DECEMBER INDEXES CALCULATED WITH THE OLD WEIGHTS; INDEXES FOR JANUARY AND FEBRUARY, COMPUTED WITH THE OLD WEIGHTS, WHICH APPEARED IN EAR- 
LIER RELEASES ARE NO LONGER OFFICIAL. 


THE NEW WEIGHTING STRUCTURE INCORPORATED STATISTICS ON NET SELLING VALUE OF COMMODITIES IN’ THE YEAR 1954 AS REPORTED IN THE 1954 
CENSUS OF MANUFACTURES, CENSUS OF MINERALS INDUSTRIES, VARIOUS OTHER DATA FURNISHED BY THE BUREAU OF MINES OF THE U. S, DEPARTMENT OF 
INTERIOR, THE U. S,. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, AND OTHER SOURCES. FROM JANUARY 1947 THROUGH 1954 THE WEIGHTS WERE BASED PRIMARILY ON 
THE 1947 INDUSTRIAL CENSUSES. ADJUSTMENTS WERE MADE IN JANUARY 1955 TO ALIGN THE MAJOR GROUP WEIGHT TOTALS WITH THE 1952-53 AVERAGE 
SHIPMENT VALUES BUT THIS DID NOT REPRESENT AS COMPLETE A WEIGHT REVISION AS THE ONE NOW IN FORCE. 


THE CURRENT WEIGHT REVISION LEAVES THE INDEX CONCEPT BASICALLY UNCHANGED. THE INDEX, AS BEFORE, REPRESENTS THE PRICE MOVEMENT OF 
THE AGGREGATE OF COMMODITIES PRODUCED AND PROCESSED IN THIS COUNTRY (or IMPORTED) , AND FLOWING INTO PRIMARY MARKETS. THE WEIGHTS REPRE- 
SENT THE NET SELLING VALUES IN THE WEIGHT BASE REFERENCE PERIOD, IN THIS CASE 1954, THESE VALUES ARE F.0,B. PRODUCTION POINT AND EXCLUSIVE 
OF EXCISE TAXES. SPECIAL ATTENTION WAS GIVEN TO DEVELOPMENT OF DATA ON INTERPLANT TRANSFERS. THESE ARE EXCLUDED, AS ARE MILITARY PRO- 
DUCTS, AND GOODS SOLD AT RETAIL DIRECTLY FROM PRODUCING ESTABLISHMENTS. 


ABOUT 97 NEW ITEMS HAVE BEEN ADDED TO THE BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS WHOLESALE PRICE INDEX (THERE WERE NO ADDITIONS TO THE "FISH 
AND SHELLFISH PARi OF THE INDEX) , , MOSTLY IN THE MACH}NERY AND METAL GROUPS; AND 58 ITEMS HAVE BEEN DROPPED (FRESH-WATER LAKE TROUT WAS 
THE ONLY PRODUCT DROPPED FROM THE FISH AND SHELLFISH PART OF THE INDEX) BECAUSE OF THEIR DECLINING IMPORTANCE |N TERMS OF VALUE OF 
SHIPMENTS. 


THE DECREASE IN IMPORTANCE IN FARM PRODUCTS (GROUP 01) AND PROCESSED FOODS (GROUP 02) BETWEEN DECEMBER 1954 AND DECEMBER 1957 ON 
THE OLD WEIGHTING SYSTEM CAME ABOUT BECAUSE PRICES IN THESE GROUPS INCREASED LESS THAN IN THE INDEX AS A WHOLE DURING THIS PERIOD. THE 
INTRODUCTION OF NEW WEIGHTS INCREASED THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE IN THE TOTAL INDEX OF SUCH SUBGROUPS AS FRUIT AND VEGETABLES AND LIVESTOCK 
AND POULTRY AND THEREFORE OF THE FARM PRODUCTS GROUP, FURTHER DECREASE IN RELATIVE IMPORTANCE FOR PROCESSED FOODS (GROUP 02) RESULTED 
FROM REWE|GHT!ING. 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51 


International 
UNITED NATIONS 


CONFERENCE ON THE LAW OF THE SEA: The United 
Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea opened in Geneva 
February 24 with 89 nations represented. The conference 
is considering problems related to the limits of the terri- 
torial sea, regime of the high seas, contiguous zones, inter- 
national fisheries, the continental shelf, and free access to 
the sea by landlocked countries. 


The first week was spent in electing officers and com- 
pleting organizational work for the conference. Prince 
Wan Wathaiyakon, Thailand, was elected conference presi- 
dent. 


The work of the conference is divided into five commit- 
tees, Committee One, on the territorial sea and contig- 
uous zones, is concerned with matters such as breadth of 
the territorial sea, base lines, and contiguous zones. 


Committee Two, on general regime of the high seas, is 
concerned with freedom of the high seas, rights of navi- 
gation, piracy, etc. 


Committee Three, on fishing, is concerned with the right 
to fish, conservation, etc. 


Committee Four is concerned with the continental shelf. 


Committee Five is concerned with free access to the 
sea by landlocked countries. 


The Department of State announced on February 22 the 
composition of the United States Delegation at the Conference. 


In addition to Arthur H. Dean, who was named by the 
President to serve as Chairman of the United States Dele- 
gation, the other members of the Delegation are: United 
States Representative and Vice Chairman, William Sanders, 
Special Assistant to the Under Secretary of State. United 
States Representatives: Oswald S. Colclough, Vice Ad- 
miral, U.S.N. (Ret.), Department of the Navy; William C. 
Herrington, Special Assistant to the Under Secretary of 
State; Marjorie Whiteman, Assistant Legal Adviser, De- 
partment of State; Arnie J, Suomela, Commissioner of 
Fish and Wildlife, Department of the Interior; Raymund T. 
Yingling, Assistant Legal Adviser, Department of State. 
Alternate Representative: Nat B. King, Counselor of Em- 
bassy for Economic Affairs, Baghdad, Iraq. Senior Advisers: 
Franklin C. Gowen, United States Representative for Inter- 
national Organizations, Geneva, Switzerland; Ross L. Leffler, 
Assistant Secretary of Interior for Fish and Wildlife; David H. 
Popper, Deputy United States Representative for International 
Organizations, Geneva, Switzerland. 


The foregoing group is assisted by technical advisers from 
both government and industry. 


The General Assembly of the United Nations in Res, 1105 
(XI) of February 21, 1957, called for an international confer- 


ence of plenipotentiaries to examine the law of the sea ‘taking 
account not only of the legal but also of the technical, bio- 
logical, economic and political aspects of the problem...’’. 


The conference is considering the problems as they relate 
to the limits of the territorial sea, regime of the high seas, 
contiguous zones, international fisheries, the continental shelf 
and free access to the sea of landlocked countries. The re- 
sults of the deliberations may be embodied in ‘one or more 
international conventions’’ as envisaged by the General As- 
sembly. The conference is expected to remain in session for 
about nine weeks. 


The United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea on 
February 25 rejected suggestions that observers or experts 
from countries not invited to the conference be permitted to 
participate in its deliberations without the right to vote. 


By a vote of 62 in favor to 12 opposed, the conference 
decided that it was not competent to decide such matters, 
final decision on participation and invitations having been 
made by the General Assembly. The position was put for- 
ward by the representative of the United States, Arthur H. 
Dean. 


In the course of the debate, H. Baghdadi (Yemen) ex- 
pressed belief that a Bulgarian proposal to invite observers 
from countries not now represented would permit the con- 
ference to ‘‘enrich its technical documentation.’’ He pro- 
posed that the conference General Committee be empowered 
to authorize the sending of observers or experts from states 
not invited to the conference. 


Grigory I, Tunkin (U.S.S.R.), speaking in support of the 
Bulgarian proposal, said no country should be excluded 
from debates on matters of interest to them. Since not all 
countries were invited, at least observers should be admitted, 
in his view. He said that if the Bulgarian proposal was with- 
drawn he would support the suggestion by Yemen. 


Subsequently, the Bulgarian proposal was withdrawn in 
favor of the proposal by the representative of Yemen. 


Dean (United States) asked the conference to vote on 
his view that the conference was not competent to exam- 
ine the Yemeni suggestion. 


Statements against the Bulgarian proposal also came 
from representatives of the Philippines, El Salvador, the 
Republic of Korea, China, Vietnam, and Nepal. The repre- 
sentative of India regretted the exclusion of states but, on 
principle, said he did not feel that the Assembly decision 
should be modified, Support for Bulgaria came from the 
representative of Romania. 


The conference is expected to last about nine weeks, and is 
the first conference ever assembled to attempt international 
agreement on maritime law. 


OK OK OK OX 


STATEMENT BY U. S. DELEGATE TO COMMITTEE THREE 
ON FISHING: Following is the statement of William C. Herrington 
in the Third Committee on fishing (concerned with the right to 
fish, conservation, etc.) at the United Nations Conference on the 
Law of the Sea opened in Geneva on February 24. 


Mr. Chairman and fellow delegates: 


It is an honor and a privilege to appear before this im- 
portant Committee. I see among the distinguished repre- 
sentatives numerous old friends with whom I have worked 


52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


at previous conferences and many new friends whom I have 
first had the good fortune of meeting at this Conference. 


I would like to preface my remarks concerning the Fishery 
Articles and the work of this Committee by joining previous 
speakers in congratulating our eminent Chairman on his elec- 
tion to that post. Mr. Chairman, the Conference with unani- 
mous voice has given you the very important and responsible 
task of guiding this Committee to a successful conclusion, I 
assure you of the support and confidence of my delegation. 


Our deep appreciation and congratulations are also extend- 
ed to the International Law Commission for its monumental, 
painstaking, and imaginative work in compiling the draft ar- 
ticles, involving codification and progressive development of 
the Law of the Sea, a vital and important part of which is the 
concern of this Committee. The ILC’s thoughtful considera- 
tion of the complex problems involved is reflected in both the 
Articles themselves and their attendant commentary. 


My country is very much interested in these Fishery Arti- 
cles. From its earliest days fishing on the high seas has 
been an important activity. In Colonial times the fisheries 
of the Northwest Atlantic supplied an important part of the 
food and commerce of the people of New England. Later the 
fishing industry spread to the Pacific Coast, Alaska, and the 
Gulf Coast of the United States. Today the fisheries occupy 
an important place in the economy of our coastal areas. 


In the early years of my country, the industry was small 
and the techniques used relatively simple. But, the number 
of boats and fishermen and efficiency of methods used in har- 
vesting certain fish stocks increased rapidly, and early in the 
present century declining yields were apparent. It became 
apparent that if the decline were to be halted and the yields 
restored, conservation measures would be necessary. In fish- 
eries where both United States fishermen and the fishermen of 
other states were operating it was necessary to develop a co- 
operative program of research and regulation. Recognition of 
this need led to a number of international conservation con- 
ventions which provided for cooperation among the interested 
states, thus combining their efforts and scientific talents. 
These conventions proved very successful. They resulted in 
the discovery of the causes of the decline in yields and the 
formulation of measures to restore the productivity of the 
resources and the yield of the fisheries. These successes 
led to formulation of additional agreements of this kind to 
cover other fisheries in the North Pacific and North Atlan- 
tic, as the need arose. Some of the most noted of the older 
conventions are those for fur seals, halibut, and salmon, 


Recent years have seen a large increase in the intensity of 
fishing and efficiency of fishing methods in all parts of the 
world. This had led to a growing demand for adoption of suit- 
able conservation procedures on a worldwide basis. Recog- 
nizing this growing interest in the conservation of fisheries, 
the United Nations in 1955 convened at Rome ‘‘The Internation- 
al Technical Conference on Conservation of the Living Re- 
sources of the Sea.’’ The conclusions of this Conference drew 
heavily upon experience deriving from the numerous success~ 
ful international fishery conventions. Since the ILC fishery 
articles we are to consider here are based to a large extent 
on these conclusions, these articles, with a few exceptions, 
reflect extensive practical experience in international coop- 
eration in restoring and maintaining the productivity of inter- 
national fishery resources. 


It is accepted that the optimum or maximum sustainable 
yield from a stock of fish cannot be obtained if the stock is 
fished so intensively or with such methods that the young fish 
do not grow to the optimum size, or the number of mature fish 
is too small to produce an adequate number of young. For 
many stocks such as salmon, halibut, and fur seal, it has been 


clearly shown that uncontrolled fishing or killing will seriously 


reduce and perhaps destroy the stock. If the productivity of 
these species or stocks is to be maintained, the fishing effort 
must be controlled. This conclusion is widely understood and 
accepted, 


On the other hand, in recent years the study of numerous 
stocks of wild animals, animals on land as well as animals 
of the sea, has clearly demonstrated that over-regulation 
can also reduce the yield and waste the productivity of the 
stock, 


It is the proper balance of these two considerations, ade- 
quate regulations but not over-regulation, that will provide 
the optimum or maximum sustainable yield from a resource. 
This has led to the modern concept of conservation which was 
adopted by the Rome Technical Conference on the Conserva- 
tion of the Living Resources of the Sea and is reflected in the 
definition included in Article 50 of the ILC draft. 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


It is our understanding that the ILC articles, taken together, 
are intended to constitute a system of rules designed to regu- 
late the exercise of freedom of fishing on the high seas in the 
interest of making possible the maximum sustainable supply 
of food or other useful products from the sea. They should 


provide a happy balance between under-regulation, which en- 


dangers the continued productivity of the resources, and over- 
regulation, which wastes them, at a time when rapidly grow- 
ing population demands ever-increasing amounts of food, and 
technological developments pose a greater challenge to the 
continued productivity of certain marine resources. 


To this end the Articles would encourage: 


(1) Restoration of resources presently overfished; 
(2) prevention of overfishing in the future; 
(3) full utilization of currently underutilized resources. 


Articles 51 to 59, by charging states with certain new re- 
sponsibilities for applying conservation measures and for co- 
operating with other states, and by creating certain rights 
and establishing certain interests, seek to facilitate the for- 
mulation and administration of conservation measures and 
make use of the combined skills of the fishery scientists of 
all the interested states. Such cooperation is necessary if 
the potential yield of living resources of the sea is to be real- 
ized for the benefit of mankind, 


You will note that among the responsibilities, rights, and in- 
terests set forth in these articles are: 


(1) The responsibility of a state fishing high seas resources 
to apply the conservation measures which are found nec- 


essary; 


(2) the responsibility of states exploiting a resource to co- 
operate with each other in developing and applying con- 
servation measures which are found necessary; 


(3) the responsibility of a state when entering an establish- 
ed high seas fishery to observe all bona fide conserva- 
tion measures applicable to that fishery; 


(4) the special interest of the coastal state in the main- 
tenance of the productivity of the resources in high 
seas areas adjacent to its coast, whether or not its 
nationals fish such resources, and the consequent 
right to participate on an equal footing in any con- 
servation program concerning these resources; 


(5) the right of a coastal state unilaterally to apply con- 
servation measures to a stock of fish in areas of the 
high seas near its coast in certain urgent situations; 


(6) the responsibility of states to utilize a specific ad hoc 
procedure, involving some of the elements of fact find- 
ing and arbitration, to resolve certain types of disputes 
which might arise under the fishery articles, when 
these disputes are not settled by some other accepted 
procedure, 


My Government has studied these concepts with great care 
and is of the opinion that, with one exception, each is an im~ 
portant element in the system of rules which we seek to 
formulate. The exception to which I refer is the concept set 
forth in Article 55. Regarding this concept, the United States 
has some question as to its necessity in view of the provi- 
sions in other articles. We will be interested in hearing the 
views of other delegates, however, and in exploring the prob- 
lem with them. 


We have heard arguments advanced by a previous speaker 
for control by the coastal state over fishery resources in a 
broad band of water adjacent to its coast. I would like to di- 
rect a few comments to the rationale advanced in support of 
this thesis. In view of the great amount of work facing this 
committee and the limited time available, I will omit my 
comments to two of the conclusions he has sought to develop, 


First, with regard to the relation of the land to the produc- 
tivity of the sea, geochemists generally agree that the solu- 
ble nutrient salts in the ocean which are essential to plant 
and animal life, were leached originally from the earth's 
crust. Over millions of years these nutrients have been car- 
ried by the rivers into the ocean where they now form the 
main source of fertility of seawaters. 


In the lighted surface layers where the plant life grows, the 
nutrients would be quickly exhausted if it were not for the 


——— 


May 1958 


system of exchanges between the deeper and surface layers. 
In the high latitudes the cold water being heavier sinks into 
the deeps and spreads widely throughout the ocean basins, 
thus circulating the nutrient-rich deep waters. These en- 
riched waters are brought back up into the lighted layers a- 
gain by various processing such as ‘‘winter overturn,’’ up- 
wellings and interactions between currents. Where they 
come to the surface, whether in mid-ocean or in coastal 
waters, the plankton and fish concentrate in unusual abun- 
dance, Rivers also make some contribution to the surface 
nutrients. A great river like the Mississippi influencés the 
productivity of a limited area around its delta. Along arid 
coasts with only a few small rivers the influence is corres- 
pondingly less. In any event the contribution from the 
drainage from the nearby land is a very small proportion of 
the contribution from upwelling and oceanic currents, par- 
ticularly along coasts with little rainfall. 


Indeed, it has been estimated that the sea contains 
20,000,000 times as much dissolved salts as are brought to 
it each year by all the rivers of the world. 


It has been argued that jurisdiction over the fishery re- 
sources should go to the people of the land from which come 
the nutrients which support these resources. If this philos- 
ophy were applied in accordance with the best scientific data 
available, it would place most of the resources along any 
coast under the jurisdiction of many nations both near to and 
thousands of miles from the resource. 


Second, with respect to the effect of fishing on certain 
stocks of fish, reference was made to the effect of fishing on 
local halibut stocks in the North Pacific in the years before 
1910 as an illustration of the danger of exhaustion of re- 
sources by fishing. This happened long before the conser- 
vation principles we are now considering had been developed. 
Since that time, Canada and the United States, working to- 
gether in the North Pacific Halibut Commission, have car- 
ried out a conservation program which has restored the yield 
of the halibut stocks to the same or higher levels than existed 
in the early years of the fishery. We anticipate that by con- 
tinuation of this program, the current yield can be maintained 
and possibly even further increased. It has also been sug- 
gested that the yield of the tuna stocks in the eastern Pacific 
Ocean has been diminished by overfishing. These tuna stocks 
are under comprehensive and continuing study by the Inter- 
American Tropical Tuna Commission to assure that neces- 
sary conservation measures will be applied if and when 
needed, Evidence which the Commission has obtained indi- 
cates that fishing has not decreased the sustainable yield of 
either yellowfin or skipjack tuna, which make up practically 
the entire catch, On the contrary, it indicates that the yellow- 
fin is being fished somewhat below and skipjack greatly below 
the optimum amount. 


Tuna continues to be abundant on the older fishing grounds 
during the usual seasons as in past years. The wide range of 
the tuna fleet is required to find tuna concentrations which 
shift with the seasonal movements and migrations of the fish. 
Without such a range the supply of tuna would be highly irreg- 
ular and seasonable and result in much higher costs of pro- 
duction and processing. 


I return now to the proposals of the International Law Com- 
mission, It is our view that these proposals provide a sound 
basis for the work of this committee. A great deal of work 
lies ahead of us, work in which the scientific and technical 
knowledge of the experts on fishery conservation and admin- 
istration should be of the utmost value. It is to this work that 
I now address myself. 


It is the view of my Government that if we are to have an 
adequate system of rules regarding the conservation of the 
living resources of the sea, certain of the proposals of the 
International Law Commission must be elaborated upon to a 
limited extent and certain new rules added to meet outstand- 
ing problems, 


The Commission’s proposals regarding the settlement of 
disputes, which proposals the United States considers of 
great importance, require more precise definitions to assure 
that they serve the purpose for which they are designed. A 
suitable procedure for such settlement is essential to insure 
the effectiveness and proper use of Article 53, for example. 
An obligatory, speedy and decisive review of the material 
facts to determine whether or not the conditions exist which 
justify the actions required by the article, appears to be the 
only way to prevent long delays in applying necessary con- 
servation measures in the event agreement is not reached, 
Articles 57, 58 and 59 are intended to provide this review. 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53 


However, in the view of the United States, these articles are 
deficient primarily because they do not prescribe sufficiently 
precise limits regarding the nature and scope of disputes to 
be dealt with, and because they do not lay down sufficiently 
clear standards to guide the commissions in reaching their 
determinations. My Government is of the opinion that suit- 
able criteria must be made an integral part of the articles on 
arbitration if the articles are to be practicable. When we 
come to consider these articles in detail, the U. S, Dele- 
gation will have some suggestions to make in this regard, as 
well as suggestions regarding the composition of the arbitral 
commissions. 


One new element which my Government considers essential 
to the fulfillment of the objectives of the articles is a rule 
regulating the exercise of the freedom to fish in order to en- 
courage states to undertake conservation programs. 


The new element, which has been termed ‘‘abstention,”’ is 
a procedure which would provide an incentive to states to 
build up, or restore and maintain the productivity of stocks 
of fish under certain special conditions. 


In certain situations the lack of such incentive may well 
lead to inadequate or in some situations a complete absence 
of conservation procedures, and thus to drastically reduce 
productivity of stocks of fish. 


The development of such a procedure has become in- 
creasingly important and urgent with the increasing range 
of fishing fleets which presents new problems, and with de- 
velopments in fishery science which show promise of pro- 
viding means of enlarging certain fishery resources through 
the improvement of conditions for spawning and early sur- 
vival, stocking of new areas, and other constructive meas- 
ures, 


The ‘‘abstention’’ concept was proposed by the United 
States to the ILC in its comments on the ILC’s 1955 report 
on the regime of the high seas. It would provide: 


(a) where the nationals of one or more states are fish- 
ing a stock of fish with such intensity that an in- 
crease in fishing effort will not result in a substan- 
tial increase in the yield which can be maintained, and 


(b) where the maintenance of current yield or when pos- 
sible the increasing of it is dependent upon a con- 
servation program carried out by the said states, in- 
volving research and involving limitations upon the 
size or quantity of the fish which may be caught, then 


(c) states whose nationals are not fishing the stock reg- 
ularly or which have not theretofore done so within 
a reasonable period of time, excepting a coastal state 
adjacent to the waters in which this stock occurs, shall 
abstain from fishing such stock. 


Disagreement which may arise as to whether or not a stock 
of fish qualified for abstention could, of course, be dealt with 
in the manner contemplated in Articles 57, 58, and 59. 


Finally, the ILC articles should be supplemented in another 
very important respect. A rule should be formulated which 
would clarify the manner in which measures promulgated by a 
State or States will be enforced when they become applicable 
to the fishermen of other States, as under Article 53 for ex- 
ample. 


My Delegation will comment on this more fully at a later 
stage in the discussions. 


In summary, my Government believes that with the modi- 
fications which I have outlined, the International Law Com- 
mission’s proposals will constitute a new and effective sys- 
tem for the conservation of living resources of the high seas. 
Much of the substance of these proposals reflects practices 
now followed by States under international conventions. To a 
high degree these proposals are well tested, practical con- 
cepts which will be useful in dealing with all types of fishery 
conservation problems, problems involving highly mechanized 
fishing fleets, as well as small vessels and less complicated 
methods of fishing. The proposals constitute a real advance 
in the interest of mankind in our efforts to find satisfactory 
solutions to international fisheries conservation problems, 


My Delegation is hopeful that further careful study by this 
Committee of these articles and the indicated modifications 
and additions will lead to agreement on a much needed sys- 
tem of rules regarding conservation, 


54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


There may be problems involving special economic cir- instances ‘‘where a nation is primarily dependent on the 
cumstances which deserve recognition in international law. coastal fisheries for its livelihood,’’ concluding that it was 
The International Law Commission referred to one of these not in the position fully to examine its implications and the 
possibilities in its comments to Article 59 in connection with element of exclusive use involved. 


GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE 


REPORT ON TWELFTH SESSION AT GENEVA: Contracting parties to the Gen- 


and began a thorough examination of the Treaty Establishing the European Economic 
Community (EEC), which is also known as the European Common Market Treaty. 


Among topics discussed this year were several programs for economic integration, 
of which the EEC was the mostimportant. In addition the following were discussed: re- 
strictions on imports maintained to protect foreign exchange reserves; complaints of 
actions contrary to the provisions of the General Agreement; requests for waivers of ob- 
ligations and reports on waivers granted in the past; special problems of trade, suchas 
those peculiar to trade in primary commodities; and customs regulations. 


European Economic Community: The EEC Treaty was signed by France, Italy, 
the Federal Republic of Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg in March 
ofthis year. The process of ratification by the six countries was nearly completed, and 
it was expected that the Treaty would become effective January 1,1958. Duringatran- 
sitional period of 12 to 15 years, the six nations are to remove substantially all internal 
barriers to trade among themselves and move toward a common external tariff toward 
the rest of the world so as to arrive at acomplete customs union at the end of that period. 


The historical importance and economic significance of the formation of the 
EEC was recognized; and it was also pointed out that certain problems might arise 
for the trade of non-member countries in the course of implementation of the Treaty. 


The examination covered particularly the arrangements provided for in the 
EEC Treaty with respect to tariffs, the use of quantitative restrictions for balance- 
of-payments reasons, trade in agricultural products, and the association with the 
EEC of the members! overseas countries and territories, chiefly the African ter- 
ritories of France and Belgium. 


The Contracting Parties decided that the Intersessional Committee should con- 
tinue the work started at this session in close cooperation with the institutions of 
the EEC. Because of the importance of the subject, all General Agreement coun- 
tries will be represented on the Intersessional Committee during the period be- 
tween the Twelfth and Thirteenth Sessions, although normally the committee is 
composed of delegates of about half of them. The committee is scheduled to meet 
on April 14, 1958, further to consider EEC Treaty questions. It will report to the 
Contracting Parties at their Thirteenth Session in the fall of 1958. 


European Free-Trade Area: In action on another aspect of European economic 
integration, the Contracting Parties agreed that the Intersessional Committee should 
follow developments with regard to the proposed European Free-Trade Area pres- 
ently being negotiated in Paris. The FTA would associate the United Kingdom and 
other member countries of the Organization for European Economic Cooperation 
(OEEC) with the six-nation EEC. The United States is an associated country of the 
OEEC and activities of the Organization but is not a prospective member of the proposed 
European Free-Trade Area. A free-trade area differs from a customs union (such 
as the EEC) in that, while both eliminate internal restrictions, only the customs 
union has a common external tariff. Each member of a free-trade area maintains 
its own tariffs against imports from non-members. 


Consultations on Balance-of-Payments Restrictions: The Contracting Parties 
completed a series of consultations on quantitative import restrictions imposed for 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 55 


balance-of-payments reasons. Twenty-one countries consulted on such restrictions, 
which they maintain in accordance with an exception to the general rule in the Gen- 
eral Agreement against quotas. 


This program of consultations, the first stage of which was held in June, was 
initiated as the result of a United States proposal accepted by the Contracting Par- 
ties at their Eleventh (1956) Session. Because of amendments to the General Agree- 
ment which recently came into force for most countries, such consultations will, 
beginning in 1959, be held annually for industrialized countries and every other 
year for less-developed countries. 


A number of measures to eliminate import quotas were announced during the 
consultations, and there was broad agreement that the use of sound internal mone- 
tary and fiscal measures can frequently avert the need to resort to quantitative 
restrictions when faced with balance-of-payments difficulties. As a result of the 
consultations, it was agreed that Germany was no longer entitled to maintain quan- 
titative restrictions for balance-of-payments reasons. The German delegate pre- 
sented a statement at the Twelfth Session describing the program his government 
intended to follow for eliminating balance-of-payments restrictions. 


The Contracting Parties extended for one year a 1955 decision to permit a 
country whose balance-of-payments situation had improved to such an extent that 
it no longer justified retention of quantitative controls on imports to maintain some 
of those controls on a decreasing basis and over a limited time. The decision was 
taken to permit such countries to ease the effect of a sudden withdrawal of such 
controls on domestic industries. 


New Contracting Parties: At the Twelfth Session Ghana and the Federation of 
Malaya, which acquired their independence in 1957, became the 36th and 37th con- 
tracting parties to the General Agreement. 


With a view to becoming a contracting party, Switzerland will conduct tariff 
negotiations with most of the present contracting parties. It was agreed that the 
negotiations would take place in Geneva in 1958. The United States will not partici- 
pate in the negotiations, but will maintain reciprocal tariff concessions outside the 
General Agreement with Switzerland under a long-standing bilateral trade agree- 
ment. 


Japan has now been a contracting party for over two years, but 15 General A- 
greement countries continue to invoke a provision (with respect to Japan) which 
permits a contracting party to withhold application of the General Agreement from 
a new contracting party. The problem of Japan's trade relations with the 15 coun- 
tries was given further attention at the Session. The United States and several 
other countries supported Japan's request that the General Agreement be made 
applicable between Japan and the 15 countries. Brazil, which had invoked this pro- 
vision when Japan became a contracting party, reported that it is now applying the 
General Agreement fully toward Japan. 


Tariff Adjustments: General changes in tariff schedules by four countries 
were discussed. 


Brazil, which was granted a waiver last year to permit it to revise its tariff, 
will conduct negotiations with other contracting parties on the basis of its revised 
tariff early in 1958. The object of the negotiations is to give other contracting 
parties an opportunity to negotiate for concessions to replace those which Brazil 
is modifying or withdrawing as a result of the introduction of its new tariff. 


Cuba requested at the Twelfth Session a waiver of certain of its obligations 
under the General Agreement to facilitate the introduction of a revised tariff. The 


56 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


Cuban request was made on the basis that the tariff was antiquated and that a re- 
vision was necessary for the development and diversification of the Cuban economy. 
The Contracting Parties agreed to take account, in negotiations based on the new 
Cuban tariff, of the principle that a country which has bound a high proportion of 

its tariffs at very low rates of duty has less scope for negotiating. The Contract- 
ing Parties also granted Cuba a waiver to permit it to impose quantitative restric- 
tions on imports to the extent necessary to forestall a flood of imports during the 
period before the new tariff becomes effective. 


Certain adjustments will be made in the New Zealand tariff to modernize it. 
Where such adjustments result in increases of bound duties, New Zealand will 
negotiate the increases by giving equivalent new concessions to those countries 
most closely affected. 


Since the end of 1957 marks the end of a period of about three years during 
which contracting parties agreed not to withdraw tariff concessions, several coun- 
tries initiated negotiations to permit them to raise tariffs which they had previous- 
ly bound. These negotiations were held in part concurrently with the Twelfth Ses- 
sion. They will result in new tariff concessions to balance those withdrawn. A new 
period of three years during which concessions may not normally be withdrawn will 
begin the second of January. 


Complaints: The Contracting Parties considered several complaints that coun- 
tries were not fulfilling their General Agreement obligations. 


Delegates of France and Brazil reported that their governments had taken the 
necessary action to remove certain taxes which were inconsistent with the General 
Agreement. The Contracting Parties took note of a French statement of its inten- 
tion to reduce a tax which had been increased contrary to the General Agreement. 


Restrictive Business Practices: In consideration of a Norwegian proposal that 
the Contracting Parties draw up a supplementary agreement for the control of in- 
ternational restrictive business practices (cartels), the Contracting Parties directed 
that their Executive Secretary prepare a report on cartels and on national anti- 
trust legislation. The report will be presented to the Intersessional Committee, 
which will then decide what further action should be taken, if any, on the matter. 


Trade and Customs Regulations: The Contracting Parties adopted a recom- 
mendation on consular formalities designed to facilitate trade by eliminating un- 
necessary procedures. The Contracting Parties agreed to consider at the Thir- 
teenth Session a draft recommendation on marks of origin. Action on the subject 
of determining the nationality of imported goods was deferred to the Thirteenth 
Session. 


Amendments: Shortly before the opening of the Session, amendments to the 
preamble and Parts II and III of the General Agreement, which had been negotiated 
in 1955, became effective for those countries which had accepted them, including 
the United States. The Contracting Parties took a number of actions as a result of 
the amendments coming into force, and reeommended that certain other protocols 
and the Agreement on the Organization for Trade Cooperation be accepted and 
brought into effect. 


Next Meeting: The Contracting Parties agreed to meet for their Thirteenth 
Session on October 16, 1958. (U.S. Department of State press release of Decem- 
ber 5, 1957.) 


May 1958 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57 


JAPANESE-RUSSIAN FISHERIES NEGOTIATIONS PROGRESS REPORT 


Japanese negotiations with the Soviets covering the salm- 
on catch quota and other problems for the 1958 season 
have only emphasized the wide divergence in views held by 
the two countries. Since the Japan-Soviet Fisheries Com - 
mission meeting opened in Moscow on January 13, 1958, the 
Japanese made little progress toward reaching an agree- 
ment on the 1958 salmon catch quota, and Soviet proposals 
such as those affecting the length of the fishing season, 
the off-limit fishing areas, fishing in the Okhotsk Sea, and 
others have given ample evidence of the Soviet desire to limit 
seriously Japan’s fishing operations in the convention area, 
In apparent anticipation of the likelihood that once the cur- 
rent talks reach a deadlock a political solution may be nec- 
essary, consideration is now being given in the Japanese 
Government to despatching from Japan someone of minis~ 
terial caliber. 


As anticipated, Japanese delegates to the Japan-Soviet 
fisheries Commission meeting which commenced in Moscow 
on January 13, 1958, have been able to make little progress 
toward reaching an agreement on the 1958 salmon quota, 
and on other points of major difference between the nego- 
tiating parties. The following summarizes Japanese requests 
and Soviet requests, as revealed by the press and industry 
sources, as of February 7, 1958. 


1958 SALMON CATCH QUOTA: The Japanese have re- 
quested a quota of 145,000 metric tons for the 1958 season, a 
figure which is lower than the 165,000 metric tons requested 
at the opening of the 1957 negotiations. The slightly lower 
Japanese request for 1958 is reportedly due to a recogni- 
tion that since the salmon catch for 1957 was good, the 
1958 season is likely to be bad. Although the Soviets 
have made no counteroffer, some Japanese industry 
sources believe that the Soviets are attempting to lower 
the quota for 1958 to 80,000 metric tons, a figure report- 
edly agreed to in the Kono-Ishkov talks concluded in May 
1956 for years when the fish catch is expected to be bad. 
The 1957 quota was 120,000 metric tons. 


PERIOD OF FISHING SEASON: Countering the Japanese 
request that the salmon fishing season should be extended 
from August 10--which was in effect during 1957--to Au- 
gust 20, the Soviets have asked that the fishing season be 
ended on July 31. It might be noted that Japan had a very 
successful fishing season last year and the agreed quota 
was met by July 20. The Soviet delegate has argued that 
salmon caught after July 31 in other years included imma- 
ture fish and that this was a waste of salmon resources, 
The Japanese have admitted that some immature fish are 
found among the chum, red, and silver salmon caught after 
July, but they have contended that the number was insig- 
nificant. 


OFF-LIMIT FISHING AREAS: During 1957, Japanese 
fishing vessels were were requiredto to make their catches 40 nau- 
tical miles off the Soviet coastline, including the Soviet- 
claimed Kurile Islands and the Komandorskie Islands, in 
areas north of 48 degrees north latitude, and 20 nautical 
miles out in areas south of that line. The Japanese, in 
the interest of maximizing their fishing catch, have re- 
quested that the three-mile territorial limit should be 
recognized, that salmon fishing should be permitted be- 
yond 12 miles from the coast, and that the area between 
three miles and 12 miles should be open to small vessel 
operations. To counter the Japanese position, the Soviets 
reportedly have requested that Japanese fishing be re- 
stricted to areas outside a distance ranging from about 40 
miles to 60 miles from the Soviet coast. The Soviets are 
said to be concerned particularly about Japanese fishing 
operations near the river mouth where the salmon ascend 
for spawning and along the fishing ways between Kurile 
Islands where the Japanese fleets have made heavy sal- 
mon catches, 


OKHOTSK SEA FISHING: Under the 1957 agreement 
the Japanese caught 13,000 metric tons of salmon in the 
Okhotsk Sea. The Soviet delegates reportedly have served 
notice to Japanese delegates to the Convention meeting 
that they are interested in prohibiting altogether Japanese 
fishing in the Okhotsk Sea, including areas west of the 
Kurile Islands. The Japanese have not replied formally to 
this Soviet proposal, but their position appears to be that 
they find the proposal unacceptable. 

DRIFT NET AND LONG LINE FISHING: In the tenth 
February 4, the Soviet delegate reportedly proposed (1) 
that drift-net fishing operations for all vessels operating 
south of 48 degrees north latitude be limited, (2) that long- 
line fishing operations be limited to areas south of 42 degrees 
north latitude, and (3) that the meshes of fishing nets andnet 
thread should be enlarged. According to the Japanese 
press, the Soviet delegate in the following day’s meeting 
indicated a willingness to ease some of the restrictions 
proposed the previous day. On drift-net fishing, the press 
reports that the Soviets indicated that restrictions were in- 
tended only on large drift-net fishing vessels. On long-line 
fishing, they indicated a willingness to retract their pro- 
posal that restrictions be applied to areas south of 42 de- 
grees north latitude. Current restrictions apply to fishing 
vessels operating south of 45 degrees north latitude. 


The Japanese position on drift-net and long-line fishing 
operations has not been revealed as yet. It is obvious, how- 
ever, that Japan is against any form of restriction which 
can not be proven necessary by conservation requirements, 


SALMON FISHING LIMITATIONS BY SPECIES: In the 
face of Japan’s well-publicized objection to any limitation of 
the salmon quota by.species of fish, the Soviet delegate in a 
meeting on February 5 is reported to have proposed that 
Japan’s salmon catch should be limited by species on the 
basis of the following percentages of the total agreed quota: 
pink salmon--60 percent; chum or dog salmon-~25 percent; 
red salmon--10 percent; and other species of salmon--5 
percent, Japanese negotiatiors reportedly are opposing 
this proposal strongly on the basis of the fact that even if 
quotas for each species of salmon should be established, it 
would be impossible to implement. Japanese objection to 
the Soviet proposal stems primarily from the sharp limi- 
tation proposed for red salmon, which is commercially 
the most important type of salmon exported by Japan. It 
is to be noted also that Japan’s annual catch of red salm- 
on is estimated to range from about 18 percent to 35 per- 
cent of Japan’s total annual salmon catch. 


CONCLUSION: With eachnew reportfrom Moscow on 
the progress of Japan's negotiations with the Soviets on 
salmon fishing for the 1958 season, there is increasing 
evidence that the gap between the two countries position 
is too wide to be bridged by the delegates, Undoubtedly in 
recognition of this trend in the negotiations, the Minister 
of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, in a meeting with 
the Japanese Cabinet on February 4 is reported to have 
indicated that Japan’s negotiations with the Soviets will 
come to a deadlock about the middle of March 1958 and 
that in order to overcome this expected stalemate Japan 
will be required to send to the Convention meeting some- 
one of ministerial caliber. 


Talks on crab and herring fishing operations, as well as 
safe fishing operations in the northwest Pacific, have not 
been taken up as yet by the delegates to the Convdntion 
meeting, but it might be anticipated that negotiatidns on 
these issues will serve only to emphasize the divergence 
of views between the two countries. 


58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES TRADE FAIR 


DENMARK TO HOLD THIRD FAIR IN 1959: As a result of the success of the 
Fair will be held in Copenhagen, Denmark, from September 25 to October 4, 1959. 
The first two International Trade Fairs (held in May 1956 and September 1957) were 
visited by buyers from more than 33 countries. 


In order to meet the aim in accumulating for exhibit as many items as possible 
of up-to-date technical development and invention, there will be an interval of two 
years between the 2nd and 3rd International Fisheries Trade Fairs. Onthe strength of 
this, the 3rd Fair will be considerably more comprehensive than the preceding ones, 
as this exhibition will comprise a wide range of accessories for trawlers and even 
larger ships. 


The development of this field is so rapid and so closely connected up with the 
fisheries trades that it is appropriate to invite all manufacturers and distributors 
of ship's accessories to take this opportunity of presenting their latest products, states 
a January 1958 releasefrom the Press Secretariat, The International Trade Fair. 


WHALING 


ANTARCTIC WHALE : : 7 = 
CATCHDOWN AS OF FEB- Production of Whale Oil by Country in the Antarctic 


woe S VS ee eS 1 
RUARY 15, 1958: The 1957/58 
tic whaling fleet was lower df 957/58 1956/5 


than last season and forecasts 
were that the season would 
end March 22, 1958, 6 days 
later than the season ended in 
1957. Asof February 22, 1958, 
a total of 10,227 blue-whale 
units had been taken, as com- 


eee ee eee 

‘ - X-ABRAHAM LARSEN, WHICH WAS UNDER 
time a year ago ——— FLAG OF THE UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA IN 1956. 

Crops and Markets, U.S. De- ‘I3/noT AVAILABLE. 

partment of Agriculture, 


March 17, 1958). 


Australia 


TUNA LANDINGS GOOD OCTOBER-NOVEMBER 1957: From mid-October to 
mid-November 1957, the canneries at Narooma and Eden, New South Wales, re- 
ceived about 450 long tons of tuna, processing the bulk of the fish at Narooma. 


The greatly increased rate of processing was possible by the installation at 
Narooma of modern packing equipment. On one shift a day, employing 40 women 
and 20 men, Narooma packed 10 tons of fish daily and could have packed more if 
the fish had been larger. However, later, tuna were being taken up to 40 pounds 
each, 


Up to mid-November, Bermagui was the center of the tuna fishing, with about 
18 boats operating, including the well-known clipper Fairventure. The manager of 
the Bermagui South Fishermen's Cooperative stated that one 57-pound southern 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59 


bluefin tuna had been taken, and that fishermen had harpooned a 167-pound fish 
which had been swimming around in the Bay. 


While Narooma was taking care of the tuna catch, the cannery at Eden was 
processing Australian salmon (Arripis trutta) and some of the tuna (the December 
1957 Fisheries Newsletter, issued by the Commonwealth Director of Fisheries). 


NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, FEBRUARY 1958, P. 58; DECEMBER 1957,P. 58; NOVEMBER 1957, 
P. 48; JUNE 1957, P. 38. ; 


* 


Austria 


WHALESKIN TEST PLANT PLANNED: A testing plant in Austria for the uti- 
lization of whaleskin for industrial purposes is a possibility. The project reported- 


ly has the approval of several Austrian Government agencies, but financing is lack- 
ing. 


A civil engineer for chemistry at the skin fiber catgut factory in Villach, Aus- 
tria, claims to have developed a method of utilizing a basic material disregarded 
thus far--whaleskin--which can be applied to a number of industries throughout 
the world. 


He is primarily interested in improving production methods by experiments 
for the industrial utilization of whale fat. He indicates that his method, based on 
scientific experience, increases blubber output 30 to 40 percent. 


The chemical process can be carried out directly on the factoryships and re- 
quires neither equipment nor expenditure. The blubber reportedly is deodorized 
in one operation and prepared for immediate consumption and processing. The 
degreased raw material is a basic substance for the development of several inter- 
esting products, according to the engineer. 


Brazil 


JAPANESE VESSEL LANDS TUNA AT BAHIA: The Japanese fishing vessel 
Kayko Maru landed 100 tons of frozen tuna at the Brazilian port of Bahia on 
March 2, 1958. The tuna were to be sold for local consumption, according to a 


March 7, 1958, dispatch from the United States Consulate in Bahia. 
thin, 


Canada 


BRITISH COLUMBIA HERRING CATCH FOR 1957/58 SEASON: The herring 
catch off the coast of British Columbia in the 1957/58 season totaled 84,335 tons, 
a decrease of 53.1 percent from the 179,943 tons reported for the 1956/57 season. 
The catch was also down from the average catch for the preceding six-year period 
1951-57 by about 57.2 percent. 


The utilization of the herring landings was not announced as less than three 
companies operated in the 1957/58 season, according to a March 19, 1958, release 
from the Canadian Department of Fisheries. Landings of herring in the 1957/58 


60 


Middle East Coast 
Upper East Coast 
West Coast 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, 


No. 5 


season were curtailed oe due toa cigpats elem processors and the fisher- 
men over prices to be paid for herring for reduction during the months of Novem- 


ber and December 1957. 


Chilean Catch of Fish and Shellfish, 1955-57 
1957 [| 1956 | 1955 


Fish: 
Iquique 
Antofagasta ...... 
Coquimbo........ 
Valparaiso....... 

San Antonio 

Talcahuano....... 


Puerto Montt..... 
AVONUL INNS ooo nod 
Shellfish: 
Iquique 
Antofagasta ...... 
Coquimbo........ 
Mallparcallsolmnmrnen: 
San Antonio...... 
Talcahuano....... 
WeUlehMA scoscducs 


is understood that Article 30 of new Colombian Decree 


LANDINGS OF FISH AND SHELL- 
FISH, 1955-1957: The total catch of 
fish and shellfish reported from 
the eight Chilean fishing districts 
amounted to 213,101 metric tons 
in 1957, only 1,227 tons below the 
214,328 tons reported for 1955. The 
1957 catch was about 14 percent 
higher than the 1956 landings of 
188,326 tons. The landings inseven 
of the eight districts increased 
in 1957 as compared with 1956. The 
exception was Puerto Monit, in 
which landings were down about 
90 tons in 1957, the United States 
Embassy in Santiago reported 
ina March 5, 1958, dispatch. 


a 


Colombia 


BAIT AND TUNA FISHING BY 
FOREIGN VESSELS PERMITTED: It 
0376 provides for issuance 


of permits to foreign fishing vessels for the taking of whales, tuna and live bait. 


The Ministry of Agriculture has been empowered to set the fees for these per- 


mits. 


If the fees are reasonable this should open another area for United States tuna 


boats and furnish additional revenue for the Colombian Government. 


For some 


time prior to this relaxation of restrictions on fishing, foreign flag vessels were 
not permitted to take bait or to fish for tuna in Colombian waters, according to a 
February 3, 1958, dispatch from the United States Embassy Regional Fisheries 


Officer in Mexico City. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 61 


Cuba 


CLOSED SEASON FOR SPINY LOBSTER BEGINS MARCH 30: The closed sea- 
son for spiny lobster was set for March 30, 1958, instead of the originally-scheduled 
date of March 15, 1958, according to a Cuban National Fisheries Institute (INP) press 
release. The change was made at the request of fishermen in the La Coloma and 
other lobster areas and was approved by INP technical personnel. The fishermen, 
on their part, have promised to release any spiny lobsters which are in spawning 
conditions or which are below the legal minimum. 


The INP advises that in accordance with current regulations all persons having 
in their possession live or frozen lobsters on March 30, 1958, have a period of five 
days to dispose of them, after which it will be considered an infraction of law, pun- 
ishable by fine, to have in storage or transit any live or frozen spiny lobsters (U- 
nited States Embassy in Havana, March 17, 1958). 


Denmark 


FAROE ISLANDS EARN REVENUE FROM RUSSIAN FISHING FLEET: A Dan- 
ish commercial-financial newspaper reported early in March 1958 that the Rus- 
sian herring fleet fishing off the Faroe Islands (on a practically year-round basis) 
paid the Faroese authorities about US$29,000 in 1957. The receipts were derived 
from port charges and fresh-water supplies. In return the Russian vessels have 
supplied the Faroe Islands fishing fleet with bait herring in return for manila twine 
or rope. 


The Russian fishing fleet of about 250 vessels operating off the Faroe Islands 
obtains its entire water supply from the Islands. The water is transported in 
special tankers to the Russian fleet. 


France 


TUNA INDUSTRY EXPANDS: Thedevelopment of the tuna fishery off the coast 
Dakar, French West Africa, and particularly, the success of the May 1956-May 1957 
tuna-fishing season in West African waters, has contributed to the increase in 
France's 1956 tuna catch of 40 percent above the total average catch for the peri- 
od 1951-55. Since the West African catch was used entirely for canning, French 
canned tuna production in 1956 increased 60 percent over the average production 
for the period 1951-55. The following data covers the catch, canning, and market- 
ing of French-caught tuna: 


The tuna fishing season in the waters off the French mainland is May to No- 
vember. In 1956, the catch of white or albacore tuna (Germo alalunga) and red or 
bluefin tuna (Thunnus thynnus) in the Atlantic and Mediterranean amounted to 16,696 
metric tons, priced at an average of about 254 francs a kilo ex-vessel. 


The tuna fishing season off the West African coast is November to March. In 
1956/57, 5,797 tons of tuna were utilized by France and Dakar. 


The total landings of tuna during the 1956/57 season was approximately 21,500 
tons as compared with 17,350 tons for 1955/56. This was an increase of about 
5,000 tons or 40 percent. 


62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


The principal French tuna fishing ports by order of importance in 1956/57, 
were as follows: San Juan de Luz, with a catch of 9,058 tons; Concarneau, 2,830 
tons; Sables-d'Olone, 1,864 tons; and Douartenez, 1,297 tons. 


The canning industry used 17,400 tons of tuna in 1956 as compared with 13,100 
tons, the average for the years 1951-55. The 17,400 tons of tuna canned represent 
757,000 cases or 15,140 tons (semi-gross weight). 


France's imports of canned tuna in 1956 amounted to 1,127 tons. The princi- 
pal sources were: Morocco (999 tons), French West Africa (113 tons), and Italy 
(15 tons). 


Exports of canned tuna from France in 1956 were estimated at 300 tons. The 
most important customers were: Switzerland, Belgium, Venezuela, United States, 
Canada, and Mexico. 


German Democratic Republic 


MANY FISHING VESSELS BUILT FOR RUSSIA: During 1957 the total number 
of "logger" fishing boats built for the Soviet account by the East German ''Volk- 
Werft" in Stralsund is reported as 112. A total of 12 boats of a larger type were 
built for Iceland. In October of 1957 the yard commenced building a special type 
of fishing boat of about the same size as the large Swedish west coast trawlers and 
equipped with refrigerator space. 


In 1959 and 1960 the Soviet Union will take the entire production of the yard 
which will total 160 trawlers and 15 factoryships. 


The East German shipyard in Stralsund has build 700 "logger" fishing boats 
in the last ten years, according to information received by the Swedish West Coast 
Fishermen's Central Association. The yard now employs 5,700 workers. 


“7 
” 


Greenland 


TRADE COMMISSION CONSIDERS PURCHASING MODERN FISH PROCESS- 
ING EQUIPMENT: The Royal Greenland Trade Commission, with a view towards 
modernizing Greenland's fishing industry, has been studying the purchase of large 
electric fish-washing machines, United States shrimp peelers, and German cod 
filleting machines. 


When the prospective machines were under discussion in the Folketing's Fi- 
nance Committee, the Cabinet Minister for Greenland objected to their purchase, 
maintaining that hand peeling of shrimp (at a rate of one kilogram or 2.2 pounds 
per hour per peeler) could compete with machine cleaning. The Commission has 
nevertheless continued discussions with an American firm manufacturing shrimp 
peelers, after having sent a fishery biologist to Florida to study their operation. 

In 1957 a total of 1,473,000 pounds of shrimp were landed for canning in Greenland. 
Norway and Iceland have already rented shrimp peelers this year, and the Danes 
will decide to rent one for Greenland if the experience of earlier purchasers is 
satisfactory. 


May 1958 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


63 


At present 6 electric washing machines have been purchased to clean the 30,800 
tons of cod landed in 1957, and processed in Greenland. 


German cod-filleting machines have been used at several factories, but inas- 
much as a new model is being perfected at Lubeck, West Germany, its development 
is being followed with interest before further purchases are made. All machinery 
used in Greenland must be simple and robust because of the distance of the Island 
from sources of supply of machinery and replacement parts, the United States Em- 
bassy in Copenhagen states in a February 26, 1958, dispatch. 


Iceland 


NEW EUROPEAN COMMON MARKET AND FREE-TRADE 
ket and the foundation of a free-trade area in Europe great- 
ly concerns Iceland. On behalf of the Government the Min- 
ister of Industry attended the Office of European Economic 
Cooperation conference on the free-trade zone in Paris. 


At this conference, it was decided that fish trade problems 
should be separated from agricultural problems--this in 
deference to Norwegian and Icelandic representations. This 
gives the hope that fish may be tariff-free inside the free- 
trade area, while it is now obvious that agricultural pro- 
ducts cannot be so. 


On the broad problems, Icelanders have been weighing 
the pros and cons of the common market and the free- 
trade area. 


Iceland cannot possibly participate in the common mar- 
ket, the purpose of which is complete integration of indus- 
try in the six countries concerned, Participation would be 
the death blow to nearly all industry in Iceland, and create 
unemployment. 


If Iceland remains outside the common market, the main 
changes in Iceland’s fish exporting industry will be: 


1. Greater difficulty in competing with French trawlers 
which catch fish on the Newfoundland Banks and sell it 
saltedto Italy, because tariffs on French fish would be 
lifted in Italy. 


2, Easier to sell fish in the French market. Tariffs 
there have so far been insurmountable, but the common 
tariff for all six countries will be lower. 


3. The market for iced trawl fish in Western Germany 
will be as now, because Germans need this product badly 
in the autumn months, but profits will be somewhat reduced 
by the higher tariff. 


On the other hand, the possibility of Iceland’s partic- 
ipation in the initially British-proposed free-trade area 
is being freely discussed. 


This organization would have a somewhat looser unity 
than the common market, but the Icelandic fishing indus- 
try, which has grown in the difficult climate of a small 


inland market protected by strong tariff barriers certain- 
ly does not want to participate init. It is felt that the 
scheme would mean the death of at least some branches 
of the industry even though changes were brought about 
zradually, 


Icelanders, therefore, are asking what gains partici- 
pation would bring to counterbalance any losses, On the 
face of it, the scheme could mean bigger and better mar- 
kets in Western Europe--while, if she stays outside, Ice- 
land may be isolated from Europe, lose markets, or face 
high tariffs, 


The importance of the question lies in the fact that 
Iceland’s total exports in 1957 amounted to about US$58.4 
million of which about US$26,4 million went to countries 
in the European Payments Union, She naturally has no 
wish to lose such a market. 


Against this, however, there is the huge market acquired 
in Eastern Europe during the past few years, Participa- 
tion in the free-trade zone might cut across this trade if 
only on the grounds that East European industrial products 
taken as payment for the fish would not be able to compete 
with West European production. 


The loss of Eastern European markets would be particu- 
larly harmful, because they buy heavily of frozen fillets. 


The problem is thus narrowed to the crucial one of 
whether Iceland can find markets for this frozen fish in 
Western Europe. This might be difficult initially because 
only a few countries other than Sweden have an efficient 
system for storing and transporting frozen fillets. 


Basically, the question is: Will Iceland cling to Western 
or Eastern Europe? Anever-larger proportion of her trade 
has been turning towards the Russian Block, which took 
35 percent of all Iceland's exports in 1957. 


Many Icelanders object to this trend and realize the 
political dangers which result from it. They are dis- 
turbed by the thought that, if their country cannot par- 
ticipate in the free-trade area the increased tariffs in 
Western Europe might throw her completely into the 
hands of the Eastern Europeantrade block. (The Fishing 
News, February 14, 1958.) 


Japan 


TUNA LANDINGS, 1956 AND JANUARY-OCTOBER 1956-57: The 300,888 met- 
ric tons of funa (skipjack, bluefin, albacore, big-eyed, and yellowfin tuna) landed by 


Japanese fishing vessels (exclusive of mothership-type and American Samoa-based 


64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No, 5 


fisheries) in January-October 1957 were about 6 percent higher than the 283,940 


tons landed in the first 10 months of 1956. 


Japan's Tuna Catch, 


| "Type of Fishing 
Operations and Species 


January-October 
1957 1956 


Coastal, offshore, and 


pelagic: 
skipjack’. 55....; 98,220 
Bluehing ie = ae 37,010 
Albacore ...... 58,800 
Big Teyedmrrmen ale 
ellow tin generar = 068 
Subtotal 


ype 
American canoe 
based fishing. .... 


Grand Total, 


T_ AVAILABLE 


Total tuna landings from all sources in 


1956 amounted to 331,470 
tons during the first 10 
months. As compared with 
the first 10 months of 1956, 
landings for the same peri- 
od of 1957 showed a 19- 
percent increase for alba- 
core and a 23-percent in- 
crease for big-eyed tuna. 


Reports from the Jap- 
anese indicate that tuna 
landings declined in the fi- 
nal two months of 1957 due 
to curtailment of fishing 
operations because of poor 
marketing prospects. There- 
fore, the total 1957 catch 
will not be as high as the 


10-month 1957 landings indicate, states a February 14, 1958, dispatch from the U- 


nited States Embassy in Tokyo. 


But the 1957 tuna landings should be at the same 


level as for 1956 when they totaled 331,470 metric tons (including mothership and 


Samoa-based fisheries). 


JAPANESE GOVEIRRERE 


Mexico 


SHRIMP INDUSTRY OBJECTS TO PROPOSED eee FISHING FLEET: 


One of Mexico City's newspapers on February 17, i 


eatured an article pro- 


testing the proposal to bring a fleet of Japanese eeisiee vessels to catch shrimp off 


Mexico's west coast. 


According to the newspaper, the shrimp cooperative fishermen and boat owners 
from the Pacific Coast protested to the President of Mexico against the bringing of 


Japanese vessels and crews to fish in Mexican waters. 


The Mexican fishermen 


claim that they cannot compete with the low production costs and wages of the Jap- 
anese, a February 20, 1958, dispatch from the United States Embassy in Mexico 


City reports. 


OOK OK OK OK 


SHRIMP PRICE AGREEMENT REACHED FOR CAMPECHE AREA: On Feb- 
ruary 13, 1958, the cooperative shrimp fishermen and the boat owners of Ciudad 
del Carmen and Campeche came to terms after about two months of negotiations. 
The new contract (expires May 15, 1959; is retroactive to January 1, 1958) calls 
for an increase of 492 pesos (about US$39. 35) per metric ton (about 1.8 U.S. cents a 
pound) to be paid the fishermen for headless shrimp. The fishermen will now get 
2,280 pesos (about US$182.40) per ton (8.3 U.S. cents a pound) as compared with a 


previous price of 1,788 pesos (US$143.15) per ton (6.5 U. S. cents a pound). 


Not 


included in these prices is the return to the boat owner and other allowances and 


costs borne by the owner. 


The fishermen also get an increase in food allowance of one peso per day each. 
Each fisherman will now be allowed 8.00 pesos (about $0.64) per day for food and 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65 


this, allowance will be paid throughout the entire year. The customary crew on the 
Mexico Gulf coast consists of five men. 


The major price features of the new contract are similar to that existing for 
the Pacific coast of Mexico, the United States Embassy in Mexico City reported 
on February 21, 1958. 


Norway 


WINTER HERRING FISHERY FAILURE: Reports from 
all along the western coast of South Norway show that the 
annual fisheries for the fat, mature winter herring were 
a dismal failure in 1958--the poorest since 1926. Most of 
the 26,000 fishermen who participated are now trying to 
recapture their lost fortunes in the spring herring fish - 
eries. These, however, have not come off to a very auspi- 
cious start. The cost of equipping the fishing fleet of some 
2,600 purse-seiners and drift netters is estimated at about 
US$17.5 million. About 600,000 metric tons of herring 
will have to be landed to pay for the investment, and fish- 
ermen are as yet far from the half-way mark. 


The failure of the winter herring fisheries was in part 
due to stormy weather. But even when fishermen were able 
to reach the banks, catches were very poor. Yet, ocean 
researchers found huge shoals both north and south of Stad, 
but the herring stood too deep to be reached with purse- 
seines or nets. One theory is that the surface water may 
have been too cold forthe sensitive fish. Another suggests 
that the mature herring may be seeking more suitable 
Spawning grounds. It is a historical fact that the herring 
has alternated between Norwegian and Swedish spawning 
grounds for periods lasting up to 70 years. The present 
Norwegian period began in 1897. For the past 61 years, 
the herring has each winter come to spawn on the banks 

When the fat herring season (extended by 6 days) was call- || off the coast of West Norway. 
ed off on February 21, total landings amounted to about 
241,000 tons, with a first-hand value of about US$7.7 million. 
At the same time in 1957, Norwegian fishermen had landed 
over 690,000 tons of winter and spring herring, valued at 
over US$21.8 million. By March 8 reports indicated land- 
ings of 291,448 tons as compared to 766,878 tons through 
that date in 1957. 


According to a Fisheries Consultant, the former Norwe- 
gian herring period ended in 1861 with a catch of about 
100,000 tons of fat herring. The following year, landings 
were reduced to only 10,000 tons. Fora few years, insig- 
nificant quantities were caught in the Oslofjord. During 
1870-74, the fat herring fisheries were in full swing off 
North Norway, but between 1877 and 1896 the most impor- 


Not a single fat herring has been deliveredto oil and meal 
reductionplants in North Norway, leaving some 500 workers 
without any earnings. Even reduction plants near the fishing 
grounds received only about 130,000 tons, as compared with 
400,000 tons last year. And only 42,000 tons have been 
salted, as against export commitments totaling 110,000 tons. 
Of this quantity, 42,000 tons plus 5,000 tons of spring her- 
ring was togo to the Soviet Union. Representatives of the 
latter country have now agreed to cut the total to 37,000 
tons of mixed winter and spring herring. 


tant fat herring runs were offthe coast of the Swedish prov- 
ince of Bohusian. 


As late as 25-30 years ago, the spring herring fisheries 
were dominant along the Norwegian coast and there were 
actually two fat herring periods, one inOctober and one in 
January. Subsequently, these were fused into a single in- 
flux, arriving at the western Mére coast about mid-January. 


kK ok kK 


WINTER 1958 FISHERIES TRENDS: Very cold weather 
is believed to have hampered the Norwegian herring as 
well as the groundfish fisheries through February 8, 1958. 


Shoals of winter herring have appeared in coastal 
waters between Kristiansund and Floro. The landings 
have, however, not fulfilled expectations. Purse 
seiners as well as drifters have got smaller catches 
than expected. As of February 8 the landings amounted 
to 813,865 hectoliters (75,689 metric tons) against 
4,393,640 hectoliters (408,609 metric tons) at the same 
time last year. Of this year’s landings, 146,615 hecto- 
liters were sold for fresh exports, 179,570 hectoliters 


for curing, 9,595 hectoliters for canning, and 425,835 
hectoliters for reduction. 


The spawning cod landings this year are far behind 
last year’s landings. The landings amounted to 7,730 
metric tons as of February 8 against 10,091 tons last 
year and 21,665 tons in 1956 (as of February 11). Of 
this year’s landings, 2,051 tons were sold for drying, 
2,843 tons for curing, 2,836 tons for fresh purposes, 
and the balance for other purposes. The landings of 
other kinds of groundfish were mostly light. (Fiskets 
Gang, February 13, 1958.) 


NOTE: ONE HECTOLITER OF HERRING EQUALS 93 KILOGRAMS OR 205 
POUNDS . 


* OOK KK 


POSSIBLE RUSSIAN SUPPORT FOR INTERNATIONAL FISH CONSERVATION 
IN NORTHEAST ATLANTIC: While answering an interpellation in the Storting, the 
Norwegian Minister of Foreign Affairs expressed optimism over possible Soviet 
cooperation in fishing conservation measures in the northeast Atlantic, according 


to newspaper accounts. 


The same source stated that the U. S. S. R. delegation 


which attended the London fish conservation conference last year as observers 
agreed at that time to the proposal to include the Barents Sea in the revision of the 


International Fisheries Convention of 1946. 


66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


The Barents Sea constitutes an important link in the annual migratory cycle of 
the cod that are fished off the Norwegian coasts in the early winter of each year. 
Whether or not the overtaxing of the fish stocks in this area has a direct influence 
on the Norwegian fisheries, as alleged by the Norwegian press, is still a matter of 
international dispute. (United States Embassy dispatch from Oslo dated February 14.) 


Portugal 


CANNED FISH EXPORTS, 1957: During 1957 Portugal’s Same month in 1956. In December 1957, England was the 


exports of canned fish amounted to 58,407 metric tons 
(3,019,800 cases), valued at US$35.0 million, as compared 
with 62,756 tons, valued at US$37.2 million, for the same 
period in 1956. Sardines in olive oil exported during 1957 
amounted to 40,084 tons, down 6,611 tons from 1956. 


In 1957 the leading canned fish buyer was Italy with 9,991 
tons (valued at US$5.8 million), followed by Germany with 
8,318 tons (valued at US$4.3 million), England with 8,280 
tons (valued at US$4.7 million), the United States with 5,769 
tons (valued at US$4.8 million), Belgium-Luxembourg with 
3,449 tons (valued at US$2.0 million) and France with 3,415 
tons (valued at US$2.0 million). Exports to the United 
States consisted of 2,713 tons of sardines, 2,396 tons of an- 
chovies, and 31 tons of tuna. 


During 1957 the United States was Portugal’s fourth best 
canned fish customer in terms of quantity (9.9 percent) and 
ranked second (13.6 percent) in value. 


Portuguese canned fish exports in December 1957 totaled 
11,611 tons (604,100 cases), valued at US$6.6 million, as 
compared with 13,016 tons, valued at US$7.3 million for the 


principal buyer (2,488 tons) of Portuguese canned fish, 
followed by Germany, Italy, and the United States (Conser- 
vas de Peixe, February 1958). 


Portuguese Canned Fish Exports, 1956-1957 
iS) 1957 1956 


jpecies 


[- Metric| US$ Metric US$ 
Tons | 1,000 Tons 1,000 
Sardines in olive oil 40,084 |23,650 46,695 | 26,935 
Sardinelike fish in olive | 
OL a nMcnen Ree 6,419 | 4,840 5,074 4,142 
Sardine & sardinelike 
fishpin\bTINe weenie: 1,433 353 2,030 487 
'Tuna & tunalike in olive 
Obl sooooocogcooon 2,782 | 2,222 2,050 1,651 
Tuna & tunalike in brine 522 290 338 227 
Mackerelinolive oil. . | 6,367 | 3,221 5,528 3,295 
(OWN WISIN G5 0anace 800 382 991 415 
puotalieeiwaene -- + | 58,407 [34,958 | 62,756 | 37,152 


* OOK KX 


[ Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, January-October 1957 


Net 
Weight 


Canners’ 
Value 


Product 


Metri¢ 
le Tons 1,000 
In Olive Oil: 
SERCINGS son oodoo0do0D 24,482 14,688 
Sardinelike fish........ 10,896 5,344 
Anchovy fillets......... 2,515 2,509 
ANA Goo ooaoodoao6 ie 1,459 
Other species (incl. shellfish)| 719 _| 
In Brine: 
Sardinelike fish........ 4,929 


Othenspeciesirn-nen wenn onell= 874 


45,874 


SOHAL» pp oop oe 25,567 
frores VALUES CONVERTED AT RATE OF 28.75 ESCUDOS EQUALS US$1. 


ae 


CANNED FISH PACK, JANUARY-OCTOBER 1957: The 
total pack of canned fish for January-October 1957 
amounted to 45,874 metric tons as compared with 42,600 
tons in the first 10 months of 1956. Canned sardines in oil 
(24,482 tons) accounted for 53.4 percent of the January- 
October 1957 total pack, higher by 10.1 percent than the 
pack of 22,228 tons for the same period in 1956, For the 
first 10 months of 1955 the total pack of all canned fish a- 
mounted to 295623 tons (21,135 tons sardines in oil). 


The Portuguese pack of canned sardines in oil totaled 
8,404 tons during October 1957. The pack of all canned fish’ 
in October 1957 amounted to 9,801 tons, the February 1958 
Conservas de Peixe reports. 


MOK OK OK OK 


FISHERIES TRENDS DECEMBER 1937: Sardine Fishing: During December 
1957, the Portuguese fishing fleet landed 12,488 metric tons of sardines (valued at 
US$1,270,000 ex-vessel or $101.70 a ton). In December 1956, a total of 9,531 tons 
of sardines were landed (valued at US$1,663,000). 


Canneries purchased 57.1 percent or 7,134 tons of the sardines (valued at 
US$805,078 ex-vessel or $112.85 a ton) during December. Only 34 tons were salted, 
and the balance of 5,320 tons, or 42.6 percent of the total was purchased for the fresh 


fish market. 


Matosinhos lead all other ports in December landings of sardines with 10,885 
tons or 87.1 percent, followed by Setubal 593 tons (4.7 percent), and Peniche 421 


tons (3.4 percent). 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67 


Other Fishing: The December 1957 landings of fish other than sardines con- 
sisted of 18 tons Graltie US$974) of anchovy and 8,332 tons (value US$309,600) of 
chinchard. (Conservas de Peixe, February 1958.) 


CORRECTION 


; In the article "Fisheries Trends, November 1957" which appeared in April 1958 
issue of the Review, under the heading Other Fishing, the word "December" in the first 
line on page 69 should read: "November." 


Spain 


VIGO FISHERIES TRENDS, 1957: During 1957 the fish- 
ing industry in the Vigo, Spain, area suffered from in- 
creased operating costs due to a 20-45 percent increase 
in fuel costs, a 60-percent increase in wages, and in- 
creases ranging from 20-60 percent in costs of materials, 
repairs, and other services. 


The advantage gained by the raising of the exchange rate 
for exports (now 42 pesetas to US$1, plus a 3-peseta pre- 
mium) was lost when the peseta fell heavily in the free 
market during 1957. The effectiveness of the ban on the 
sale of fish to French vessels on the high seas by Spanish 
fishermen will not be fully tested until the tuna season 
begins in 1958. 


For 1958 the fishing industry hopes for cheaper fuel 
prices; a ruling to allow them to spread their money 
losses over more than one tax year, thus reducing the 
tax in profitable years; and, tax exemptions on profits 
invested in fleet modernization. 


The proposed Government plan for fleet modernization 
would allow tax exemptions of 50 percent on profits di- 
verted to this use, if they exceed 6 percent of the total 
investment. Fishermen consider this plan inadequate. 


Vigo Fish Exchange: According to statistics supplied 
by the Vigo Fish Exchange, the fish catches sold through 
the exchange in 1957 increased 14 million pounds over the 
1956 total of 127.2 million pounds. 


The 1957 landings of Vigo increased11 percent in weight, 
and 26 percent in peseta value. The average price per 
pound went up from about 7.6 U.S. cents to 8.6 U.S. cents 
a pound. The total 1957 value was US$i2,!54,133 at the of- 
ficial rate of 42 pesetas to the dollar. 


The leading variety passing through the Vigo exchange 
was small hake, which increased 11 percent from 1956 to 
a 1957 total of 18.5 million pounds. Other important vari- 
eties were tuna (8.0 million pounds both in 1957 and 1956), 
and sardines (which increased to 16.2 million from 9.3 
million pounds in 1956), 


Cod sold through the exchange declined 1.2 million 
pounds from the 1956 total of 4.1 million pounds. The av- 
erage price for cod rose about 1.2 U.S. cents a pound to 
6.1 U.S. cents a pound in 1957. 


_ Fish Canning: Production of canned fishery products 

in the Vigo area reflected the failure of fishery products 
to keep up with increased food consumption in Spain. 

Fish bought by canneries from the exchange dropped to 
27.8 million pounds in 1957 from the 1956 total of 27.9 mil- 
lion pounds, 


_ Other Fishery Products: Shipments of fresh fish to 
interior markets increased 7.6 million pounds over the 
1956 total of 86.0 million pounds. The production of 
smoked, dried, and byproducts increased from 12.1 mil- 
lion pounds in 1956 to 19.7 million pounds in 1957. 


Exports: Preliminary estimates of exports of fishery 
products indicate a slight decline in 1957. Japanese com- 
petition in Swiss markets, where they have undercut 
Spanish prices over 25 percent, has cut into exports of 
canned tuna and anchovies to that country by close to 25 
percent. Anchovy exports to Italy also declined by a like 
amount, Italy refused to raise their quota of 4,000 metric 
tons of Spanish tuna annually. Increased 1957 sardine 
catches helped to increase exports of this variety to South 
American and Cuban markets, but only by a small amount, 
the United States Consulate in Vigo reported in a Feb- 
ruary 4, 1958, dispatch. 


Surinam 


REPORT ON EXPLORATORY SURVEY OF FISH AND 
SHRIMP GROUNDS: The results of the exploratory survey 
of fish and shrimp grounds by the chartered shrimp vessel 
Coquette were released early in 1958 by the Surinam De- 


partment of Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries. 


The principal varieties of large shrimp caught have been 
tentatively identified as Penaeus braziliensis (pink shrimp) 
and they make up 90 percent of the catch and Penaeus 
aztecus (brown shrimp) the balance. The shrimp caught 
(both varieties) are large and average 10-15 count heads 
off. The largest caught were 8 count. During the first 
month of the survey, catches from the area covered indi- 
cated a possible catch of 500 pounds a night, and 350 
pounds a night in the area covered during the second 
month of the survey. 


During the 90-day exploratory period the Coquette did 
not seek maximum catches but pursued its basic pur 


‘pose of: 


exploration and development and often continued exploring 
areas with no shrimp concentrations in order to establish 
the extent of the resource. It is estimated that the Surinam 
fishing area with good shrimp trawling grounds is extensive. 


The average shrimp catch could be increased significantly 
by having several boats fishing cooperatively. Several visit- 
ing foreign fishery experts have expressed their opinion that 
shrimp production would steadily increase as soon as com- 
mercial shrimping operations start, which would aid in elim- 
inating substantially the predatory species that normally feed 
on young shrimp. 


The principal variety of edible fish caught was sea trout 
oSian acoupa), as well as other members of the croaker 
family. When the vessel explored for finfish, catches 
averaged 390 pounds per one-hour tow with shrimp trawls. 
In addition to other fish species, extensive scallop grounds 
were located off the Surinam coast, and the scallops were 


68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


as small or smaller than the United States east coast bay panding plan of cooperation with the firm, which includes the 
scallops. erection of a new flake ice installation, new docks, a possible 
marine railway, and an educational program to teach local 

As a result of the survey findings, the Government of crews to operate shrimp trawlers. The fishing company 
Surinam purchased the trawler Coquette and chartered it with its new 30,000-pound-per-day freezing plant advised 
to a joint United States-Surinam fishing company for a that it has been negotiating with independent trawler opera- 
period of 12-18 months with a purchase option agreement. tors who have indicated their interest in establishing oper- 
In addition, the Surinam Government has agreed to an ex- ations in Surinam. 

2 OK OK ok OK 


SHRIMP SURVEY RESULTS PUBLISHED: The Surinam Department of Agri- 
culture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries released a report Zeevisserij-Onderzoek- 
"Coquette'' Survey Report on the M/V Coquette explorations for shrimp and fish 
during 1957. The conclusions and recommendations (based on a 5-month prelimi- 
nary survey and therefore subject to change) made in this report are as follows: 


Conclusions: (1) Seabobs cannot be profitably fished for at current price lev- 
els (about 4 U. S. cents a pound) by shrimp trawlers similar to the Coquette. (2) The 
quantities of brown shrimp present in the inner coastal strip are not plentiful enough 
to support a commercial shrimp fishery. (3) Edible fish populations in the inner 
strip and brown shrimp in the outer strip, taken together, are present in quantities 
large enough to support a commercial fishery of modest proportions. 


Recommendations: (1) That equipment be installed aboard the Surinam Light- 
ship to accumulate data from which a factual pattern of offshore weather can be 
built up and to give fishing vessels a better day to day indication of offshore weather 
conditions, to aid in planning trips. (2) That thedumpingof surplus scrap and other 
materials in the ocean be confined to areas where it will not constitute a hazard to 
shrimp and fish trawls. (3) Recommendations with respect to facilities and serv- 
ices for the start of a commercial trawling operation have already been initiated, 
and as a result, a local commercial fishing company has begun trawling operations. 
(United States Consul in Paramaribo, February 13, 1958.) 


kk KOK 


FISH AND SHELLFISH CATCH LOWER IN 1957: The Surinam landings of fish 
and shrimp in 1957 amounted to 5.9 million pounds--a drop of 19 percent from the 
7.3 million pounds landed in 1956, according to a February 1958 report by the Suri- 
nam Government. The report indicated that the decline was due to the unusual 
drought which lowered water levels in the fish ponds and also increased the salinity. 


The net fishery for shrimp, the fishery for local stream fish (kandertikie), and 
shallow-pond fishery (pannenvisserij) were the hardest hit. In 1957 as a result of 
the failure of shrimp to appear during the main dry season, catches declined from 
700 metric tons in 1956 to 325 tons. Only 80 tons of shrimp were processed at the 
Surinam shrimp packing plant as compared with 325 tons in 1956. The balance of 
the 1957 shrimp landings was sold in the fresh market or dried. 


The pond fisheries suffered from a shortage of water and excessive salinities 
and as a result 10 tons of snook died in the ponds. The bank-net fishery catch was 
also poor, states a March 1, 1958, dispatch from the United States Consul in Para- 
maribo. 

* 


oS 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69 


Sweden 


RESEARCH ON ARTIFICIAL PROPAGATION OF SALMON: Salmon research 
solve the many problems arising out of diseases to which salmon are subject. These 
efforts are of particular importance in Sweden where the Swedish Water Power Board 
maintains large propagation pools at the many dams throughout the country. Inthese 
concentrated centers where thousands of fish are crowded in a small space and 
where they are often caught, counted, and fed, conditions are entirely different for 
the salmon fry than those offered by the clear and pure water of the large rivers 
where the bacteria content hardly constitutes a danger. 


Inasmuch as the dangers of disease are far greater in the propagation ponds 
than in the rivers, it is found that many diseases crop up which have not previous- 
ly been discovered. The Swedish Water Power Board's fish biologists have also 
found that in learning to recognize more causes of diseases they also learn to pre- 
vent and combat the diseases. 


It is reported that at the Board's establishments diseases are under control and 
losses are being reduced, slowly but surely. There still remains much to be done, 
however, and in order to expand the work a fish bacteriologist has been added to 
the staff of the Water Power Board. The bacteriologist, who will work under the 
guidance of the Board's fish biologist, will carry out a program directed by a fish- 
ery inspector who is a specialist in this field. The bacteriologist's duties will be 
to seek to prevent disease and to reduce losses at the Board's large breeding es- 
tablishments, the United States Consul at Goteborg reported on February 24, 1958. 


ok KOK OK 


FISHING COMPANY TO EXPERIMENT WITH ELECTRICAL SHOCK FISHING: 
A German method of fishing by means of electric shock is to be tried on the Swedish 
west coast this spring. A Gothenburg company has received permission by the 
Board of Fisheries to make experiments over a period of three months. The new 
method is reported to be highly selective, so that only that size of fish wanted at a 
given moment is affected by the current. 


The Swedish company has developed its method on the basis of a direct-current 
motor designed by the German physicist Conrad Kreutzer. The fish, for instance 
cod, tends to swim towards the positively-charged pole in an electric field and is 
thus directed towards a chosen point where it is numbed by the current, floats to 
the surface and can be easily collected in a hoop net or by a specially-designed 
suction apparatus. The voltage is regulated so that the potential drop between the 
head and the tail of the fish corresponds exactly to the size fished for. The method 
thus spares fry and small fish. 


When fishing for tuna, which is usually done by trolling and which requires 
Special skill, it is proposed to use the hook as an electric conductor. A series of 
short direct current shocks of 400 volts and 100 amperes numbs the fish, which 
can then be taken on board and handled without difficulty. The Gothenburg firm is 
working in close contact with the German inventor and is said to have perfected the 
method, according to a report from the Swedish International Press Bureau, dated 
February 7, 1958. 


Kk KK OK 


AGREEMENT ON FISH EXPORTS TO EAST GERMANY CONCLUDED: The 
new global compensation agreement between Sweden and East Germany (signed on 
February 18, 1958) provides for an exchange of goods in each direction with a value 
of Sw.kr.91,450,000 (US$17,650,000). The largest part of the Swedish share of the 


70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


exchange of goods is made up of fish valued at Sw. kr. 22,500,000 (US$4, 342,500), un- 
changed from the 1957 agreement, plus fish preserves valued at Sw. kr. 4, 500, 000 
(US$868, 600). 


With the global compensation a we, between Sweden and East Germany 
concluded, the agreements concerning Swedish fish exports during the current year, 
signed in Berlin at the end of January 1958, also became effective. 


The greater part of this export takes place through the medium of Vastkustfisk 
(West Coast Fish). The contracts signed on behalf of Vastkustfisk on January 31, 
1958, amount to Sw.kr.16,100,000 (US$3,107,000). Later on, additional deliveries 
totaling 1,400,000 crowns (US$270,200) may be discussed. The contracts cover de- 
liveries from Vastkustfisk during the entire year. 


The Vastkustfisk contracts include considerable quantities of fresh and frozen 
winter herring and Fladen herring, and salted Fladen herring. The quantity of fro- 
zen fish is considerably larger than for 1957. 


A new item in this year's agreement comprises certain quantities of Baltic cod. 
It is of interest to note that there is an increase in the quantity of fillets of cod, 
haddock, and coalfish, whichitem was included for the first time last year. The 
mackerel contingent is considerably reduced, however. 


In last year's agreement certain price increases were obtained because of 
higher expenses for fishing and cost of living. Over one-half of this increase is 


lost in this year's agreement. (United States Consulate at Goteborg, March 3, 1958.) 
NOTE: VALUES CONVERTED AT THE RATE OF SW.KR.5.1813= us$1. ALSO SEE COMMERGIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, 


MARCH 1957, P. 52. > 


United Kingdom 


UNITED STATES AND CANADA CANNED SALMON QUOTA INCREASED: The 
United Kingdom's Board of Trade informed the United States Embassy in London 
March 19, #958, that the British quota on canned salmon from the United States and 
Canada for the year ending June 30, 1959, is to be increased from £35 million (US$9.8 
million) to £43 million (US$12.6 million) c. if. 


This action by the Board of Trade is welcomed as another step in the relaxa- 
tion of import restrictions against North American products. The United States 
Departments of Interior, State, and other executive departments have in recent 
years sought relaxation of the restrictions on United States canned salmon. In the 
case of the United Kingdom restrictions, liberalization has been sought through 
government-to-government consultation and also through informal Embassy con- 
tact in London. The United States has been interested in getting countries such as 
the United Kingdom to liberalize imports from the United States in order to regain 
traditional markets for its products. 


KOK OK OK 


COMPLETES 17th LARGE TRAWLER FOR RUSSIA: The 17th of 20 trawlers 
contracted for by Russia from a Lowestoft shipyard completed her trial runs off 
Lowestoft early in February 1958. The total cost of the trawler was close to L7 
million (US$19.6 million). The vessel was named Okunj. The 675-ton vessel be- 
haved well during the trials, which were held in a fierce snowstorm. On several 
trial runs of a measured mile the Okunj averaged 12 knots. She made 17 knots on 
one trial run with the tide. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 71 


The new trawler's bows and keel are strengthened for icebreaking. Her interior 
is insulated against cold weather and there are steam valves all over the deck for 
removing ice accumulations. The vessel is equipped with reading lights over the 
bunks, comfortable chairs, a movie projector in the messroom, and a hospital ward 
for the crew of 44 men. The trawler is rigged for fishing in the normal way. 


The Okunj will leave England for Kalingrad where she will obtain fishing gear 
and be fitted with radar. The final three of 20 trawlers will be completed and turned 
over to the Russians before the end of 1958 (Fishing News, February 14, 1958). 


SEAFOOD COCKTAIL FOR YOUR SUNDAY DINNERS 


Traditionally, holiday or Sunday dinners have an appetizer or attractive 
cocktail. An attractive appetizer is a seafood cocktail with a tangy, colorful 
sauce that whets the appetite. It can be prepared by using any one of a vari- 

ety of fish or shellfish that 
are available such as crab 
meat, lobster meat, shrimp, 
or cooked or canned fish. 


Several good rules to 
follow inpreparing a seafood 
cocktail are: 


1. Choose andprepare a 
tangy, colorful sauce. 


2. Have all ingredients 
chilled--lettuce crisp. 


3. Arrange artistically 
in attractive containers. 


Choose acomplimentary 
garnish, 
SEAFOOD COCKTAIL 
é The home economists of 
the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries recommend this seafood cocktail. 


SEAFOOD COCKTAIL 


1 POUND COOKED CRAB MEAT, OR LOBSTER MEAT, 1 TABLESPOON HORSERADISH. 
OR SHRIMP, OR COOKED OR CANNED FISH 1 TEASPOON SALT 

3 cup CHILI SAUCE LETTUCE 

i CUP CHOPPED CELERY PARSLEY 
TABLESPOON LEMON JUICE LEMON WEDGES 


Break seafood into large pieces. Combine chili sauce, celery, lemon juice, 
horseradish, and salt. Chill. Arrange lettuce in6 sherbertsor cocktail glasses. 
Place seafood on top; cover with cocktail sauce. Garnish with parsley andlem- 
on wedges, Serves 6. 


72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


Bureau of the Budget 


ADDITIONAL FISHERY 
FUNCTIONS TRANSFERRED 
TO INTERIOR DEPARTMENT: 
Additional commercial fisheries re- 
sponsibilities of the Federal Govern- 
ment are being taken over by the Depart- 
ment of the Interior by transfer from the 
Commerce and Agriculture Departments. 
This was announced April 9 by Assistant 
Secretary of the Interior Ross Leffler, 
following Budget Bureau approval of the 
transfer of functions in line with provi- 
sions in the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956. 


Congress established a separate 
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries with- 
in the United States Fish and Wildlife 
Service of the Interior Department in 
the 1956 Act and assigned to the Bureau 
principal Federal responsibility for 
commercial fishery matters. Actual 
transfer of departmental operations will 
be made gradually as routines are 
worked out. 


Two of the new responsibilities of 
the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries 
relate to mortgage insurance and loans 
for construction of fishing vessels, ju- 
risdiction of which resided heretofore 
in the Maritime Administration. This 
authority is apart from that already 
lodged in Interior to administer the 
fisheries loan program for financing, 
operating, and maintaining fishing ves- 
sels. 


All the functions of the Department 
of Agriculture pertaining to fish and 
shellfish now performed under the Agri- 
cultural Marketing Act of 1946 are also 
transferred to Interior. Among these 
is the authority for the development 
and promulgation of voluntary grade 
standards for fishery products and for 
the inspection and certification of such 
products. In the past the standards for 


fishery products--such as those for fish 
sticks and breaded shrimp--were devel- 
oped by Interior's Bureau of Commer- 
cial Fisheries but were promulgated by 
the Department of Agriculture. 


The distribution and disposal of sur- 
plus fishery products also is transferred 
to Interior from Agriculture, subject to 
actual handling of the products through 
Agriculture's established distribution 
facilities to avoid duplication of similar 
facilities in Interior. 


Interior also is being given authority, 
previously held by Agriculture, for con- 
ducting transportation studies for the 
fishing industry. The two Departments 
will work cooperatively on legal services 
required in rate-structure presentations. 


The Interior Department is further 
developing a series of memoranda of 
understanding with the Department of 
Commerce, Agriculture, State, Health, 
Education, and Welfare, the Federal 
Trade Commission, and the Corps of 
Engineers, specifying the responsibilities 
of the various agencies in areas of joint 
interests on fishery matters. 


The Budget Bureau order effecting 
the transfer of fishery activities to the 
Interior Department appeared in the 
April 9, 1958, issue of the Federal Reg- 
ister as follows: 


BUREAU OF THE BUDGET 


TRANSFER OF CERTAIN FUNCTIONS RELATING 
TO COMMERCIAL FISHERIES TO DEPART= 
MENT OF INTERIOR 


DETERMINATIONS WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN 
MATTERS PURSUANT TO ACT OF AUGUST 8, 
1956 

MakcH 22, 1958. 
Pursuant to section 6a) of the Act of 

August 8, 1956, popularly known as the 

Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956 (16 U. S.C. 

742e), it is hereby determined that the 

following functions relate primarily to 
the tlevelopment, advancement, manage- 
ment, conservation, and protection of 
commercial fisheries and shall be deemed 


May 1958 


to be transferred to the Department of 
the Interior by that act: 

1. The distribution and disposal of 
surplus fishery products. now performed 
by the Department of Agriculture under 
the authority of the act of August 11, 
1939 (15 U. S. C. 713e-2). 

2. All functions of the Department of 
Agriculture which pertain to fish, shell- 
fish and any products thereof, now per- 
formed under the authority of title IT of 


“SCHEDULE 1—Funps To BE TRANSFERRED FROM U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE TO U. 8S, DEPARTMENT OF 


the act of August 14, 1946, popularly 
known as the Agricultural Marketing 
Act of 1946, as amended (7 U.S. C. 1621- 
1627), including but not limited to the 
development and promulgation of grade 
standards, the inspection and certifica- 
tion, and improvement of transportation 
facilities and rates for fish and shellfish 
and any products thereof. 

3. All functions ot the Maritime Ad- 
ministration, Department of Commerce, 


INTERIOR UNDER SECTION 6 OF PUBLIC LAW 1024, 84TH Oona. 


From— 


Department of Agriculture 
Agricultural Marketing Service 


(B) 1282500.020 Marketing Research and _ Service, 
Agricultural Marketing Service, 1958, Marketing 
Services, general. 


BCHEDULE 2—PEOPERTY AND RECORDS TO BE TRANSFERRED From U. 8. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE TO U.S, 


Amount 


To-- 


Department of Interior 
Fish and Wildlife Service 


$5,000 | 1481731 Management and Investigations of 
Resources, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, 


DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR UNDER SECTION 6 OF PUBLIC Law 1024, 84TH Cona. 


Property—None. 


Reoords—Descriptiom of property 


LO. 0. dockets on fishery transpor- | Room 1441 South Bldg., 
b USDA, 


ation rates. 


Location 


Method of storage 


Record storage cartons... ._ 
_|fTotal cartons, 4, 


Number or volume 
ferred 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73 


which pertain to Federal ship mortgage. 
insurance for fishing vessels under au- 
thority of title XI of the Merchant Ma- 
rine Act of 1936, as amended (46 U.S. C. 
1271-1279), provided that the amount of 
loans outstanding under this. transferred 
authority shall not exceed $10,000,000 
at any one time. 

4. All functions of the Maritime Ad- 
ministration, Department of Commerce, 
which pertain to direct loans to aid con- 
struction of fishing vessels under au- 
thority of title V of the Merchant Marine 
Act of 1936, as amended (46 U. S. C. 1151- 
11610). 

It is further-determined that pursuant 
to said section 6 (b) of the Act of August 
8, 1956, the following are necessary in 
connection with the exercise of the above 
listed functions and shall be deemed to 
be transferred to the Department of the 
Interior by that Act: 

a. The amounts shown in Schedule 1, 
hereto attached, which amounts are 
hereby determined to be available for 
use, as specified in said schedule, in con- 
nection with the functions transferred 
by said Act; 

b. The-property and records shown in 
Schedule 2 hereto attached, which prop- 
erty and records were used or held in 
connection with the functions trans- 
ferred by said Act. 


MavrIce H. Stans, 
Director, 


Federal Trade Commission 


ILLEGAL FOR A BROKER TO PASS ON ANY PART OF 
BROKERAGE COMMISSION TO BUYER: The Federal 
Trade Commission on December 20, 1957, ruled that it is 
illegal for a broker to pass on any part of his customary 
brokerage commissions to the buyer. This ruling was 
made in a Commission decision (Order 6484, Food Pro- 
ducts) ordering a Chicago food brokerage firm to stop 
cutting its usual brokerage fees to enable buyers to obtain 
better prices. 


The Commission adopted the February 26, 1957, initial 
decision by one of its hearing examiners who had ruled 
this fee cutting is equivalent to granting a buyer allow- 
ances in lieu of brokerage, in violation of Sec. 2(c) of the 
Robinson-Patman Amendment to the Clayton Act. 


Specifically, the examiner had found that an Ohio com- 
pany placed an order for 500 barrels of apple concentrate, 
offering to pay $1.25 per gallon. The seller in Canada 
would not sell for less than $1.30. The sale was made, how- 
ever, when the Chicago food broker accepted from the Ca- 
nadian firm a fee of 3 percent instead of the agreed 5 per- 
cent. 


In an opinion accompanying the Commission’s order, 
Commissioner Sigurd Anderson said, ‘‘...The only reason- 
able inference possible to be drawn from those facts estab- 
lished of record is that ... respondent’s acceptance of a 
reduced brokerage in such circumstances constitutes a 
payment of part of their commission to the buyer exactly 
as though respondents had paid two percent of their com- 
mission to the buyer direct.’’ 


Among other things, the Chicago broker had contended 
that Sec. 2(c) relates only to discriminatory practices on 
the part of sellers and buyers, and enacts no liability for 
independent seller’s brokers. 


Rejecting this contention, the Commission said ‘‘it is 
the office of that subsection to outlaw the diversion of bro- 


kerage to buyers, or any form of commission or sales 
compensation, to buyers in any manner, directly or indi- 
rectly, from any source.”’ 


The Commission’s order prohibits the respondents 
from granting buyers allowances in lieu of brokerage by 
selling to them at prices reduced from the sellers’ 
prices, where the reduction is accompanied by a reduc- 
tion in the respondents’ regular rate of commission. 


OK Ok OK OK 


CANNED SEAFOOD FIRMS 
DENY CHARGES OF 
PAYING ILLEGAL BROKERAGE: 


A Seattle, Wash., packing company 


and its affiliated selling agent, denied 

Federal Trade Commission charges of 
paying illegal brokerage to some cus- 

tomers, the Commission announced on 
March 19, 1958. 


Answering (Answer 7021, Canned 
Seafood) the Commission's complaint of 
December 31, 1957, the firms deny grant- 
ing some customers discounts or allow- 
ances in lieu of brokerage, or reduced 
prices reflecting brokerage. 


Specifically, they deny the Commis- 
sion's allegation that on direct sales not 


74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


involving field brokers, the price to fa- 
vored customers is reduced by the 23 
percent which ordinarily would be paid 
as brokerage fees. They also deny that 
in other transactions handled through 
field brokers, favored customers are 
allowed discounts under the guise of ad- 
vertising allowances, accomplished by 
cutting the field brokers' normal bro- 
kerage. 


Joining in the answer are officers of 
the packing company and partners in the 
selling firm. 


The respondents ask that the com- 
plaint be dismissed. 


The Federal Trade Commission an- 
nouced on March 20, 1958, that another 
Seattle, Wash., firm handling canned sea- 
food, and its President, has denied 
charges of paying illegal brokerage to 
some customers. 


Replying (Answer 7035, Canned Sea- 
food) to a Federal Trade Commission 
complaint, issued January 14, 1958, they 
deny that favored customers are given 
reduced prices reflecting brokerage, or 
rebates in lieu of brokerage, in violation 
of Sec. 2(c) of the Robinson-Patman 
Amendment to the Clayton Act. 


The respondents deny that in many 
direct sales not involving field brokers, 
at least one large buyer is granted a 23- 
percent rebate under the guise of a pro- 
motional allowance. Among other things, 
they deny giving favored customers un- 
lawful allowances by (1) selling their 
principals' seafood products at net prices 
lower than those accounted for to the 
packer-principals, and (2) selling their 
own canned salmon and other seafood at 
net prices lower than those charged non- 
flavored buyers. 


In addition to owning all or substan- 
tially all of the firm's outstanding stock, 
the complaint said, the President sub- 
stantially owns, and is president of, two 
seafood packing companies; one of which 
owns and operates canneries in Kodiak, 
Cordova, and Juneau, Alaska; and the 
other of which owns a clam-packing plant 
at Aberdeen, Wash. 


According to the answer, the firm's 
President owns no interest in the Alaska 
canneries; the Aberdeen, Wash., firm 
does not own the Aberdeen plant. 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


The respondents ask that the complaint 
be dismissed. 


Ok Kk 


MORE SALMON BROKERS DENY CHARGES OF MAKING 
ILLEGAL BROKERAGE PAYMENTS: Three Seattle, Wash., 
primary brokers of canned salmon and other seafood have 
denied charges of unlawful payment of brokerage to some 
customers, the Federal Trade Commission announced on 
March 20, 1958. The three primary brokers filed separate 
answers (Nos. 6977, 6980, and 6982, Canned Salmon) to the 
Commission’s complaints, issued on December 12, 1957. 


All three deny the Commission’s allegation that they have 
granted certain buyers discounts or allowances in lieu of 
brokerage, while the latter two deny receiving brokerage 
fees on purchases made for their own accounts. These ac- 
tivities, the complaints alleged, violate Sec. 2(c) of the 
Robinson-Patman Amendment to the Clayton Act. 


The respondents make these specific denials: The first 
brokerage firm denied it had made illegal price conces ~ 
sions by (1) selling at net prices which were less than 
those accounted for to its packer-principals, and (2) grant - 
ing price deductions which were not charged back to the 
packers. 


The second firm denied that , in tranactions where he 
acted as a primary broker, he (1) granted certain buyers 
rebates (such as freight payments, ‘‘trade discounts,’ ‘and 
‘‘promotional allowances’’) which were not charged back 
to his principals but taken from his fees, and (2) sold at 
net prices lower than those accounted for to the packers. 
He also denies accepting brokerage on canned seafood pur- 
chased for his own account and resold at a profit. 


The third also denied using these means to give illegal 
grants: (1) selling at net prices less than those accounted 
for to the packers, (2) granting rebates not charged back 
to the packers but absorbed out of his brokerage earnings, 
and (3) taking reduced brokerage on large sales involving 
price concessions. Also denied are charges that he ac - 
cepted the customary 5 percent brokerage on purchases 
of canned salmon for his own account and paid buyers 23 
percent brokerage on the resale of the product. 


All parties ask that the complaints be dismissed. 


Ok Kk OK 


CONSENT ORDER 

PROHIBITS TWO MAINE 

SARDINE CANNERS FROM MAKING 

ILLEGAL BROKERAGE PAYMENTS: 
The Federal Trade Commission on 

January 10, 1958, approved a consent 

order (6752, Sardines) prohibiting two 

Maine sardine canners from making il- 

legal brokerage payments to some of 

their customers. 


The Commission adopted an initial 
decision by Hearing Examiner Joseph 
Callaway containing an order agreed to 
by the parties and the Commission's 
Bureau of Litigation. 


A Commission complaint, issued 
March 27, 1957, had alleged the parties 
customarily sell canned sardines through 
brokers, who receive commissions 


May 1958 


of up to 5 percent of the market price. 
However, the complaint charged, some 
sales are made directly to purchasers 
at prices as much as 5 percent below the 
market price. 


The result of these latter transactions, 
|the complaint alleged, is that the respond=- 
ents are giving direct buyers discounts 
in lieu of brokerage in violation of Sec. 2(c) 
of the Robinson-Patman Amendment to 
the Clayton Act, which prohibits sellers 
from giving brokerage or other compen- 
Sation to customers buying for their own 
account. 


The complaint noted that the respond- 
ent's products are packaged in cans with 
and without keys, with brokers receiving 
a 3-percent fee on sales of keyless cans 
and 5 percent on sales of cans with keys. 


Since early 1954, the complaint con- 
tinued, brokers have been permitted to 
make sales to purchasers at 5 percent 
below market price. When the broker 
makes such a sale, however, the re- 
spondents pay him fees of less than 3 
or 5 percent. (On these sales he is 
usually paid 10 cents per case of sar- 
dines.) The result of this transaction, 
the complaint charged, is that the buyer 
purchasing through the broker at 5 per- 
cent off is receiving part of the com- 
mission to which the broker is ordinar- 
ily entitled. This practice also violates 
the law, the complaint said. 


The order prohibits these practices 
in the future. The agreement is for 
settlement purposes only and does not 
constitute an admission by the parties 
that they have violated the law. 


ok Kk K 


TUNA PRICE-FIXING CHARGES 
AGAINST FISHERMEN'S 
COOPERATIVE DISMISSED: 

The Federal Trade Commission on 
March 13, 1958, dismissed without 
prejudice (Order 6623, Tuna) its charges 
that a Seattle, Wash., boat-owner associ- 
ation has engaged in a conspiracy to fix 
tuna prices and to prevent competition 
in this industry. 


The Commission adopted an initial 
decision filed December 10, 1957, by a 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


79 


Hearing Examiner, who had granted a 
motion to dismiss made by counsel sup- 
porting the complaint. Included in the 


‘order are the Association's officers, 


directors, and members. 


On July 24, 1957, the Commission ac- 
cepted agreements for consent order 
and issued its order to cease and desist 
as to 138 other respondents named in 
the complaint, filed August 29, 1956. 
The parties, comprising substantially 
all of the West Coast tuna industry, 
were ordered to stop fixing prices for 
the tuna they produced--well over half 
the nation's pack. The Commission's 
order also prohibits attempts to sup- 
press competition. 


Even though the Seattle Cooperative 
and its officers are not parties to that 
order, the attorney in support of the 
complaint said that it effectively will 
prevent the continuation or repetition 
of the alleged illegal practices. 


Tariff Commission 


HEARINGS ON 
SIMPLIFICATION OF TARIFFS: 

The U. S. Tariff Commission held 
public hearings on March 4, 1958, to 
consider proposed revised and consoali- 
dated tariff schedules on animal and 
vegetable products pursuant to Title I 
of the Customs Simplification Act of 
1954, as amended. The hearings were 
principally for the purpose of receiving 
information and views regarding the 
probable effects upon domestic industries 
concerned, of the incidental changes in 
rates of duty which are involved in the 
draft schedules. 


Title I of the Customs Simplifications 
Act of 1954 directed the Commission to 
study the laws of the United States pre- 
scribing the tariff status of imported 
articles and to submit to the President, 
the Chairmen of the Ways and Means 
Committee of the House of Representa- 
tives, and the Finance Committee of the 
Senate a revision and consolidation of 


these laws which, in the judgment of 


the Commission, will be logical in ar- 
rangement and terminology and adapted 


76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


to the changes which have occurred since! 


1930 in the character and importance of 
articles produced in and imported into 


the United States and in markets in which) 


they are sold; eliminate anomalies and 

illogical results in the classification of 
articles; and simplify the determination 
and application of tariff classifications. 


Plans for the proposed changes call 
for 8 schedules and an appendix. The 
hearings in March considered the draft 
of proposed Schedule 1 entitled ''Animal 
and Vegetable Products." Fish and 
shellfish products are included in this 
schedule. Several changes in classifica- 
tion terminology have been proposed 
which may result in minor duty changes. 


The ultimate adoption of the proposed 
new schedules is dependent upon the en- 
actment of further legislation by the 
Congress. Release of the remaining 
schedules and the hearings thereon will 
be announced from time totime. The final 
draft and report will be submitted to the 
Congress and the President, after all 
the schedules have been released and 
public hearings held. 


Copies of the proposed new schedules 
are available for inspection at all field 
offices of the Department of Commerce; 
the offices of collectors of customs and 
appraisers at all headquarter ports of 
entry in the United States. 


* Ok KOK OK 


PROPOSED REVISED TARIFF SCHEDULES 
FOR FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS: 

The proposed revised and consolidated tariff schedules 
which are in preparation by the U. S. Tariff Commission 
may result in changes in the classification and duties for 
certain fishery products. As is usual with changes in 
terminology, it is difficult to foresee all the possible 
changes in rates of duty that might result. Among the 
principal changes which the new fishery-product sched- 
ules propose are the following: 


1. A separate classification would be established for 
scaled fish. 


2. A new classification of fresh or frozen fish, ‘‘Other- 
wise processed,’’ would be established which would include 
the present classification ‘‘filleted, skinned, boned, sliced, 
or divided into portions, n.s.p.f.’’ 


3. The term ‘‘in airtight containers’’ would be applied 
to fish which are ‘‘prepared or preserved in any manner, 
if packed in oil or in oil and other substances.’’ The pre- 
sent classification for pack in oil is not limited to air- 
tight containers. 


4. Classifications which now provide for duties on fish 
packed in oil, valued ‘‘not over 9 cents per pound, includ- 
ing the weight of the immediate container’’ were elimi- 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


nated. The following changes would result in duties for 
any products coming under this value bracket: 


Under Proposed 


Article New Schedule 


[In airtight containers: 


Anchovies 22 15 
Bonito and yellowtail 22 15 
Herring 44 25.5 
Sardines (not over 

13¢ per lb.) 44 30 
Antipasto 22 12.5 
Smoked pollock 44 15 
Other fish 44 25.5 


Copies of the proposed revised schedules prepared by 
the Tariff Commission are available for inspection at 
field offices of the Department of Commerce, and at offices 
of collectors of customs and appraisers at all headquarter 
ports of entry in the United States. 


A revised document, taking into account information 
obtained at public hearings, will ultimately be submitted 
by the Tariff Commission to the President and to the 
Chairmen of the House Ways and Means Committee and 
the Senate Finance Committee. The purpose of the study 
is to simplify commodity definitions and rate structures, 
and adapt terminology to trade changes which have 
occurred since passage of the Tariff Act of 1930. The 
ultimate adoption of the proposed new schedules is de- 
pendent upon the enactment of further legislation by the 
Congress, 


On March 4, 1958, public hearings were held by the 
U.S. Tariff Commission to receive views and informa- 
tion regarding the probable effect upon domestic indus- 
tries concerned of the incidental changes in rates of 
duty which are involved in the raft schedules. 


Treasury Department 
BUREAU OF CUSTOMS 


UNITED STATES CANNED IN 
BRINE TUNA IMPORTS UNDER 
QUOTA PROVISO FOR 1958: 

The quantity of tuna canned in brine 
which may be imported into the United 
States during the calendar year 1958 at the 
125-percent rate of duty is limited to 
44,693,874 pounds, 1.7 percent less than 
the 45,460,000-pound quotafor 1957. Any 
imports in excess of that quantity will be 
dutiable at 25 percent ad valorem. 


Any tuna classifiable under Tariff 
Act paragraph 718(b)--fish, prepared 
or preserved in any manner, when 
packed in airtight containers ...(except 
fish packed in oil or in oil or other sub- 
stances; ...)--which is entered or with- 
drawn for consumption during 1958 is 
included. 


A proclamation (No. 3128), issued by 
the President on March 16, 1956, gave 
effect to an exchange of notes with the 
Government of Iceland to withdraw tuna 


May 1958 


canned in brine from the 1943 trade a- 
greement and invoked the right to in- 
crease the duty reserved by the United 
States in negotiations with Japan and 
other countries under the General Agree- 
ment on Tariffs and Trade. The quota 

is based on 20 percent of the previous 
year's United States pack of canned tuna. 


The notice as published in the April 8, 
1958, Federal Register follows: 


DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY 


Bureau of Customs 
{T. D. 54560] 
‘TUNA FISH 

TARIFF RATE QUOTA 


Apri 3, 1958. 

Pursuant to Presidential Proclamation 
No, 3128 of March 16, 1956 (T. D. 54051), 
it has been dete:mined that 44,693,874 
pounds of tuna may be entered for con- 
‘sumption or withdrawn from warehouse 
for consumption during the calendar 
year 1958 at the rate of 12% per centum 
e@d.valorem under paragraph 718 (b), 
‘Tariff Act of 1930, as modified. Any tuna 
classifiable under paragraph 718 (b) of 
the tariff act which is entered, or with- 
grawn, for consumption during the cur- 
rent calendar year in excess of this quota 
will be dutiable at the full rate of 25 
Per centum ad valorem. 

‘The above quota is based on the United 
States pack of canned tuna during the 
walendar year 1957; as reported by the 
United States Fish and Wildlife Service. 


_ Ratpn KELLY, 
Commissioner of Customs. 


Eighty-Fifth Congress 
(Second Session) 


Public bills and resolutions which 
may directly or indirectly affect the 
fisheries and allied 
industries are re- 
ported upon. In- 
troduction, refer- 
ral to committees, 
pertinent legisla- 
tive actions, hear- 
ings, and other 
chamber actions 

= ~ by the House and 
Senate, as well as signature into law or 
other final disposition are covered. 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 77 


ALASKA-SPAWNED SALMON PROTECTION: 
H. Res. 451 (Tollefson) introduced in the House on 
January 23, 1958, a resolution calling on the Sec- 
retary of the Interior and all departments of Gov- 
ernment to protect Alaska-spawned salmon. Re- 
ported (H. Rept. No. 1447) favorably on March 3, 
1958 by House Merchant Marine and Fisheries 
Committee, with amendments, and referred to the 
House Calendar. 


H. Rept. No. 1447, Protecting the Alaskan Fish- 
eries (March 3, 1958, 85th Congress 2nd Session, 
to accompany H. Res. 451), 2pp.printed., The re- 
pert recommended that the resolution be amended 
to read as follows: Resolved, that the Secretary 
of the Interior is instructed to urge all depart- 
ments of Government to immediately take such 
steps as are necessary to protect the salmon fish- 
eries of the Territory of Alaska. 


H. Res. 451 was adopted by the House on March 17, 
1958, as amended. 

S. Res. 263 (Magnuson, Jackson, and Morse) a- 
greed to by the Senate without Amendment, on 
March 6, 1958, as follows: Resolved, that the Sec- 
retary of State; together with other appropriate of- 
ficials of our Government, immediately initiate 
negotiations with the appropriate officials and a- 
gencies of the Government of Japan for the purpose 
of: (a) Effectuating the purposes of the treaty en- 
tered into by the United States, Canada, and Japan 
in 1952; and (b) Assuring in time for the 1958 
Season necessary action to prevent destruction of 
salmon stocks of North American origin. 


See Commercial Fisheries Review, March 1958, 
p. 63, and April 1958, pp. 82-83, for other informa- 
tion on these resolutions. 


COMMERCIAL PRODUCTION OF FISH ON RICE 
LANDS: S. 1552 (Fullbright), a bill to authorize the 
Secretary of the Interior to establish an experiment 
station or stations for the purpose of carrying on a 
program of research and experimentation to develop 
methods for commercial production of fish on flooded 
rice acreage in rotation with rice field crops. Pass- 
ed the House on March 3, 1958, with amendments. 
This bill was passed by the Senate on August 5, 1957 
with an amendment, that changed the wording of the 
original bill introduced on March 12, 1957, to ''au- 
thorize the Secretary of the Interior'' instead of the 
Secretary of Agriculture. S. 1552 was reported by 
the House Merchant Marine and Fisheries Com- 
mittee, with amendments (H. Rept. No. 1212) on 
August 21, 1957. The bill as finally passed by the 


2 


‘House was amended further to include the Secretary 


of Agriculture as cooperating agency. The bill was 
considered by the Senate on March 4, 1958, and the 
House amendments were accepted by the Senate and 
the bill was cleared for the President, and was 
signed on March 15, 1958 (P. L. No. 85-343). The 


bill as enacted reads as follows: 


That the Secretary of the Interior is authorized 
and directed to establish an experiment station or 
stations for the purpose of carrying on a program 
of research and experimentation-- 


(1) to determine species of fishes most suitable 
for culture on a commercial basis in shallow res- 
ervoirs and flooded rice lands; 


(2) to determine methods for production of fin- 
erling fishes for stocking in commercial reser- 


‘voirs; 


78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


(3) to develop methods for the control of para- 
sites and diseases of brood fishes and of finger- 
lings prior to stocking; 


(4) to develop economical methods for raising 
the more desirable species of fishes to a market- 
able size; 


(5) to determine, in cooperation with the De- 
partment of Agriculture, the effects of fish-rice 
rotations, including crops other than rice common- 
ly grown on rice farms, upon both the fish and 
other crops; and 


(6) to develop suitable methods for harvesting 
the fish crop and preparing it for marketing, in- 
cluding a study of sport fishing as a means of such 
harvest. 


For the purpose of carrying out the provisions 
of this Act, the Secretary of the Interior is author- 
ize (1) to acquire by purchase, condemnation, or 
otherwise such suitable lands, to construct such 
buildings, to acquire such equipment and apparatus, 
and to employ such officers and employees as he 
deems necessary; (2) to cooperate with State and 
other institutions and agencies upon such terms and 
conditions as he determines to be appropriate; and 
(3) to make public the results of such research 
and experiments conducted pursuant to the first 
section of this Act. 


The Department of Agriculture is authorized to 
cooperate in carrying out the provisions of this 
Act by furnishing such information and assistance 
as may be requested by the Secretary of the In- 
terior. 


There are hereby authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary to carry out the 
provisions of this Act. 


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA FISH AND GAME 
LAWS: 59. 532 (Beall) introduced in the first ses- 
sion of the 85th Congress, a bill to revise and 
modernize the fish and game laws of the District 
fa Columbia, and for other purposes. Reported 

. Rept. No. 1388) by the Committee on the Dis- 
Ba of Columbia on March 13, 1958, with amend- 
rene 


S. 532 (Beall) passed the Senate as amended on 
March 17, 1958 and cleared for the House. 


S. Rept. No, 1388, District of Columbia Fish 
and Game Laws, (March 13, 1958, 85th Congress, 
2nd Session, to accompany §. 532), 12 pp. printed. 


EXTENSION OF EXPORT CONTROL ACT OF 
1949: (Hearings before the House Committee on 
Banking and Currency, House of Representatives, 
85th Congress, 2nd Session, on H. R. 10127), 39 pp., 
printed. Contains statements submitted by the 
Secretary of Commerce and members of his staff 
plus data submitted by industry advisory commit- 
tees. 


FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT INCREASED 
COVERAGE: H. Dent) an 
(Libonati) introduced in the House on March 28, 
1958, bills to amend the Fair Labor Standards 
Act of 1938, as amended, to provide coverage for 
employees of employers who are engaged in ac- 
tivities affecting interstate commerce, to elimin- 
ate certain exemptions, and for other purposes; 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


to the Committee on Education and Labor. This 
bill is similar to 14 or more House bills intro- 
duced in the first session of the 85th Congress. 


FISHERIES ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1958: H. R. 
10976 (Lane) introduced in the House on February 
25, 1958, a bill to provide a 5-year program of as- 
sistance to enable depressed segments of the fish- 
ing industry in the United States to regain a favor- 
able economic status; to the Committee on Mer- 
chant Marine and Fisheries. H. R. 11004 (O'Neill) 
introduced in the House on February 26, 1958. 
These bills are similar to H. R. 10529 (Bates) and 
§S. 3229 (Saltonstall). 


See Commercial Fisheries Review, March 1958, 
p. 64, and April 1958, p. 83, for additional informa- 
tion on these bills. 


FISHERIES COOPERATIVE MARKETING ACT 
AMENDMENT: Payne and Smith of Maine) 
introduced in the Senate on March 20, 1958, a bill 
to amend the Fisheries Cooperative Marketing 
Act; to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign 
Commerce. This bill proposes to amend the Act 
entitled ''An Act Authorizing Associations of Pro- 
ducers of Aquatic Products,'' approved June 25, 
1934 (48 Stat. 1213; 15 U. S. C. 521-522), to be 
amended by adding the following: 


"No association of persons engaged in the fishing 
industry as fishermen catching, collecting, or cul- 
tivating aquatic products, or as planters of aquatic 
products on public or private beds, and no officer, 
agent, employee, or member of any such associa- 
tion, shall be subject to the provisions of the Anti- 
trust Acts with respect to any activity incident to 
the catching, collecting, cultivating, processing, or 
marketing of aquatic products. As used in this 
section, the term ‘Antitrust Acts' shall have the 
meaning given to such term by section 4 of the Act 
entitled 'An Act to Create a Federal Trade Com- 
mission, to Define Its Powers and Duties, and for 
Other Purposes,' AA September 26, 1914 (38 
Stat. 719, 15 U. S. C. 44)," 


H. R. 11628 (McIntire) introduced in the House 
on March 25, 1958, H. R. 11701 (Hale) introduced 
March 27, 1958, and H.R. 11807 (Pelly) introduced 
on April 1, 1958, and similar to S. 3530. 


FISHERIES POLICY AT "LAW OF THE SEA 
CONFERENCE.” H. Con. Res. 288 (Pelly) a con- 
current Seen ecasiation Tatreduced i in the House on 
March 10, 1958, to express the sense of Congress 
that at the present United Nations Conference on 
the Law of the Sea, at Geneva, Switzerland, the 
United States should endeavor to conclude an agree- 
ment embodying the principal of absentation and 
conservation with respect to fishing and fisheries; 
to the Committee on Foreign Affairs. The concur- 
rent resolution calls for the inclusion in any agree- 
ment reached at the United Nations Geneva Con- 
ference the means of protecting fishes (such as 
Alaska salmon) that spawn in one country and are 
later exploited by another country or countries. 


FOREIGN TRADE BOARD: H. R. 11250 (Dorn) 
introduced in the House on March 10, 1958, and 
H. R. 11536 (Riley) introduced in the House on 
March 20, 1958, bills to amend the Tariff Act of 
1930, amended; to the Committee on Ways and 


Means. The bills provide for a "United States 


May 1958 


Foreign Trade Board"! to replace the United States 
Tariff Commission. The new Board would consist 
of seven members appointed for seven years by 
the President by and with the advice and consent of 
Congress. The duties and responsibilities of the 
new Board are defined. The duties of the Board 
shall be to examine, study, and report annually to 
Congress on the subjects of international trade and 
its enlargement consistent with (1) a sound domes- 
tic economy, (2) our foreign trade policy, and (3) the 
trade aspects of our national security, and recom- 
mends to the Congress appropriate policies, 
measures, and practices. The new Board would 
have responsibilities similar to the present Tariff 
Commission plus additional duties and authority, 
including an important role in the negotiation and 
administration of United States tariffs. Effect would 
be to prohibit multilateral trade agreement negotia- 
tions, but it would authorize the President to enter 
into a "bilateral trade agreement with the govern- 
ment of a principal supplier foreign country. ..." 
Final decisions on the Board's report would be 
made by Congress if the President rejected the 
findings of the Board. 


LOAN FUND FOR FISHERIES: S. 3295 (Magnu- 
son) a bill to increase the authorization for the Fish- 
eries Loan Fund from $10 to $20 million. Reported 
(S. Rept. No. 1373) by the Senate Committee on In- 
terstate and Foreign Commerce on March 11, 1958, 
without amendment. 


S. Rept. No. 1373, Increasing Fisheries Loan 
Fund Rethorization Under Fish and Wildlife Act 
of 1956 (March 11, 1958, 85th Congress, 2nd Ses- 
sion, to accompany S. 3295), 5 pp., printed. De- 
scribes the purpose of , Operation of the fish- 
eries loan fund, the status of fund as of February 28, 
1958, and supporting statements from Government 
officials. 


MARKETING FACILITIES IMPROVEMENT: 
H. Res. 485 (Delaney), a resolution providing for 
the consideration and 2 hours of debate on H. R. 4504 
(Cooley) introduced in the first session of the 85th 
Congress, a bill to encourage the improvement and 
development of market facilities for handling per- 
ishable agricultural commodities (including sea- 
food); with amendment. Reported by Committee on 
Rules (H. Rept. No. 1394) and referred to the House 
calendar. ieee cal ae 


MAXIMUM WORKWEEK REDUCTIONS: H. R. 
11741 (Dent) and H. R. 11755 (Libonati) introduced 
in the House on March 28, 1958, bills to reduce the 
maximum workweek under the Fair Labor Standards 
Act of 1938, as amended, to 35 hours, and for other 
purposes; tothe Committee on Education and Labor. 
Similar bills were introduced in the first session 
of the 85th Congress. 


MINIMUM HOURLY WAGE: H, R, 11740 (Dent) 
and H. R. 11756 (Libonati) introduced in House on 
March 28, 1958, bills to raise the minimum hourly 
wage under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, 
as amended, to $1.25 an hour, and for other pur- 
poses; to the Committee on Education and Labor. 
These bills are similar to 27 or more bills intro- 
duced in the House during the first session of the 
85th Congress. 


NAVIGATION AND INSPECTION LAWS AMEND- 
MENT: §. 3349 (Magnuson) introduced in the 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


79 


Senate on February 25, 1958, a bill to repeal and 
amend certain statutes fixing or prohibiting the 
collection of fees for certain services under the 
navigation and vessel inspection laws; to the Com- 
mittee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce. This 
bill would repeal the statutory provisions against 
the charging and collection of fees by collectors 
or other offices of customs or by the U. S. Coast 
Guard for services provided vessels (including 
fishing vessels). Although the bill also would re- 
peal some fees now collected, on the other hand, 
many services now rendered to vessels, owners 
of vessels, and masters would be on a fee basis. 


NORTH PACIFIC FUR SEAL ACT OF 1958: Ex- 
ecutive Communication: Letters from the Acting 
Secretary of State, transmitting a draft of proposed 
legislation to give affect to the Interim Convention 
on Conservation of North Pacific Fur Seals, signed 
at Washington, February 9, 1957, and for other pur- 
poses (with accompanying papers); to the Senate 
Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs on March 12, 
1958 and to the House Committee on Merchant Ma- 
rine and Fisheries on March 13, 1958. 


NORTH PACIFIC FUR SEALS INTERIM CON- 
VENTION: S,. 3507 (Murray) introduced in the Sen- 
ate on March 18, 1958, abill to give effect to the In- 
terim Convention on Conservation of North Pacific 
Fur Seals, signed at Washington, February 9, 1958, 
and for other purposes; to the Committee on Interior 
and Insular Affairs. Alsoasimilar House bill H. R. 
11582 (Bonner) introduced on March 24, 1958; to 
the Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries. 


SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT CORPORA- 
TION: H.R. Multer) introduced in the House 
on February 25, 1958, abill to establish a Small Busi- 
ness Investment Corporation to furnish needed eq- 
uity capital to small business concerns in the United 
States; and for other purposes; tothe Committee on 
Banking and Currency. 


SMALL BUSINESS TAX RELIEF: H, R, 11788 
(Quie) introduced in the House March 31, 1558, a bill 
to provide a minimum initial program of tax relief for 
small business and for persons engaged in small busi- 
ness; tothe Committee on Ways and Means. Similar 
to H. R. 6407 (Alger) introduced in the first session of 
the 85th Congress and eight or more other House bills 
and S. 3194 (Sparkman and others) introduced in the 
Senate on January 30, 1958. 


TRADE AGREEMENT ACT EXTENSION: H. R. 
1119 (Hoeven), H. R. 11124 (Patterson), H. R. 11130 
(Byrd), and H. R. 11134 (Fisher) introduced in the 
House on March4, 1958; identical bills to extend the 
authority of the President to enter into trade agree- 
ments under Section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as 
amended, and for other purposes; to the Committee 
on Waysand Means. AlsoH, R. 11462 (Simpson) and 
H, R. 11463 (Davis) introduced in the House on 
March 18, 1958 and H, R. 11783 introduced on 
March 31, 1958. SimilartoH. R. 10818 (Davis of 
Georgia) introduced on February 19, 1958. These 
bills are closely related to H. R. 10368 (Mills) except 
that extension of the President's authority to enter 
into trade agreements is limited to one year instead 
of the five-year extension provided forin H. R. 10368. 
H. R. 10368 was the subject of extended hearings from 
February 17to March 25, 1958. See Commercial 
Fisheries Review, March 1958, p. 65 and April 1958 
p. 04, for other related bills. 


=< = 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


FIS 


= 


MAINE, MASSACHUSETTS, AND RHODE ISLAND 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


3 .Mgs. 1958 - 92.0 
3, 1957 - 92.7 


12 "1957 - 972.8 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


NORTH CAROLINA, SOUTH CAROLINA, AND GEORGIA 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


2 mgs. 1958 - 8.7 
A 5) | en S irs) 


12 1957 - 280.0 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT _NOV DEC 


20 
CUMULATIVE DATA 


18}) 2 ngs. 1958 - 24.9 
2 0 1957 - 24.! 
12 1957 - 156.0 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


CALIFORNIA2/ 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


2 mgs. 1958 - 73.2 
A ken 5 Tee 
12 1957 - 654.9 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC 


U/ONLY PARTIAL--INCLUDING PRODUCTJON OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH 
LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS. x = 


LEGEND: 


1958 
—_— — 1957 


ERY 
INDICATORS 


CHART | - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES 


In Millions of Pounds 


NEW JERSEY AND NEW YORK 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


2 QS. 1958 - 13.4 
Cie SS7 ema Se4 


12 1957 - 621.9 


\ 
v 


eee = 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


ALABAMA, LOUISIANA, MISSISSIPPI, AND TEXAS 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


3 Mgs. 1958 - 17.7 |_ 
3, 1957 - 26.5 
12 1957 - 513.0 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


\ 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


1 Mg. 1958 
1 1957 
12 MOS. 1957 56.6 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


May 1958 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


81 


CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES 


In Millions of Pounds 


HADDOCK 
(Maine and Massachusetts) 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


3 gs. 1958 - 28.8] 
3 4 1957 - 29.7 
12 1957 - 116.9 


LEGEND: 


555 
ome = 1957 


JAN FEB 


1 SHRIMP 
(Gulf States~including Florida West Coast) 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


3 mgs. 1958 - 22.4 
Slee 9572557) 
12 1957 - 166.7 


JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


T/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM- 
PLETE. 


MENHADEN 
(East and Gulf Coasts) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 


2 MQS. 1958 
2 5° ex 
12 1957 


1.3 
5.0 
1.6 


84 


Dr | 
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 
In Thousands of 


PILCHARD 

(California) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 

1957/58 SEASON, 
AUG. - JAN. 


1956/57 SEASON, 
AUG. - JAN. 


- 20.5 
- 31.7 


LEGEND: 


ee — 1957/58 
1956/57 


MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY. 


AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB 


OCEAN PERCH 
(Maine and Massachusetts) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 


3 MQS. 1958 - 22.8 
J 5 ia = 0GHs) 
12 1957 - 133.4 


WHITING 
(Maine and Massachusetts) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 
3 mgs. 1958 -  - 


Sen 957 
12 1957 - 120.0) 


In Thousands of Tons 


PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL 
(California) 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


2 MQS . 1958 - 4.2 
2 4 1957 - 23.1 
12 1957 - 70.9 


28.1 
29.9 
1957 - 198.7 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC 


82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS 
of FISHERY PRODUCTS * 


In Millions of Pounds 


LEGEND: 


U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS U. S. & ALASKA FREEZINGS 


= 1058 


oe = 1957 CUMULATIVE DATA 


3 mgs. 1958 - 40.9 
3, 1957 - 40.7 
12 1957 - 314. 
= 


gt 
4 


JANI FEB MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY: JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOLDInGs2/ 


JAN_FEB MAR_APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC 
‘2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH. 


GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGs2/ 


JAN FEB. MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB! MAR APRUMAY JUNE JULY AUG "SEPT OCT NOV. DEC 
3/OH10, IND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO., N. DAK«, NEBR. & KANS. 4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN. 


WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS 


0 
JAN FEB) MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOW DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC 


* Excludes salted, cured, and smoked products. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83 


CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY 
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS 


In Millions of Pounds 


1/ 
RECEIPTS— AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET i COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS2/ 
22 (Fresh and Frozen) NEW YORK 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


20 3 MQs. 1958 - 36.0 CITY 


3 1957 - 36.5 


12 1957 - 167.8 


18 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 
1/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL |MPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS 2/AS REPORTED BY PLANTS IN METROPOLITAN AREA. 


AT NEW YORK CITY. 


RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET 


(Bresh and Frozen) CHICAGO 


CUMULATIVE DATA 
3 mgs. 1958 - 23.9 
3 Hh) Wea ea 
12 1957 - 91.2 


COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


SEATTLE BOSTON 


WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS, COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


3 MgS. 1958 - 15.9 
3 , 1957 - 16.9 


LEGEND: 


ees 1955 


em = 1957 


JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


CHART 5- FISH MEAL and OIL PRODUCTION - U.S and ALASKA 


FISH OIL 
(In Millions of Gallons) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 


FISH MEAL 
In Thousands of Tons) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 
2Mgs. 1958 - 1 
Qn UE =. 2 
12 1957 - 20.1 


2 mgs. 1958 - 3.9 
2 1957 - 7.9 
1957 - 262.5 


" 


N 


== 
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 5 


CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS 


In Thousands of Standard Cases 


: 2 
TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA aa : MACKEREL2! - CALIFORNIA 


= 1959 


CUMULATIVE DATA oS eS CUMULATIVE DATA 


+ 1958 - 1,407.2 2 mgs. 1958 - 71.9 
ne 125 |) 2 i 1957 - 46 
\ 112 1957 - 1,326.6 


200 / = 
\ 

* 

\ 

A 


1957 - 15425.4 
1957 - 95509. 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


ANCHOVIES - CALIFORNIA 


CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA 


TOTAL 1957 

SEASON - 2,441.9 
TOTAL 1956 

SEASON - 2,989.0 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV_DEC 


STANDARD CASES 
CUMULATIVE DATA oe 


12 Mgs. 1957 - 2,266.4 , 
12 1956 - 2,221.0 Variety No.Cans Designation Net Wet. 


SARDINES..... 100 ¢ drawn 


48 == 


48 # 4 tuna 


PILCHARDS... 48 # 1 oval 


SALMON 48 1-lb. tall 


ANCHOVIES... 48 4-1p. 


SARDINES - CALIFORNIA B SHRIMP - GULF STATES 


CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA 


TOTAL 1957/58 1957/58 SEASON, 
SEASON - 497.8 AUG. - MAR. - 231.3 
TOTAL 1956/57 1956/57 SEASON, 
SEASON - 732.7 j AUG. - MAR. - 546.8 
1956/57 SEASON, 
- 873.1 


0; aA: ae 
AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC !JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85 


Fresh and Frozen 


CUMULATIVE DATA 
31.9 


3 mgs. 1958 - 
3 uF 1957 - 
12 1957 - 141.2 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


SHRIMP FROM MEXICO 
(Fresh and Frozen) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 
1 MO, 1958 
1) 2 1957 
12 MOS. 1957 - 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


1mg. 1958 - 13.2 
1 1957 - 12.5 
12 Mos. 1957 - 139.3 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


TMQ. 1958 - 2.4 
1 1957 - 3.6 
12 MOS, 1957 - 59.7 


9 
au 
\ 


I~~ 


UAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


CHART 7 - U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS 


In Millions of Pounds 


FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH 
(Frésh and Frozen) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 


1Mg. 1958 - 
1 1957 - 4, 
12 MoS. 1957 - 63.3 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


LOBSTER AND SPINY LOBSTER 
Fresh and Frozen 
CUMULATIVE DATA 
1 MQ. 
H i) 
12 MOS. 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


SEA HERRING, FRESH, THROUGH MAINE PORTS 


CUMULATIVE DATA 


1Mg. 1958 
1 1957 a 
12 MoS. 1957 - 55.7 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


CANNED SARDINES 
(in Oil and not in Oil) 
CUMULATIVE DATA 
1 MQ. 1958 - 3.5 
i 


1957 - 1.8 
12 MOS. 1957 - 24.6 


JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC 


86 


= —a 
AGLI, be HI =z== 


7 ey, 
Pe. 


F 


ISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE 
PUBLICATIONS 


THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM 
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U. S. FISH AND WILOLIFE SERV- 
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG- 
NATED AS FOLLOWS: 


CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES 
AND ALASKA. 
= STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO- 
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS. 
SSR.- FISH. - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES 
(LIMITED DISTRIBUTION) » 
SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES 
REVIEWe 


SL 


Number Title 

@FS-1614 - Alaska Fisheries, 1956 Annual Sum- 
mary (revised), 8 pp. 

CFS-1694 - Lake Fisheries, 1956 AnnualSummary, 
11 pp. 

CFS-1707 - Frozen Fish Report, December 1957, 
8 pp. 

CFS-1711 - Pacific Coast State Fisheries, 1956 An- 
nual Summary, 6 pp. 

CFS-1720 - Mississippi River Fisheries, 1956 An- 
nual Summary, 8 pp. 


CFS-1724 - Massachusetts Landings, August 1957, 
5 pp. 

CFS-1727 - Louisiana Landings, November 1957, 
2 pp. 

CFS-1728 - New York Landings, December 1957, 
4 pp. 

CFS-1730 - Texas Landings, October 1957, 3 pp. 

CFS-1732 - Texas Landings, November 1957, 3 pp. 

CFS-1733 - Frozen Fish Report, January 1958, 8 pp. 

CFS-1734 - Manufactured Fishery Products, 1956 
Annual Summary, 7 pp. 

CFS-1736 - Florida Landings, December 1957, 6 pp. 

CFS-1737 - Massachusetts Landings, September 
1957, 5 pp. 

CFS-1738 - New Jersey Landings, December 1957, 
3 pp. 

CFS-1739 - Maine Landings, December 1957, 3 pp. 

CFS-1740 - Massachusetts Landings, October 1957, 
5 pp. 

CFS-1741 - Alabama Landings, December 1957, 2 pp. 

CFS-1743 - Texas Landings, December 1957, 3 pp. 

CFS-1744 - South Carolina Landings, 1957 Annual 
Summary, 3 pp. 

CFS-1845 - Mississippi Landings, December 1957, 


2 pp. 


Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products (Revised): 
L- 5 - Connecticut, 1957. oe aire 

SL-22 - Oregon, 1957. 

SL-23 - Washington, 1956. 

SL-25 - Wisconsin (Lakes Area), 1957. 

SL-27 - Indiana (Lake Michigan Area), 1957. 

SL-34 - Wisconsin (Mississippi River and Tribu- 

taries Area), 1957. 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


2 FISHERY PUBLICATIONS 


TT IPOS LSS PS PPP PORES Ss SETA as. 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


ame 
Pa, 
OA. 


= 


NT @ 


SL-35 - Dlinois (Mississippi and Dlinois River 
Area), 1957. 

SL-39 - Tennessee, 1957. 

SL-40 - Oklahoma, 1957. 


SSR-Fish. No. 234 - Physical Oceanographic, Bio- 
logical, and Chemical Data--South Atlantic 
Coast of the United States--M/V THEODORE N. 
GILL Cruise 4, by William W. Anderson and 
Jack W. Gehringer, 196 pp., illus., December 
1957. 


SSR-Fish. No. 242 - Drift Bottle Records for Gulf 
of Maine and Georges Bank, 1931-56, byDeanF. 
Bumpus and C. Godfrey Day, 64 pp., illus., No- 
vember 1957. 


SSR-Fish. No. 243 - Wind Atlas of the North Pacif- 
ic, by James W. McGary and Thomas M. Naito, 
39 pp., illus., September 1957. 


SSR-Fish. No. 246 - Diversion of Adult Salmon by 
an Electrical Field, by Roger E. Burrows, 15 
pp., illus., December 1957. This report is con- 
cerned with a general description of anelectri- 
cal weir, the factors influencing its efficient op- 
eration, the reaction of salmon to the electrical 
field, and the application of the weir in salmon cul- 
ture. Anelectrical weir consisting ofa line of 
hanging electrodes anda submerged ground line 
has proved satisfactory for the diversion of adult 
salmon. The electrical field is created by 110- 
volt, single phase, 60-cycle, alternating electri- 
cal current available from most commercial 
sources. The optimum operating conditions fora 
weir of this type require minimum stream velocity 
within the electrical field of 3 feet per second, min- 
imum barrier voltage of 0.5 volts per inch, and 
minimum field length of 10 feet witha voltage gra- 
dient which may vary within the range of from 0.3 
to 0.7 volts per inch in the effective field. Adult 
salmon, once conditioned to the electrical stimu- 
lus, may be diverted from their normal migration 
path into an alternate route by the electrical field. 
With adequate water velocities and voltage gra- 
dients the electrical weir is a positive barrier to 
the upstream migration of adultfish. Downstream 
migrant salmon fingerlings pass through the weir 
withimpunity. The weir is generally applicable 
to the varying conditions encountered in salmon 
streams of the Pacific Coast. 


Relative Abundance of Maryland Shad, 1944-52, by 
Charles H. Walburg, Research Report 38, 18pp., 
illus., processed. (Also Contribution No. 110, 
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, Maryland 
Department of Research and Education, Solo- 
mons, Md.) Each year, the Maryland Depart- 
ment of Research and Education obtains catch 
and effort statistics from all commercial shad 


May 1958 


fishermen in Maryland waters as part of the Mary- 
land Management Plan. These data for the years 
1944 to 1952 were used in conjunction with a 
tagging experiment, to estimate fishing effort, 
fishing rate, catch, size of run, and spawning 
escapement for each of these years. It was 
found that effort had increased almost twofold, 
despite the operation of a plan designed to keep 
it constant. The evaluation of the relation be- 
tween factors which might cause changes in the 
size of the Maryland shad population is com- 
plicated because the effect of the Virginia shad 
fishery on the Maryland shad population is un- 
known. Without knowledge of this effect, the in- 
fluence of other factors affecting the Maryland 
population is obscured. 


Sep. No. 506 - Oysters. 


Sep. No. 507 - Japanese High-Seas Salmon Fishery 
in the North Pacific Since 1952. 


Sep. No. 508 - Research in Service Laboratories 
(April 1958): Contains these articles--''Fish-Oil 
Research at the Seattle Fishery Technological 
Laboratory;"' "Effect of Season, Fishing Area, 
and Processing Techniques on Physical Con- 
stants of Fish Body Oils;"' and "New Methods of 
Packaging Fish Fillet Blocks." 


THE FOLLOWING PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE 
SPECIFIC OFFICE MENTIONED. 


California Fishery Products Monthly Summary, 
January 1958, 10 pp. (Market News Service, 


U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Post Office 
Bldg., San Pedro, Calif.) California cannery 
receipts of raw tuna and tunalike fish, herring, 
mackerel, anchovies, and squid; pack of canned 
tuna, herring, mackerel, anchovies, and squid; 
market fish receipts at San Pedro, Santa Mon- 
ica, San Diego, and Eureka areas; California 
imports; canned fish and frozen shrimp prices; 
for the month indicated. 


Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments 

of Fishery Products, January 1958, 5 pp. (Mar- 
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv- 
ice, 609-611 Federal Bldg., New Orleans 12, 
La.) Gulf States shrimp, oyster, finfish, and 
blue crab landings; crab meat production; LCL 
express shipments from New Orleans; and 
wholesale prices of fish and shellfish on the 
New Orleans French Market; for the month indi- 
cated. 


Monthly Summary of Fishery Products in Selected 
Areas of Virginia, North Carolina, and Mary- 
Tand, February 1958, 4 pp. (Market News Serv- 
ice, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 18 So. King 
St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery landings and pro- 
duction for the Virginia areas of Hampton 
Roads, Lower Northern Neck, and Eastern 
Shore; the Maryland areas of Crisfield, Ocean 
City, and Cambridge; and the North Carolina 
areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and Morehead City; 
together with cumulative and comparative data; 
for the month indicated. 


New England Fisheries--Monthly Summary, Janu- 
ary {553 21 pp. (Market News Service, U. S. 
Fish and Wildlife Service, 10 Commonwealth 
Pier, Boston 10, Mass.) This is the first issue 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


87 


of New England Fisheries--Monthly Summary. 
It will be a regular monthly feature, and w 
supplement and replace the Boston Fishery 
Products Monthly Summary. The new summary, 
incorporating many new features, covers: re- 
view of the principal New England fishery ports; 
food fish landings by ports and species; indus- 
trial fish landings and ex-vessel prices; im- 
ports; cold storage stocks of fishery products 
in New England warehouses; fishery landings 
and ex-vessel prices for ports in Massachusetts 
(Boston, Gloucester, New Bedford, Province- 
town, and Woods Hole), Maine (Portland and 
Reckland), Rhode Island (Point Judith), and Con- 
necticut (Stonington); frozen fishery products 
prices to primary wholesalers at Boston, Glou- 
cester, and New Bedford; and landings and ex- 
vessel prices for fares landed at the Boston 
Fish Pier and sold through the New England 
Fish Exchange; for the month indicated. 


THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND 
ARE AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS, 


Accelerated Development of Testis after Unilaeral 
Gonadectomy, with Observations on Normal 
Testis of Rainbow Trout, by O. H. Roberson, 
Fishery Bulletin 127 (From Fishery Bulletin of 
the Fish and Wildlife Service, vol. 58), 25 pp., 
illus., printed, 25 cents, 1958. 


Alaska Fishery and Fur-Seal Industries, 1955, by 
Seton H. pipes eiatical Digest No. 40, 
88 pp., illus., printed, 40 cents, 1957. Detailed 
reports and statistical tables concerning the 
operation and yield of the various fishery in- 
dustries are presented, with added data oncer- 
tain related matters, particularly the condition 
of the fishery resources. Under the section on 
fishery industries, the following subjects are 
covered: court decisions, Alaska Department 
of Fisheries; research; exploratory fishing in- 
vestigations; administration; management; and 
general statistics on salmon, herring, halibut, 
shellfish, and miscellaneous fishery products. 
The second section on the Pribilof Islands fur- 
seal industry covers administration, fur-seal 
population studies, and general statistics on 
the fur seals takenin 1955. A statement is also in- 
cluded on sealing privileges accorded aborigines. 


Observations on the Spearfishes of the Central Pa- 
cific, by William F. Royce, Fishery Bulletin 
124 (From Fishery Bulletin of the Fish and 
Wildlife Service, vol. 57), 60 pp., illus., printed, 
40 cents, 1957. The taxonomy, distribution, 
size, food, and spawning habits of spearfishes 
are considered. Observations on several hun- 
dred spearfishes caught in the central equato- 
rial Pacific and in the Hawaiian fishery are 
presented, together with an extensive review of 
Japanese and other literature. A morphometric 
study shows marked variation in all diagnostic 
characters and allometric growth in many. Six 
species are recognized: swordfish, Xiphias 
gladius, shortnose spearfish, Tetrapturus an- 

stirostris, sailfish, Istiophorus orientalis, 
cece marlin, Istiompax marlina, striped mar- 
lin, Makaira audax, and Pacific blue marlin, 
Makaira ampla. All six species are shown to 
be fishes of the high seas of wide distribution in 
the Pacific, but with different centers of abun- 
dance. The swordfish and striped marlin prefer 


88 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM, 


the more temperate waters, the Pacific blue 
marlin the equatorial region, and the black mar- 
lin the coastal areas off Asia, America, and 
Australia. Maximum known weights of the Pa- 
cific forms (in pounds) are as follows: sword- 
fish--1,061, shortnose spearfish--114, sail- 
fish--132, black marlin--1,560, striped mar- 
lin--483, and Pacific blue marlin--1,450. All 
are broadly carnivorous on fish and cephalopods. 
The Pacific blue marlin probably spawns 
throughout most of the year in equatorial waters. 


MISCELLANEOUS 
PUBLICATIONS 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND 
WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR- 
GANIZATION ISSUING THEM, CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUBLICA- 
TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR- 
GANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES, IF READ- 
ILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN. 


AUSTRALIA: 
The Systematic Position of the School Prawn from 
~ Western Australia, by A. A. Racek, Fisheries 
etin No. 6, pp., illus., printed. Superin- 
tendent of Fisheries, Western Australia Fisher- 
ies Department, Perth, Australia. Anillustrated 
description of a commercially-important shrimp 
species of the genus Metapenaeus from Western 
Australia. 


BRAZIL: 

Introducao ao Estudo das Pescas no Brazil (In- 
troduction to the Study of Fisheries in Brazil), 
vols. I and II, 323 pp. text, 8 maps and charts; 
and 193 pp. text, 2 map folders; respectively, 
illus., printed in Portuguese. Missao Portu- 
guesa de Pesca no Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Bra- 
zil, 1956. A two-volume report on fisheries in 
Brazilian maritime waters-and the Amazon 
River, prepared by a mission of Portuguese 
fishery experts. Volume I describes the pres- 
ent status of the fisheries of the most progres- 
sive nations of the world; the status of Brazil- 
ian fisheries; general development of the fish- 
eries--including reports on government proj- 
ects for port improvements, marketing and in- 
dustrial aids, and technical assistance; anda 
detailed description of the various fishery zones 
of Brazil. Volume II is devoted largely to maps 
of Brazilian waters and descriptions of tests 
performed by the Portuguese Mission with 
trawl nets. 


Perspectivas da Pesca e Piscicultura na Bahia 
(Prospects of Fishery and Fish Culture in Bahia), 
by Rui Simeos de Menezes, 35 pp., printed in 
Portuguese. (Reprinted from Bulletin No. 17, 
Servico de Divulgacao da Secretaria da Agricul- 
tura Industria e Beenie do fatado da Bahic- 
May-August 1956.) Servico Piscicultura, Gov- 
erno da Bahia, Bahia, Brazil, 1956. Reports on 
the possibilities for fisheries and fish culture in 
the marine and inland waters of the state of 
Bahia, Brazil. Contains a 19-page bibliography 
of pertinent information. 


CANADA: 
The Fishes of Labrador, by Richard H. Backus, 
~ Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural 
History, vol. 113, article 4, 55 pp., illus., print- 
ed, $2. American Museum of Natural History, 
New York, N. Y., 1957. 


Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Can- 

ada, vol. 15,-no. 1, January 1958, 113 pp., iflus., 
printed. Queen's Printer and Controller of Sta- 
tionery, Ottawa, Canada. Contains, among oth- 
ers, the following articles: ''The Abundance and 
Distribution of the Northern Sea Lion (Eumeto- 

jas jubata) on the Coast of British Columbia," 
by Gor on C. Pike and Brian E. Maxwell; "The 
Estimation of Population Size by a Marking and 
Recapture Procedure," by D. B. DeLury; and 
"Redescription of Lampetra ayresii (Gunther) of 
Western North America, a Species of Lamprey 
(Petromyzontidae) Distinct from Lampetra flu- 
viatilis (Linnaeus) of Europe," by Vadim Ds ih 
Viadykov and W. I. Follett. 


CEYLON: 

Operation of Trawlers and Fishing Vessels (An- 
nual Report and Audited Accounts for 1953-54), 
Trading Accounts Series No. 53/1957, 12 pp., 
printed, 40 cents. Government Publications 
Bureau, Colombo, Ceylon, November 1957. A 
review of the activities of Ceylon's Department 
of Fisheries in its operation of trawlers and 
fishing vessels during 1953-1954. A balance 
sheet and financial statements for the operation 
of trawlers and fishing vessels are included. 


COD: 

Changes in the Skin Flora of Cod After Washing 
and Icing, by D. L. Georgala, 7 pp., illus., print- 
‘ed. (Reprinted from The Journal of Applied 
Microbiology, vol. 20, no. 1 April 1597- pp. 
33-29.) Torry Research Station, Food Investi- 
gation Organization, Department of Scientific 
and Industrial Research, Aberdeen, Scotland. 


"Depuis Quelques Annees, la Production Fran- 
caise de Morue Salee a Pris une des Pre- 
mieres Places dans le Monde" (For Several 
Years the French Production of Salted Cod Has 
Taken First Place in World Production), by M. 
Sauveroche, article, La Peche Maritime, Annee 
37, No. 959, February 1958, pp. 75-77, illus., 
printed in French. La Peche Maritime, 190 
Boulevard Haussmann, Paris, France. 


"T,'Exportation de la Morue'' (The Export of Cod), 
by Geep, article, La Peche Maritime, Annee 37, 
No. 959, February 1958, pp. 72-74, illus., print- 

ed in French. La Peche Maritime, 190 Boule- 

vard Haussmann, Paris, France. 


Nucleotides in the Skeletal Muscle of Codlin 
LARIAS), by N. R. Jones and 5 
Murray, DS5IR Food Investigation Memoir No. 
1071, 1 p., printed. (Reprinted from Proceed- 
ings of the Biochemical Society, vol. 66, Part1l, 
March 1957; p. 5.) Torry Research Station, 
Aberdeen, Scotland. 


May 1958 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AYALLABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM. 


"I.a Production de Morue en France et Dans le 
Monde" (The Production of Cod in France and 
the World), article, La Peche Maritime, Annee 
37, No. 959, February 1958, pp. 69-71, illus., 
printed in French. La Peche Maritime, 190 
Boulevard Haussmann, Paris, France. 


"Ia Vente en France de la Morue Salee" (The 
Sale of Salted Cod in France), by M. Hardy, 
article, La Peche Maritime, Annee 37, No. 959, 
February 1958, pp. 79-80, illus., printed in 
French. La Peche Maritime, 190 Boulevard 
Haussmann, Paris, France. 


COMMISSIONS: 

Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission Highth 
Annual Report 1956-57 (to the Congress of the 
United States and to the Governors and Legis- 
lators of Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Missis- 
sippi, and Texas), 33 pp., illus., printed. Gulf 
States Marine Fisheries Commission, 312 
Audubon Bldg., New Orleans 16, La. Contains 
the Commission's activities for the period 
October 1956-October 1957, with a summary of 
some of the points of general interest in the 
compact between the States of Alabama, Florida, 
Louisiana, Mississippi, and Texas. This report 
briefly enumerates and summarizes the activi- 
ties and accomplishments of those agencies with 
which the organization is directly associated. 
Also included are short discussions of the U. S. 


Fish and Wildlife Service activities in technolog- 


ical and biological research, exploratory fishing 
in the Gulf area, and the Gulf fishery statistical 
program. A financial report of the Commission 
is included. 


CRABS: 

"Crabbing. . .and Crabs," by Eduard Waldo and 
Percy Viosca, Jr., articles, Louisiana Conser- 
vationist, vol. 10, no. 1, January » Pp. 
J0-13, 22-23, illus., printed. Louisiana Wild 
Life and Fisheries Commission, 126 Civil 
Courts Bldg., New Orleans, La. Dual articles, 
the first of which describes the methods of tak- 
ing crabs and gives specifications for the con- 
struction of crab pots and traps. The second 
article describes briefly the various crabs that 
inhabit the coastal waters of Louisiana, with 
emphasis on the life history of the blue crab. 


CUBA: 

The Present Situation in the Fishing Industry of 

~ Guba, by Jose A. Suarez Caabro, Monennat ae 
No. 3, 8 pp., printed. (Reprinted from Proceed- 
ings of the Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries Insti- 
fute, Ninth Annual Session, November 1956, pp. 
136-143.) Universidad de Villanueva, Labora- 
torio de Biologia Marina, Havana, Cuba. De- 
scribes in general the fishing industry of Cuba, 
including the annual production of fish and shell- 
fish and the types of fishing vessels which are 
used in the fisheries. Further details are given 
individually on the shrimp, spiny lobster, shark, 
tuna, grouper, and snapper fisheries. Informa- 
tion is also included on imports and exports of 
fishery products. 


EELS: 
"The Eel. . .Truly a Remarkable Creature," by 
Roger M. Latham, article Pennsylvania Angler, 


vol. 27, no. 2, February 1958, pp. 2-7, illus., 
printed, 10 cents. Pennsylvania Fish Commis- 
sion, South Office Bldg., Harrisburg, Pa. An 
account of the American eel and its interesting 
life history. Methods of taking eels commer- 
cially are described as well as ways used by 
the sports fishermen. Methods of cleaning and 
preparation for smoking and pickling are also 
described. 


ELECTRICAL FISHING: 


Electrical Fishing, by P. F. Meyer-Waarden, 
FAO Fisheries eee No. 7, 85 pp., illus., print- 
ed, 5s. (US$1). (For sale by International Docu- 
ments Service, Columbia University Press, 2960 
Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.) Food and Ag- 
riculture Organization of the United Nations, 
Rome, Italy, 1957. This report is intended to 
eliminate confused ideas and views about elec- 
trical fishing, which hamper its future develop- 
ment. The possibilities of its practical use for 
fresh-water and sea fisheries are explained, 
and the natural and technological factors re- 
stricting that technique are considered. Asur- 
vey of the various gear at present used and a 
description of the methods of using them, and 
of the electro-technical and electro-physiolog- 
ical basic factors, complete the survey of the 
present state of electrical fishing. The four 
chapters, which make up this report, include 
information on the basic principles of electrical 
fishing, application of electric current infish- 
ing, protective measures against the misuse of 
electrical fishing gear, and importance of the 
electrical fishing technique in fisheries. Also 
includes a bibliography on electrical fishing. 


FEEDSTUFFS: 


Animal Feedstuffs (Regulations Governing Their 
Manufacture and Sale in European Countries), 
by R. Ricard and T. Threlkeld, 137 pp., printed, 
5s. (US$1). Food and Agriculture Organization 
of the United Nations, Viale delle Terme di 
Caracalla, Rome, Italy. (For sale by Interna- 
tional Documents Service, Columbia University 
Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.) 
The object of this work is to set forth the vari- 
ous laws and regulations adopted in European 
countries concerning the manufacture and sale 
of animal feeds, especially com:pound feeds, as 
well as to describe the experience gained from 
them. In addition, the study provides the neces- 
sary background material from which possible 
uniform regulations may be made and which, at 
the same time, provides farmers with the re- 
quired guarantees concerning the source and 
quality of the various ingrea:-ats in the com- 
pound. On thebasis of information accumulated 
from all FAO Member Governments in Europe, 
the Legislative Service of the Organization pre- 
pared this study covering regulations in eighteen 
countries as at the beginning of 1957, excluding 
only Turkey and Yugoslavia, since there are in 
these countries no special regulations on the 
subject. This publication refers not only to 
regulations affecting compound feeds, but also 
to those concerning unmixed feeds, for it was 
found to be impracticable to separate these two 
aspects in the regulations that were studied. In 
addition, the material has been presented as far 
as possible on a uniform basis soas to facilitate 


90 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGAN|ZATION JSSUING THEM. 


comparison and the work of keeping it up to 
date. Countries covered by this report are: 
Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, 
Federal Republic of Germany, Greece, Iceland, 
Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, 
Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, 
and the United Kingdom. 


FILLETS: 

The Expressible Fluid of Fish Fillets. V--Cell 
Damage in Fillets Frozen from Qne Side, the 
General Picture, by R. M. Love, DSIR Food In- 
vestigation Memoir No. 1066, 5 pp., illus., 
printed. (Reprinted from the Journal of the 
Science of Food and Agriculture, no. 4, 1957, 
pp. 238-242.) Department of Scientific and In- 
dustrial Research, Torry Research Station, 
Aberdeen, Scotland. 


FISH COOKERY: 

Recetario para la Preparacion Culinaria de los 
Pescados de Mar y Mariscos Congelados (Recipe 
Book for Cooking Frozen Fish oat Shellfish), 

56 pp., illus., printed in Spanish. ''Comisariato' 
Puccini, Banfi y Cia., Avenida 28, No. 22-63/69, 
Bogota, Colombia, 1954. 


FISH INSPECTION: 

"Fresh Fish Quality Assessment in Commercial 
Fish Inspection," by P. Jensen, article, World 
Refrigeration, vol. 8, no. 3, March 1957, pp. 
168-172, printed. (Paper read at the FAO In- 
ternational Meeting of the Fish Processing 
Technologists held in Rotterdam, Netherlands, 
June 23-29, 1956.) World Refrigeration, 140 
Cromwell Rd., London, S. W. 7, England. 


FOOD ADDITIVES: 

Report of Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on 
Food Additives, Nutrition Meetings Report No. 
15, 27 pp., printed, 1s. 6d. (30 U. S. cents). 
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United 
Nations, Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, Rome, 
Italy. (For sale by International Documents 
Service, Columbia University Press, 2960 
Broadway, New York 27, N. Y.) Following two 
FAO/WHO reviews of the problems of food ad- 
ditives in 1954 and 1955, a further step was 
taken the next year with establishment of a 
Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee which met 
in Rome, Italy, to formulate general principles 
governing the use of food additives. This is the 
report of that Expert Committee. Basically, the 
eight-member Committee restricted its discus- 
sions to ''non-nutritive substances added inten- 
tionally to food, generally in small quantities, 
to improve its appearance, flavor, texture or 
storage properties.'' Substances which are add- 
ed primarily for their nutritive value, such as 
minerals and vitamins, were not considered by 
the Committee, although it was recognized that 
in certain instances chemicals added to food to 
impart a desired quality or for some other func- 
tional purpose may also be of nutritional value. 
The report contains brief chapters on ''Circum- 
stances Governing the Use of Food Additives," 
"Other Factors to be Taken into Account in 
Food Additives Control," ''Recommendations to 
FAO and WHO" and an over-all "Summary" of 
conclusions reached by the Committee. In ad- 


dition, there is a list of participants, including ob- 
servers invited by FAO to attend the discussions. 


FOOD AND AGRICULTURAL ORGANIZATION: 
General Fisheries Council for the Mediterranean -- 

Proceedings and Technical Papers, No. 1, 99 
pp., December 1952; No. 2, 361 pp., 1954; No. 
3, 518 pp., 1955; illus., printed. Food and Ag- 
riculture Organization of the United Nations, 
Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, Rome, Italy. 
(For sale by International Documents Service, 
Columbia University Press, 2960 Broadway, 
New York 27, N. Y.) Three publications, re- 
spectively covering the inaugural, second, and 
third meetings of the General Fisheries Council 
for the Mediterranean. 


FOODFISH: 

Foodfish for the Future, by Charles P. Selden 
and-Irving W. Jones, Educational Bulletin No. 1, 
21 pp., illus., printed. Fish Commission of 
Oregon, Portland, Oreg., 1958. Includes infor- 
mation on what kinds of foodfish are caught in 
Oregon, who manages foodfish resources, how 
are foodfish resources managed, and putting the 
management program into action. Also includes 
information on hatcheries which are an impor- 
tant part of the salmon management program, 
and how you can help conserve foodfish resources. 


GEAR: 

The Baird Sledge Dredge and Its Handling, Lab- 
“oratory Leaflet No. is. 6 pp., ufus., processed. 
Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, 

Fisheries Laboratory, Lowestoft, England, 
1957. Presents instructions on rigging, shoot- 
ing and hauling, and tooth-setting, of the Baird 
sledge dredge for scallop fishing. Contains de- 
tailed diagrams of the dredge and its sustaining 
derrick and slip hook. The concluding para- 
graphs give comparisons with standard dredges, 
showing the advantages of using the Baird sledge 
dredge. 


GENERAL: 

Accordo tra L'Italia e la Jugoslavia Relativo alla 
Pesca da Parte di Pescatori Italiani nelle Acque 
Jugoslave e Scambi di Note (Agreement Be- 
tween Italy and Yugoslavia on Fishing by Italian 
Fishermen in Yugoslavia Waters and Exchange 
of Note), Trattati e Convenzioni (Treaties and 
Conventions), 13 pp., printed. Tipografia Riser- 
vata del Ministero Degli Affari Esteri, Rome, 
Italy, 1956. 


A Collection of Drawings of Fishes Ascribed to 
J. P. Kirtland TI7S3 18777, in the Library of _ 

Bowdoin College, by James M. Moulton, Bre- 
viora, Museum of Comparative Zoology, No. 
80, 4 pp. text, 2 pp. photographs, printed. De- 
partment of Biology, Bowdoin College, Bruns- 
wick, Me., September 30, 1957. A very brief 
report announcing the location of historically- 
significant fishery drawings at Bowdoin Col- 
lege, Me. 


HERRING: 
A Bibliography of the Herring (CLUPEAHAREN- 
~ GUS and C. PALLASII), by Leslie W. Scatter- 


good, Research Bulletin No. 26, 108 pp., printed. 


May 1958 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION |ISSUING THEM. 


Department of Sea and Shore Fisheries, Augus- 
ta, Me., October 1957. A bibliography dealing 
primarily with the biology of the herring, com- 
piled as a result of the herring investigation 
carried on jointly by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife 
Service, the Maine Department of Sea andShore 
Fisheries, and the Maine Sardine Industry. 


HONG KONG: 

Hong Kong Annual Departmental Report by the 
Registrar of Cooperative Societies and Direc- 
tor of Marketing tae the Financial Year 1956- 
57, 41 pp., illus., printed, $3. S. Young, Acting 
Government Printer, Government Press, Java 
Road, Hong Kong. Reports on the accomplish- 
ments of Hong Kong's Cooperatives and Mar- 
keting Department during the 1956-57 fiscal 
year. Covers the following information per- 
taining to fisheries: fish pond society; fisher- 
men's thrift, loan, housing, credit, and market- 
ing societies; credit facilities for fishermen; 
and activities of the Fish Marketing Organiza- 
tion--including legislation, species of fish mar- 
keted, exports of local marine fish, mechanized 
fleet, fish collecting depots and posts, trans- 
port, supplies to fishermen, education, and 
finance. 


IRRADIATION: 

"Some Chemical and Organoleptic Changes in 
Gamma Irradiated Meats,"' byH.S. Groninger, 
A. E. Tappel, and F. W. Knapp, article, Food 
Research, vol. 21, no. 5, September-October 
1956, pp. 555-564, printed. The Garrard Press, 
119-123 W. Park Ave., Champaign, Ill. Astudy 
was made to define the major chemical andor- 
ganoleptic changes in irradiated beef, pork, 
chicken, and fish. The meats and fish were 
finely ground, thoroughly mixed, packed in No. 
2 enameled cans, evacuated, gassed with nitro- 
gen or oxygen through a small hole, soldered 
shut, and frozen ina -0.4 F. room. Samples 
were thawed, irradiated, refrozen and held in 
the frozen state until analyzed. Assays were 
made for drip, moisture, peroxide values, car- 
bonyl compounds, hematin pigment concentra- 
tion, tocopherols, riboflavin, niacin, and thi- 
amine. A multiple-comparison method was 
used to evaluate samples organoleptically. 


ISRAEL: 

Bamidgeh--Bulletin of Fish Culture in Israel, 
vol. $ no. 2, 23 pp., illus., printed in English 
and Hebrew. Joint Agricultural Extension Cen- 
ter, Division of Fisheries, Ministry of Agricul- 
ture, Tel Aviv, Israel, July 1957. Contains the 
annual report for 1956 of the Fish Culture Re- 
search Station at Dor, Israel, together with other 
articles of interest on the development of pond 
fishing in Israel. 


Fishermen's Bulletin, no. 14, December 1957, 
pp., illus., printed in Hebrew withsummaries 
in English. Ministry of Agriculture, Division 
of Fisheries, Sea Fisheries Research Station, 
P. O. Box 699, Haifa, Israel. Contains, among 
others, the following articles: ‘Around the 
Fisheries of Israel,"' by M. Shavit; ''The Inter- 
national Fishing Gear Congress in Hamburg," 
by M. Ben-Yami; ''An Experiment in the Freez- 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


91 


ing of Cooked Fish," by H. Engelberg; and ''An 
Experiment in Enlarging the Opening of the 
Trawl Net on the FMV 'Dror',"'byD. Benyamini. 


JAPAN: 
Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido 


University, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 87-162, illus., 
printed in Japanese with summaries in English. 
Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University, 
Hakodate, Japan, August 1957. Contains among 
others the following scientific papers: ''Studies 
on the Beach Seines of Two-Boat Operation a- 
long the Pacific Coast of Aomori Prefecture. 
I--Onthe Constructionof the Beach Seine of 
Two-Boat Operation Used for Both Mackerel 
and Sardine Fishing;"' ''The Formation of Mag- 
nesium-Ammonium-Phosphate Crystals inCan- 
ned Sea Foods. VI--Influence of the Contained 
Substances upon the Growth of the Formed 
MgNH,PO, 6H9O Crystals in the Test Tubes. 
VII--The Formation of the Isolated Microscop- 
ical Crystal and its IncipientGrowth. VIII--The 
Formation of the Crystals during the Process- 
ing of the Cans," "On Fish Tropomyosin. I--I- 
solation and Amino Acid Composition;"' and 
"Studies in the Bacteriological Chemistry of 
Shark Muscle Spoilage. IlI--On the Effects of 
pH upon the Abilities of the Ureasplitting Bac- 
teria Isolated from Spoiling Shark Muscle." 


Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido 
University, vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 163-241, ilus., 
printed in Japanese with summaries in English. 
Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University, 
Hakodate, Japan, November 1957. Contains a- 
mong others the following scientific papers: 
"The Formation of Magnesium-Ammonium- 
Phosphate Crystals in Canned Sea Foods. IX-- 
Method for Preventing the Formation of the 
Crystals during the Processing of the Cans. 
X--General Considerations."' ''Studies on Crys- 
talline Whale Pepsin. IlI--Analysis of Amino 
Acid by Paper Chromatography;" ''Studies on 
Crystalline Whale Pepsin. IV--Free amino 
Acids in Peptic Digests of Various Proteins; 
"Studies on Crystalline Whale Pepsin. V--Re- 
lation Between Denaturation and Activity;"' and 
"Studies on Crystalline Whale Insulin. III--N- 
and C-Terminal Residues." 


Data Record of Oceanographic Observations and 
Exploratory Fishing, No. 1, 247 pp., illus., 
printed in Japanese and English. The Faculty of 
Fisheries, Hokkaido University, Hokodate, Hok- 
kaido, Japan, May 1957. Concerned with data 
collected in cruises to the Aleutians and Ber- 
ing Sea. 


Japanese Fisheries--Their Development and 
Seesent Status 353 pp., illus., printed. Asia 
Kyokai, No. 1, 3-chome, Kyobashi, Chuo-ku, 
Tokyo, Japan, 1957. Anextensive and generous- 
ly-illustrated report on the progress of the 
Japanese fisheries since the end of World War 
Il. Presents detailed accounts of the following 
topics: general aspects of the fisheries; fish- 
ing gear and methods; fishing boats; inland 
fisheries and culture; culture in shallow sea 
waters; pearl culture; refrigeration in the fish- 


eries--describing the history and present status 


92 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV CE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION |SSUING TdEM. 


of the ice-making, cold storage, and frozenfish 
industries; outline and present situation of the 
canning of fisheries products; fish-paste indus- 
try; processed fisheries products; market and 
transportation; import and export trade; educa- 
tional and research institutions; research of 
fisheries resources in Japan; fisheries fi- 
nance--covering commercial, cooperative, and 
government financing; fishery cooperatives; 
public administration in fisheries; and fisher- 
ies statistics. An appendix containing 61 tables 
covers index of industrial activities and prices; 
national income from fisheries; management 
units; means of production; fisheries produc- 
tion--including fish catch, whaling, and process- 
ed and canned fishery products; distribution; 
consumption; prices; trade; financing; manage- 
ment; fishing boat insurance; and fisheries co- 
operative associations. 


Memoirs of the Faculty of Fisheries, Kagoshima 
University wees Number for the Tenth An- 
aiversaray vol. 5, 225 pp., illus., printed in 
Japanese with summaries in English. The Fac- 
ulty of Fisheries, Kagoshima University, Kago- 
shima, Japan, December 1956. Contains, among 
others, the following articles: ''On the Chino- 
Japanese Fisheries Agreement. A New Princi- 
ple of the International Regulation of High Seas 
Fisheries;"' ''An Interpretation of the Develop- 
mental Process of Fishery-Economy in Japan-- 
Especially a Consideration on the Skipjack Fish- 
ery at Bonotsu;" "Studies on the Improvement 
of Yellow-tail Setting Net (III)--On the Tension 
Meter of Sand-bag Line and Effects Derived 
from the Measurement;" "Studies on the Im- 
provement of Yellow-tail Setting Net (IV)--Mod- 
el Experiment on Trap Net Furnished with Sea 
Bottom Bagnet;"' Studies on the Improvement of 
Yellow-tail Setting Net (V)--Model Experiment 
on the Two Different Kinds of Sea Bottom Fixed 
Nets;" "Studies on the Catch Efficiency Derived 
from the Difference in the Construction of Tuna 
Long-Line Gear (I)--On the Catch Difference 
from Each Depth of Hook in the Long-Line Gear;"' 
"Studies on the Catch Efficiency Derived from 
the Difference in the Construction of Tuna Long- 
Line Gear (II)--On the Results of Fishing Test 
of Tuna Long-Line with 4 Hook Gear and 5 Hook 
Gear;" "On the Detective Effect of the Radar up- 
on the Location of the Tunny-Long-Line (I1);" 
"Theoretical Estimation of Albacore-Shoals Di- 
mensions in Accordance with the Characteristic 
of Fishing-Rates;"' "'Studies on Some Marine 
Algae from Southern Japan, II;"' '"A Supplement 
of the Studies of the Salmon Eggs--Considera- 
tion of the Osmotic Pressure and the Destruc- 
tion of the Eggs;'' 'On the Formation of Amine 
in Fish Muscle (I)--Formation of Histamine and 
Tyramine in Muscle and Shellfish During Spoil- 
age;"' On the Formation of Amine in Fish Mus- 
cle (II)--Influence of Temperature on the For- 
mation of Histamine in Fish Muscle;"' ''On the 
Variation of 'Tyrosine Value' in the Decrease 
of Fish-Muscle Freshness III.--Elucidation of 
Estimation-Value by Phenol Reagent Method;"' 
and ''On the Inspection of Radioactivity of Sea- 
Water in the Several Southern Sea Fronts and 
the Eastern China Sea." 


LOBSTERS: 


Canada's Lobster Fishery, by D. G. Wilder, 23 
Pp., us., printed, 25 cents. Queen's Printer, 
Ottawa, Canada. A well-illustrated booklet on 
Canada's lobster fishery, describing the nature 
and value of the lobster resource and the need 
to conserve it. The author states that ''Tosup- 
ply the demand, a very intensive fishery has 
been developed and lobsters are continually in 
danger of being overfished. Proper manage- 
ment to make best continuing use of this ex- 
tremely valuable resource is of utmost impor- 
tance to all concerned. Sound management pro- 
cedures must be based on thorough knowledge of 
the lobster's life history and an understanding 
of the factors that control its reproduction, 
growth, and survival."' The author, who isa lead- 
ing authority of the subject, gives a brief histo- 
ry of the lobster fishery and a description of the 
appearance, anatomy, behavior and feeding, 
molting and growth, maturity and mating, egg 
laying and hatching, and enemies of the lobster. 
Methods of catching, distribution, and market- 
ing, and management procedures are also dis- 
cussed. 


MARINE FISHERIES MANAGEMENT: 


Some Considerations of Population Dynamics and 
Economics in Relation to the Management of the 
Commercial Marine Fisheries, by Milner B. 
Schaefer, 13 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted 
from Journal of the Fisheries Research Board 
of Canada, vol. 14, no. 5, 1957, pp. 669-681.) In- 
ter-American Tropical Tuna Commission, 
Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, 
Calif. In order to arrive at a rational basis of 
considering the social problem of fisheries 
management, the author considers some signi- 
ficant aspects of the population dynamics of 
commercial fish stocks and of the economics of 
commercial fishing. He discusses the dynamics 
of renewable natural resources--the self-regu- 
lating and non-self-regulating resources. The 
economic model of the fishery is consideredas 
well as some social and political considerations. 


NETS: 


"Net Materials of Synthetic Fibers,''byDr. A. Von 
Brandt, article, FAO Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 
X, no. 4, October-December 1957, pp., 182-210, 

illus., printed. Food and Agriculture Organiza- 

tion of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. (For 
sale by Columbia University Press, Interna- 
tional Documents Service, 2960 Broadway, New 

York 27, N. Y.) Man-made, or truly synthetic, 

fibers are produced without the help of fiber- 

forming raw materials of vegetable or animal 
origin, such as cellulose or protein-base fibers. 

The truly synthetic fibers are manufactured 

from polymers, which are synthesized by lab- 

oratory processes from simple chemical units. 

These fibers belong to the plastic materials 

now so important. This paper gives a resume 

of the qualities of the man-made fibers known 
at the present time. Under the section on qual- 
ities of net materials, the following subjects 
are discussed; resistance to rotting, sunlight, 
heat, and chemicals; specific gravity of fiber; 
resistance to water, fouling, and attack by ani- 
mals; breaking-strength; extensibility and 


May 1958 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM. 


elasticity of net twines; flexibility, visibility; 
and resistance to abrasion. Other sections cov- 
er an evaluation of the qualities of net materials, 
yarn numbering systems, yarn and twine, and 
truly synthetic fibers used for nets. 


NEWFOUNDLAND: 


"Newfoundland Fisheries, 1957," article, Trade 
News, vol. 10, no. 7, January 1958, pp. 8-9, 
illus., printed. Department of Fisheries of Can- 
ada, Ottawa, Canada. Describes very briefly 
trends and developments in the fisheries of New- 
foundland, especially salted cod, frozen ground- 
fish, herring, mackerel, salmon, lobster, squid, 
turbot, fish meal, marine oils, seals, whales, 
and bait service, Also discusses fish inspection, 
conservation and development service, Fish Cul- 
ture Development Branch, fishermen's indemnity 
plan, and development projects. 


Anchovy Fishery), by Robert Cushman Murphy, 
147 pp., illus., printed in Spanish. Compania 
Administradora del Guano, Lima, Peru, July 
1954. A report on research into the possible ef- 
fects of anchovy fishery upon the guano industry 
in Peru. Excessive fishery for anchovy, and 
other fish, could be disastrous to the guano-pro- 
ducing birds which depend on the anchovy for 
their existence. According to the author, since 
the anchovy and guano industries are both very 
important to the Peruvian economy, appropriate 
conservation measures will have to be taken in 
arder to protect each one, and the fishery for 
anchovy and other species will have to be regulated. 


PLANKTON: 


A Portable Apparatus for Collecting Horizontal 

~ Plankton Samples, by Ruth E. Grif ith, 3 pp., 
(Reprinted from Ecology, vol. 38, no. 3, July 
1957, pp. 538-540) Department of Biology, Hood 


NEW MEXICO: 

Guide to the Fishes of New Mexico, by William J. 
Koster, 152 pp., 104 illus., printed, $1. New 
Mexico Department of Game and Fish, Santa Fe, 
New Mexico. Each species of fish known to oc- 
cur in New Mexico waters is described. Repre- 
sentatives of 16 families are included, showing 
their shape, size, coloration, distribution, habits, 
uses, edibility, and relationship to other fish. 


College, Frederick, Md. 


RED SEA: 

Fishes of the Red Sea and Southern Arabia, Vol- 
ume I--Branchios-tomida to Polynemida, by — 
Henry W. Fowler, 240 pp., illus., printed. The 
Weizmann Science Press of Israel, 33 King 
George Ave., Jerusalem, Israel, 1956. 


SALMON: 


OCEANOGRAPHY: Artificial and Natural Production of Silver Salm- 


Sea Temperature in the Gulf of Alaska and in the 
Northeast Pacific Ocean, 1941-1952, by Marga- 
et K. Robinson, Bulletin of the Scripps Institu- 
tion of Oceanography, vol. 7, no. 1, 98 pp. text, 
1 chart, illus., printed, $2. (Contributions from 
the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, No. 917.) 
Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University 
of California, La Jolla, Calif., August 30, 1957. 


OYSTERS: 

“Young Fishermen Learn from 4-H Oyster Proj- 
ect," by George Kyle, article, Alabama Conser- 
vation, vol. 29, no. 1, June-July 1957, pp. 8-9, 
illus., printed. Alabama Department of Conser- 
vation, 711 High St., Montgomery, Ala. De- 
scribes a 4-H Club project which shows its mem~= 
bers how to plant “sea farms" and how to in- 
crease oyster production. The oyster project 
solved the problem of finding projects for 4-H 
youths in a non-farming area and offered the 
boys information they could use in later years. 


PAKISTAN: 

"Fish Industry in Pakistan,'' by Dr. M. R. Kureshi 
and Moinuddin Ahmad, article, Economic Digest, 
vol. 3, no. 6, February 9, 1958, pp. 1-4, printed. 
Institute of Development Economics, Block No. 
56, Central Secretariat Buildings, Karachi, Pak- 
istan. Presents a concise report on the status 
of Pakistan's fisheries--resources; production; 
fisheries development; fish harbor project and 
fresh fish stalls--in Karachi; exploration and 
research; mechanization of fishing craft; shrimp 
industry; fish meal and oil industry; East Paki- 
stan marine fisheries; Mekran fisheries; fish- 
eries cooperative societies; and exports of fish 
and fishery products. 


PERU: 
El Guano y la Pesca de Anchoveta (Guano and the 


on, ONCORHYNCHU TCH, at Minter 
‘Creek, Washington, by Ernest O. Salo and Wil- 
liam H. Bayliff, Research Bulletin No. 4, 82 pp., 
illus., printed. Department of Fisheries, 
Seattle, Wash., January 1958. 


"The Importance of Size in the Change from Parr 
to Smolt in Atlantic Salmon," by P. F. Elson, 
article, The Canadian Fish Culturist, Issue 
Twenty-One, December 1957, pp. 1-6, illus., 
printed. Department of Fisheries, Ottawa, Canada. 


"Number of Salmon Needed to Maintain Stocks," 
by P. F. Elson, article, The Canadian Fish Cul- 
turist, Issue Twenty-One, December 1957, pp. 
19-23, illus., printed. Department of Fisheries, 
Ottawa, Canada. 


"The Role of Hatcheries in Assuring Maritime 
Stocks of Atlantic Salmon," by P. F'. Elson, ar- 
ticle, The Canadian Fish Culturist, Issue Twen- 
ty-One, December 1957, pp. 20-32, illus., print- 
ed. Department of Fisheries, Ottawa, Canada. 


"Using Hatchery-Reared Atlantic Salmon to Best 
Advantage," by P. F. Elson, article, The Cana- 
dian Fish Culturist, Issue Twenty-One, Decem- 
ber 1957, pp. 7-17, illus., printed. Department 
of Fisheries, Ottawa, Canada. 


SAMPLING: 


"Sampling Problems and Methods in Fisheries 
Research," by John Gulland, article, FAO Fish- 
eries Bulletin, vol. X, no. 4, October-Decem- 
ber 1957, pp. 157-181, printed. Food and Ag- 
riculture Organization of the United Nations, 
Rome, Italy. (For sale by Columbia University 
Press, International Documents Service, 2960 
Broadway, New York.27, N.Y.) A simple intro- 
duction to the principles of tackling sampling 


94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION I$SUING THEM, 


problems as they arise in fish population studies, 
particularly with regard to the catches of com- 
mercial vessels, and their size and age compo- 
sitions. Some other problems likely to be met 
in fisheries biological studies are included, but 
the principles discussed are generally applica- 
ble. The author states that ''The first step in a 
sampling system is to delimit the scope of the 
system. A biological investigation is often con- 
cerned with a self-contained population of or- 
ganisms; this term 'population' is also used by 
statisticians in a similar sense to denote the 


collection of objects in which they are interested, 


and from which the sample is drawn. The two 
usages are often not distinct, but the statistical 
usage is wider, embracing any collection of ob- 


jects or measurements, e.g., the cod inthe North 


Sea form a population, but in the statistical 
sense so may the cod in a particular trawl haul 
and, if their lengths are of interest, then the set 
of the lengths forms a 'population.' Once the 
population to be sampled has been defined, the 
next step is to define the quantity, or quantities, 
in the population, for which estimates are to be 
made, such as the percentage of mature fish, or 
the average weight of a certain kind of food in 
the stomachs. Next, the precision with which 
the estimates are required must be decided. It 
is then possible to design a sampling system 
which will be good, or the best for that purpose." 
Chapters are included on (1) variance andbias; 
(2) random sampling; (3) subsampling and stra- 
tified sampling; (4) sampling for catch and ef- 
fort; (5) indirect sampling; and (6) sampling the 
stock in the sea. 


SEAWEED: 


printed. Her Majesty's Stationery Office, York 
House, Kingsway, London W.C. 2, England, 1957. 
Reports on a little-known industry in South Wales 
which manufactures "laverbread''--a seaweed 
delicacy made from the red seaweed, Porphyra. 


STANDARDS: 

United States Standards for Grades of Frozen 
Fried Fish Sticks (effective August 21, 1956), 6 
Pp., processed; United States Standards for 
Grades of Frozen Raw Breaded Shrimp (effec- 
tive March 1, 1958), 6 pp., processed; United 
States Standards for Grades of Frozen Fish 
Blocks (effective April 1, 1558), 7pp., process- 
ed. Agricultural Marketing Service, United 
States Department of Agriculture, Washington 
25, D.C. 


SURINAM: 

Zeevisserij-Onderzoek-- oquette Survey Report, 
by Henry B. Lee Ill, 20 pp., processed. De- 
partment van Landbouw, Veeteelt en Visserij in 
Suriname, Paramaribo, Surinam, January 1958. 
The results of an exploratory fishing survey of 
the waters off Surinam out to a depth of 30 fath- 
oms. The primary purpose of the survey was 
to locate fishable grounds containing commer- 
cial quantities of large shrimp and the secondary 
purpose to gain information of any other trawl- 
caught species existing in the area. 


= 


SWEDEN: 


Vastkustfisket dess Organisationer och Ekonomi 
(West Coast Fishing by the Economic Organi- 
zation), by Ingemar Gerhard, 339 pp., illus., 
printed in Swedish. Svenska Vastkustfiskarnas 
Centralforbunds, Goteborg, Sweden, 1955. 


TERRITORIAL WATERS: 


The Exploitation and Conservation of the Re- 

~ sources of the Sea--A Study of Contemporar 
International Law, by F. V. Garcis Amador, 184 
pp., processed, in English. International Law 
Commission of the United Nations in Cuba, Ha- 
vana, Cuba, 1957. A historical, analytical, and 
critical report of the ideas and events that are 
effecting a transformation in the international 
law of the sea. According to the author, a new 
legal order must recognize and safeguard--by 
just and effective rules--the legitimate interests 
of all nations in the rational utilization of the 
resources of the sea. The book covers (1) the 
freedom of the seas and contemporary problems; 
(2) the regime of the sea and new extensions of 
state competence; (3) the submarine areas and 
the right to use their resources; (4) the conser- 
vation of the living resources of the high seas; 
and (5) the new international law of the sea. 
(Also see Commercial Fisheries Review, June 
1957 p. 80. 


O Nacionalismo e a Pesca (On Nationalism and 

" Fishery), by Nelson Hoffmann, 10 pp., printed 
in Portuguese. Marinha Mercante do Brazil, 
Rua Machado de Assis 39, AP. 703, Rio de 
Janeiro, Brazil, July 21, 1957. An essay pre- 
senting the author's views on Brazil's territo- 
rial water limits and reasons why he thinks that 
foreign vessels should not be allowed to fish in 
Brazilian waters. 


New Trends in the Regime of the Seas--A Con- 
sideration of the erties ac onse meno and 
Distribution of Marine Resources (Il), byShigeru 
Oda, 26 pp., printed. (Reprinted from Zeit- 
schrift fur Auslandisches Offentliches Recht und 
Volkerrecht, Sonderabdruck aus Band [8, Nr.2, 
December 1957, pp. 261-286.) Max-Planck-In- 
stitut fur Auslandisches Offentliches Recht und 
Volkerrecht, Heidelberg, Germany. The author 
discusses the existing international regulations 
relating to the high seas fisheries. The U.S. 
policy, the obligation imposed on Japan, and the 
United Kingdom's view are discussed under the 
chapter on conservation policy of major mari- 
time countries. The compulsory conservation 
measures proposed by the International Law 
Commission are analyzed, and another movement 
towards the dividing-up of the seas is discussed. 


A Pesca na Comissao de Se anca Nacional, da 

~ Camara dos"Deputados (on Fishery, to the Na- 
tional Security Commission of the Chamber of 
Deputies), by Rui Simoes de Menezes, 7 pp., 
processed in Portuguese. Assessor de Pesca 
do Governo da Bahia, Caixa Postal 1366, Bahia, 
Brazil. Presents the text of a speech deliver- 
ed by the author to the National Security Com- 
mission of the Chamber of Deputies of Brazil. 
The author presents his views on the territo- 
rial water limits off Brazil. Due to objections 


May 1958 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


95 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM. 


against the taking of tuna from waters off the 
coast of Brazil by foreign vessels, there have 
been proposals for extending the present 12-mile 
limit, but the author states that in his opinion, 
Brazil cannot legally have more than a 12-mile 
territorial water limit. He further states that 
the logical solution of the problem would be for 
Brazil to take measures to acquire tuna-fishing 
vessels and develop its tuna industry--thus cap- 
italizing on the tuna available outside of the 
12-mile limit. He also states that the port of 
Recife has taken a step in the right direction 
with the establishment in 1958, of a large tuna- 
processing factory which cans tuna, manufac- 
tures meal and oil, and makes fish sausage. 


The Territorial Sea, 32 pp., printed. Reference 
~ Division, Central Office of Information, London, 
England, January 1958. This reference paper 
was prepared in anticipation of the International 
Conference on the Law of the Sea which opened 

in Geneva, Switzerland, on February 24, 1958. 
Deals mainly with the breadth of the territorial 
sea--one of the most topical and controversial 
subjects considered by the conference. Other 
related topics are discussed briefly. 


TUNA: 

"Iles Madragues de Tunisie" (The Tuna Traps of 
Tunisia), article, La Peche Maritime, la Peche 
Fluviale et la Pisciculture, vol. 35, no. 942, 
Sept. 1956, pp. 385-387, printed in French. La 
Peche Maritime, 190 Blvd. Haussman, Paris 8, 
IT.ance. The tuna traps called 'madragues" 
have been used in Tunisia since olden times. 
According to the fishing statistics for Sidi- 
Daoud, the yield of bluefin tuna showeda constant 
decrease between 1800 and 1938. Since 1949, 
fishing has been considerably improved and the 
yield greatly increased. Until 1950, Sicilian 
tuna traps had been used without any important 
modification. The system had many inconven- 
iences: it was complicated, had too short a 
leader, and unadapted fittings. The Atlantic 
system, now in use, offers many advantages: 
simplicity; efficiency of the inlet doors, disposed 
in such a way that any tuna which has come into 
the trap can be considered as caught; long lead- 
er enabling the trap to catch the fish off the coast; 
equipment easily assembled; catching chamber 
is made of thicker, stronger, and cheaper webb- 
ing; floats are of synthetic cork and more stream- 
lined; and nets are weighted with chains. 


The Tuna and the Tariff--The Dilemma of a 

~ Southern California Industry, by Ford Cleere, 
9 pp., printed. (Reprinted oe California Sun, 
Vol. 9, No. 11-A, February 1958, pp. 3-11.) De- 
partment of Journalism, University of Califor- 
nia, Los Angeles, Calif. This report covers the 
problems of the California tuna industry--espe- 
cially in relation to the possible raising of tariff 
barriers toforeign competition. The author states 
the problems in clear and concise terms without 
attempting to recommend solutions to them. 


Utilization and Conservation of the Tuna Resources 
of the Eastern Tropical Pacific Ocean, by Mil- 
ner B. Schaefer, i pp., ilus., printed. (Re- 
printed from Transactions of the Twenty-Second 


North American Wildlife Conference, March 4, 
5, and 6, 1957, pp. 472-484) Wildlife Manage- 
ment Institute, Wire Bldg., Washington 5, D. C. 
According to the author, the fishery for the 
tropical tunas, depending on the yellowfin tuna 
and the skipjack, is the most valuable fishery 
in the Eastern Pacific Ocean. This article dis- 
cusses the growth of the fishery which originated 
in Southern California shortly before World War 
I, when scarcity of albacore led the canners to 
turn to the tropical tunas to fill their growing 
requirements. The very rapid growth of the 
fishery gave rise to concern as to the possible 
effects of fishing on the resources of tunas and 
tuna-bait fishes. As a result, there was created 
in 1949 by a Convention between the United States 
and Costa Rica the Inter-American Tropical 
Tuna Commission, which is charged with the 
gathering and interpretation of scientific infor- 
mation to make possible maintaining the popu- 
lations of tunas and tuna bait-fishes at levels 
which will permit maximum sustainable catches 
year after year. The Convention is open to ad- 
herence by all nations having an interest in the 
fishery. Panama adhered in the fall of 1953. 
The Commission employs an international staff 
of scientists to conduct the investigations, which 
are now in their seventh year. Some of the re- 
sults of the investigations of the tunas are out- 
lined briefly, such as distribution and population 
relationships, life history and ecology, and catch 
statistics and population dynamics. Future de- 
velopments of the fishery are also discussed. 


TUNISIA: 

La Peche du Poisson et des Crustaces en Tunisie 

" (Tunisian Finfish and Crustacean Fisheries), by 
J. Gaudilliere, 7 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted 
from Debats et Documents Techniques, no. 2, 
FAO, Rome, 1954, Conse Genet des Peches 
pour la Mediterranee.) Food and Agriculture 
Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. 


TURKEY: 

Balikci Teknelerine Makina Secimi (Selection of 
Engines for Fishing Boats), by M. Nihat Ozer- 
dem, Teknoloji Arastirmalari B., no. 1, 43pp., 
illus., printed in Turkish. Balikcilik Arastirma 
Merkezi Raporlari, Istanbul, Turkey, 1957. 

A Contribution to the Fishery Investigations in 
~fthe Sea of Marmara, by Olav Aasen, Ilham Ar- 
tuz, and Erdogan Akyuz, Series Marine Re- 
search, vol. 1, no. 2, 31 pp., illus., printed in 
English, with Turkish summary. Balikcilik 
Arastirma Merkezi Raporlari, Istanbul, Turkey, 
1956. 


Fishery Investigations in Turkish Black Sea Wa- 
ters wi pecial Reference to Anchovy (Febru- 
<= March 1556), by Olay-Aasen and Erdogan” 

yuz, Series Marine Research, vol. 1, no. 7, 
39 pp., illus., printed in English with Turkish 
summary. Balikcilik Arastirma Merkezi 
Raporlari, Istanbul, Turkey, 1956. 


Further Observations on the Hydrography and 
Occurrence of Fish in the Black a a, Olav 
Aasen and Erdogan Akyuz, Series Marine Re- 
search, vol. 1, no. 6, 33 pp., illus., printed in 


96 


COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


Vol. 20, No. 5 


THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE 


English with Turkish summary. Balikcilik 
Arastirma Merkezi Raporlari, Istanbul, Turkey, 
1956. Describes the results of a fishery survey 
conducted in the Black Sea, October 17 through 
December 15, 1955. 


Report on a Survey of the Turkish Black Sea 
Coast, by Olav Aasen, Dham Artuz, and Erdogan 
Akyuz, Series Marine Research, vol. 1, no. 5, 
29 pp., illus., printed in English with Turkish 
summary. Balikcilik Arastirma Merkezi Rapor- 
lari, Istanbul, Turkey, 1956. 


Some Data Concerning the Fisheries in Iskenderun 
Bay, by Olav Aasen and Erdogan Akyuz, Series 
Marine Research, vol. 1, no. 4, 20 pp., illus., 
printed in English with Turkish summary. Ba- 
likcilik Arastirma Merkezi Raporlari, Istanbul, 


Turkey, 1956. 


Turkiye Denizleri Balikcilik Takvimi (Turkish 
Marine Fisheries Calendar), 36 pp., printed in 
Turkish. Hydrobiologic Research Institute, Is- 
tanbul University, Istanbul, Turkey, 1954. 


VESSELS: 

Naval Architecture of Small Craft, by D. Phillips- 
Birt, 367 pp., 168 text figures, 59 tables, print- 
ed, $15. Philosophical Library, New York, N.Y., 
1957. This is a well written and interesting 
treatment of a subject that can be obscure and 
dull. The historical approach is used to set 
forth the problems of design of small vessels of 
many types. The illustrations are numerous and 
good and these are tightly woven into the textby 
reference. The book contains much that is of 
interest to anyone concerned with construction 


stallation and transmission of power, propel- 
lers--fundamentals, propellers--cavitation and 
design, and powering calculations are excellent. 
The author:appears to have succeeded in presen- 
tation of practical information with enough theory 
to make it interesting and thought-provoking. 


WEST GERMANY: 


Annual Report, 1956, West German Fisheries, 
“printed. Ministry of Food, Agriculture and For- 
estry, Federal Republic of Germany, Bonn, Ger- 
many. This report discusses the utilization of 

the resources of the sea, and points out that 
competition is growing steadily. The fishing 
yield in the Federal Republic of Germany de- 
creased slightly in 1956. During the year the 
German trawler fleet was modernized by nine 
new vessels, while sixteen older ones were 
eliminated. Anumber of trawlers were equipped 
with fish meal and fish oil plants; some withre- 
frigerating equipment and deep freezing plants 
for processing the catches immediately on 
board. Nine new vessels were added to the lug- 
ger fleet and eight old luggers were eliminated. 
The cutter fleet (small deep sea fishery) in- 
creased in size somewhat, and the coastal fish- 
ing fleet remained unchanged. 


WHALING: 


Whaling--Amendments to the Schedule to the In- 
ternational Whaling Convention Signed at Wash- 
ington on December 2, 1946, Treaties and Oth- 
er International Acts Series 3944, 3 pp., print- 
ed, 5 cents. Department of State, Washington, 
D. C., 1957. (For sale by the Superintendent of 
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington 25, D. C.) Presents the amendments 


and operationof smallvessels. Thereisachap- 
ter on fishing vessels. Chapters on the in- 


adopted at the Ninth Meeting of the International 
Whaling Commission, London, June 24-28, 1957. 


G 


Sane el 


SPONGES 


Sponges are animals low in the scale of evolution and not closely 
related to any others. They live fastened to some object on the sea 
floor and eat small living and dead particles carried in sea water. 
The sea water is drawnintofine canals which traverse the inner parts 
of the sponge. Particles of foods are picked up by special cells in 
small chambers into which the canals open, and are digested there. 
Eggs are produced in the tissues adjacent to the canals and are fer- 


tilized in these tissues. As they develop, they form larvae which are 
set free in the water and which have fine, vibratory hairs which keep 
them movingin the water. Whenthey reach a suitable bottom surface, 
they attach themselves and eventually growinto adult sponges. There 
is no certain information on cross-breeding of sponges. 


--"Sea Secrets,’ January 1958, 
The International Oceanographic Foundation, 
Miami, Fla. 


May 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 


CONTENTS (CONTINUED) 


FOREIGN (Contd.): 
International (Contd.): 
International Fisheries Trade Fair: 
Denmark to Hold Third Fair in 1959 ........... 
Whaling: 
Antarctic Whale Catch Down as of February 15, 1958 
Australia: 
Tuna Landings Good, October-November 1957...... 
Austria: 


Whaleskin Test Plant Planned............... aie 
Brazil: 

Japanese Vessel Lands Tuna at Bahia ........... 
Canada: 


British Columbia Herring Catch for 1957/58 Season. . 
Chile: 
Landings of Fish and Shellfish, 1955-1957 ........ 
Colombia: 
Bait and Tuna Fishing by Foreign Vessels Permitted . 
Cuba: 
Closed Season for Spiny Lobster Begins March 30... 
Denmark: 
Faroe Islands Earn Revenue from Russian Fishing 
INES oot ocoogscancGodcnasecoa Cd4condd : 
France: 
Tuna Industry Expands ..... oppo oe on aga shsite/sue’ 
German Democratic Republic: 
Many Fishing Vessels Built for Russia .......... 
Greenland: 
Trade Commission Considers Purchasing Modern Fish 
Processing Equipment .......-..2+2++2-+22e0 
Iceland: 
New European Common Market and Free-Trade Area 
Causes Concern .........- Sone ob eAa SOO o. 
Japan: 
Tuna Landings, 1956 and January-October 1956-57 .. 
Mexico: 
Shrimp Industry Objects to Proposed Japanese Fishing 
IMME! badass ood edlsHelfalhsvion epioll=iie\erifolisiieyisiren sil eit sfia) (on 
Shrimp Price Agreement Reached for Campeche Area 
Norway: 
Winter Herring Fishery Failure ......... ee ee 
Winter 1958 Fisheries Trends ......... pedo oo8 
Possible Russian Support for International Fish Con- 
servation in Northeast Atlantic ............... 
Portugal: 
Canned Fish Exports, 1957 ............ pa eto 
Canned Fish Pack, January-October 1957......... 
Fisheries Trends, December 1957............. . 
Spain: 
Vigo Fisheries Trends, 1957 ......... sce cee 


Page 


FOREIGN (Contd.): 
Surinam: 
Report on Exploratory Survey of Fish and Shrimp Grounds 
Shrimp Survey Results Published .............. 
Fish and Shellfish Catch Lower in 1957 ........... 
Sweden: 
Research on Artificial Propagation of Salmon....... 
Fishing Company to Experiment with Electrical Shock 
Fishing -/........ Son oe rodeos oesaeoenas 
Agreement on Fish Exports to East Germany Concluded 
United Kingdom: 
United States and Canada Canned Salmon Quota Increase 
Completes 17th Large Trawler for Russia......... 


Bureau of the Budget: 
Additonal Fishery Functions Transferred to Interior 
IDE SEERA aan oedosnoohanonndoge Sooun oo 
Federal Trade Commission: 
Illegal for a Broker to Pass on any Part of Brokerage 
Commission to Buyer...........2++.+--0008 
Canned Seafood Firms Deny Charges of Paying Dlegal 


iYR@RSCEYED pon onagasecoosnonsooo* Shon 65 
More Salmon Brokers Deny Charges of Making legal 
Brokerage Payments ........-.-222s00e+ee08 
Consent Order Prohibits Two Maine Sardine Canners 
from Making Illegal Brokerage Payments ...... we 
Tuna Price-Fixing Charges Against Fishermen's Co- 
operative Dismissed ............ RAL A FOLORD siisiiets 
U.S. Tariff Commission: 
Hearings on Simplification of Tariffs ............ 
Proposed Revised Tariff Schedules for Fishery Products 
INABA Sooossso soon daaoAO OD Aoo5005an 00 


Department of the Treasury: 
Bureau of Customs: 
United States Canned in Brine Tuna Imports Under 


Quota Proviso for 1958 ........... sonnbago5 
Eighty-Fifth Congress (Second Session) ............ 
FISHERY INDICATORS: .......... eile epe alesse a800 
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States ....... 
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries .......... 


Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings of Fish- 
ery Products..... Shaan cen bor Seco e ec aocacnn 
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of Fishery 
Products at Principal Distribution Centers ........ 
Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U. S. and 
INDRES Goc oop addons opcode tan tobe ondennenaS 
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery Products .. 
Chart 7 - U.S. Fishery Products Imports .......... 
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ......... asteieleln 
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications............. 
Miscellaneous Publications ...... slienn/s}isiiehe oelisi-© Bo 


97 


Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe 


Illustrator--Gustaf T. Sundstrom 


Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen J oswick, and Vera-Eggleston 


ok KOK OK 


Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho- 
tographer a e 


ach photograph in this issue. 


were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown. 


Pp. 7, 8, 9, 10, & 14--F. Bruce Sanford; pp. 22-23--A. D. Sokolich 
p. 36--Branch of Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research, Seattle, 


Wash.; p. 49--J. Pileggi. 


Photographs on pages not mentioned 


INT.-DUP. SEC., WASH., D.C. 36670 


(I) 


980 


FISHERIES OF THE UNITED STATES AND ALASKA, 1957 


2 


WL 


_ value of the fishing industry and capital investments; foreign trade; supplies of certain aes products; United States 
and Alaska catch by species; disposition of catch; catch by areas, and by months; value of the catch; quantity of gear used 


FISHERIES OF THE 
UNITED STATES AND ALASKA, 1957 


A PRELIMINARY REVIEW 
By E. A. Power 


CATCH OF FISH AND SHELLFISH, 1950 - 1957 


ap 


Sar ae 


Catch For Food 


o 


o 
1947 149 '51_'s3_ ss '57_ 5961 tos tes 67 6971173 «1975 


and catch by gear; fur seals; military purchases; per 
capita consumption; wholesale price index; canned pack; 
the production of fish meal, oil, and solubles; fish sticks, 
and frozen fish. 


The 1957 total catch of fishery products in the United 


States and Alaska amounted to approximately 4.75 billion 

DE eae ee EO MY pounds valued at $351 million ex-vessel. Compared with 

United States Department of the Interior, Fred A. Seaton, Secretary the record catch(5.25 billion pounds valued at $369 mil- 

Fish and Wildlife Service, Arnie J. Suomela, Commissioner lion) taken in 1956, the 1957 catch and value were down 

Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Donald L. McKernan, Director 10 percent and 5 percent, respectively. Increases in the 

Fiche fl landings of sea herring, whiting, jack and Pacific mack- 

isnery Leaflet 393 erel, and Maine lobsters, as well as species landed at 

Washington 25, D. C. Revised April 1958] New England ports for bait, reduction, and animal food 


did not compensate for the sharply reduced landings of 
menhaden, tuna, and salmon, and decreases in the catch of shrimp, haddock, and Atlantic ocean perch. 


There is considerable variation in the catch of fish throughout the year, with the greatest landings of most species 
occurring inthe summer months. Nearly 50percentof the annual landings in 1957 were made from June through August. 


The per capita consumption of fish and shellfish in the United States amounted to 10.2 pounds (edible weight) in 1957-- 
the sameasin 1956. Consumption of fresh and frozen fish increased slightly in 1957 while that of canned products regis- 
tered a slightdecrease. Consumption 
of cured products during 1956is esti- = cena : Tea 
TEEAI fia ENS IDS Om OL DOGS REE ob Monthly Catch and Utilization of Fish and Shellfish, 1957 rales 
capita--the same as in the previous : ( Pounds 
year. 


——— Total Catch | 


Packs of canned salmon, Pacific | go pos 77 Catch for Food 
sardines, anchovies, and shrimp were —__ Catch for Industrial 
down sharply in 1957 ascompared with __ Products _ 
the previous year. Production of can- : 
ned tuna and fish for pet food and bait, 
however,reached new highs of 
11,891,000 and 7,130,000 standard 
cases, respectively. There were in- 
creases in the production of canned 
Maine sardines, Pacific and jack 
mackerel, crabmeat, and whole and 
minced clams. The pack of canned 
fishery products totaled nearly 987 - — ee < ¥ oF 
million pounds, valued at $335 million a : Ne saa eS ! 
to the packers--an increase of 1 per- 
cent in volume as compared with the 
previous year, but a decline of 4 per- 
cent in value. 


A total of 262,463 tons of fish meal was produced in the United States and Territories during 1957--nearly 33,000 
tons less than in 1956 when the largest production of fish meal occurred. For the first year since 1951 the domestic 
production of fish meal failed to exceed that of the previous year due mainly to a 20-percent drop in the catch of men- 
haden. However, menhaden was still the major fishery contributing to the reduction industry and accounted for 66 percent 
of the fish meal production. The yield of tuna and mackerel and Pacific sardine meal in 1957 also was less than manu- 
factured in 1956 


There were 20.1 million gallons of fish and fish-liver produced in the United States and Alaska in 1957--a decrease 
of 25 percent compared with: 1956 and only half the record production of 39.9 million gallons manufactured in 1936. 


The yield of homogenized-condensed fish (56.8 million pounds) and fish solubles (187.8 million pounds) were both 5 
percent less than in 1956. 


Copies of Fishery Leaflet 393 are available free from the Division of Information, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 
Washington 25, D. C